draft environmental impact assessment ...tspcb.cgg.gov.in/publichearings/sccl koc-iii coal...

DRAFT ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT /

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

FOR THE PROPOSED

KOYAGUDEM OPENCAST - III PROJECT

NEAR KOYAGUDEM VILLAGE,

TEKULAPALLI MANDAL,

BHADRADRI KOTHAGUDEM DISTRICT, TELANGANA STATE.

DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENT

THE SINGARENI COLLIERIES COMPANY LIMITED (A Government Company)

(QCI / NABET Accredited EIA Consultant Organization)

KOTHAGUDEM COLLIERIES - 507 101 (T.S.)

FEBRUARY 2018

KOC - III PROJECT AREA

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Koyagudem Opencast - III Project

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited i

CONTENTS

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

1 INTRODUCTION 1 - 12

1.1 Purpose of the report 1

1.2 Environmental impact assessment for mining projects 1

1.3 Structure of the report 2

1.4 Identification of project and project proponent 3

1.4.1 Identification of the Project 3

1.4.2 Project Proponent 4

1.4.2.1 Address of the Project Proponent 4

1.4.2.2 Address of the Project In-charge 4

1.5 Description of the project 4

1.5.1 Nature of the Project 4

1.5.2 Size of the Project 4

1.5.3 Overview of the project 5

1.5.4 Location of the Project 7

1.5.5 Project Importance to the Country and Region 11

1.6 Scope of the study 12

2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 13 - 32

2.1 Type of the project 13

2.2 Need for the project 13

2.3 Location of the project 13

2.4 Size of the project 15

2.5 Proposed schedule for approval and implementation 15

2.6 Details of Mining Lease & Mining Plan 16

2.7 Technology & Process Description 16

2.7.1 Mining Technology 16

2.7.2 Sequence of mining operations 16

2.7.3 Opening of deposit 18

2.7.4 Mining Scheme 18

2.7.4.1 Excavation 18

2.7.4.2 Stability 18

2.7.5 Method of work 19

2.8 Project description 19

2.8.1 Physiography of Core Zone 19

2.8.2 Physiography of Buffer Zone 20

2.8.3 Drainage of Core Zone 20


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited ii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

2.8.4 Drainage of Buffer Zone 20

2.9 Geology & Coal Reserves 20

2.9.1 Geology & Structure of Lingala - Koyagudem Coal Belt 21

2.9.2 Geology & Structure of Koyagudem OC - III Block 22

2.9.3 Description of coal seams 22

2.9.4 Quality and reserves 22

2.10 Hydrogeology 23

2.11 Land Requirement 23

2.11.1 Activity wise Land Requirement & Ownership wise Breakup 24

2.11.2 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup 24

2.11.3 Stage of Acquisition 25

2.12 Equipment Schedule 25

2.13 Calendar Programme of Coal & OB 26

2.14 Drilling & Blasting 26

2.15 Explosive Consumption & Magazine Details 26

2.16 Energy requirement 27

2.17 Energy Conservation Measure 27

2.17.1 Power Factor Improvement 27

2.17.2 Energy Meters 27

2.17.3 Selection of High Voltage Equipment and Transmission 27

2.17.4 Selection and Adjustments of Transformer Loads 27

2.17.5 LT Motors 28

2.17.6 Illumination 28

2.17.7 Efficiency 28

2.17.8 General 28

2.18 Coal evacuation from the mine and transportation 28

2.19 Manpower Requirement 28

2.20 Water Requirement 29

2.21 Township & Other Infrastructure Requirement 29

2.22 Facilities for Truck Drivers at Mine Premises 29

2.23 Surface features and Diversions / Shiftings involved 30

2.23.1 Rehabilitation and Resettlement 30

2.23.2 Diversion of roads 30

2.23.3 Diversion of Nallahs 30

2.23.4 Diversion of Power lines 30

2.24 Dumping and Reclamation 31

2.25 Description of Pollution Sources & Mitigation Measures 32


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited iii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

2.26 Assessment of new & untested technology for the risk of failure 32

2.26.1 Mining Method 32

2.26.2 Continuous Mining Technology 32

2.26.3 Discontinuous mining technology 32

2.26.3.1 Dragline Application 32

2.26.3.2 In pit-crushing and Conveying Technology 32

2.26.3.3 Surface Miner - Shovel - Dumper Combination 32

3 DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT 33 - 124

3.1 Introduction 33

3.2 Study Area, Period, Agency & Scope of Baseline Studies 33

3.3 Description of present environmental status 39

3.3.1 Micro meteorology (Significance & Summary) 39

3.3.2 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) 42

3.3.2.1 Monitoring and Analytical Procedure 42

3.3.2.2 Description of Monitoring Locations 43

3.3.2.3 Summary of Ambient Air Quality 43

3.3.2.3.1 Interpretation of Summary of AAQ 43

3.3.3 Mineralogical Composition of RPM 45

3.3.4 Characteristics of Coal 46

3.3.5 Water Environment 47

3.3.5.1 Summary of Surface Water Quality 57

3.3.5.2 Summary of Ground Water Quality 57

3.3.5.3 Mine Discharge Water Quality 60

3.3.6 Noise Environment 60

3.3.7 Land Use / Land Cover Pattern (LU / LC Pattern) 61

3.3.7.1 Scope of the Study 61

3.3.7.2 Location of the Project 61

3.3.7.3 Tools & Resources 63

3.3.7.4 Limitations 63

3.3.7.5 Methodology 67

3.3.7.6 LU / LC Classification of Buffer Zone 67

3.3.7.7 Various Land Use Classes Considered 67

3.3.8 Land Use Land Cover Details of Buffer Zone 68

3.3.9 Land Use Land Cover Details of Core Zone 71

3.3.10 Soil environment 75

3.3.10.1 Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area 76

3.3.11 Biological Environment 78


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited iv

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

3.3.11.1 Scope and Objective 78

3.3.11.2 The Study Site 78


3.3.11.4 Results 79

3.3.11.5 Endangered species of Plants & Endemic Species 81

3.3.11.6 Status of Fauna as per Wildlife Protection Act 81

3.3.11.7 Type of Forests in the Study Area & Status 81

3.3.11.8 Dependence of local people on minor forest 81

3.3.11.9 Location of national park, sanctuary, BSR, etc 82

3.3.11.10 Wildlife migratory routes in Core & Buffer Zones 82

3.3.11.11 Breeding & Hibernating Sites in Core & Buffer 82

3.3.11.12 Impacts 82

3.3.11.13 Mitigation Measures 82

3.3.12 Socio-economical environment 101

3.3.12.1 Introduction 101


3.3.12.3 Demographic Profile of the study area 101

3.3.12.4 Demographic Structure 105

3.3.12.5 Literacy Profile 105

3.3.12.6 Economic activity and Livelihood Pattern 105

3.3.12.7 Socio-Economic Profile of the project area 106

3.3.12.8 State Profile 106

3.3.12.9 Bhadradri Kothagudem District 106

3.3.12.10 Soil Types 106

3.3.12.11 Biodiversity 106

3.3.12.12 Social Status 106

3.3.12.13 Economic Status 106

3.3.12.14 Socio-Economic Profile of the Study Area 108

3.3.12.15 Living Conditions and Infrastructure Facilities 112

3.3.12.16 Economic Activity and Livelihood Pattern 113

3.3.12.17 Quality of Life 117

3.3.12.18 Health Status 119

3.3.12.19 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes 120

3.3.12.20 Project Awareness 120

3.3.12.21 Socio-Economic Assessment 121

3.3.12.22 Conclusion 122

3.3.13 Traffic Density Study 123


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited v

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 125 - 206

4.1 Details of environmental impacts 125

4.1.1 Project location 125

4.1.1.1 Impact on Land Use 125

4.1.1.2 Impact on Surface Drainage 125

4.1.1.3 Impact on Socio Economic Environment 126

4.1.2 Possible accidents 126

4.1.3 Impacts during Project Construction 126

4.1.4 Regular Project Operations 127

4.1.5 Final decommissioning 127

4.2 Identification of impacts 128

4.2.1 Impact on air quality 128

4.2.1.1 Estimation of emissions 129

4.2.1.2 Emission Sources and Strengths 129

4.2.1.2.1 Surface Miner for Coal 129

4.2.1.2.2 Drilling in Overburden 129

4.2.1.2.3 Blasting Operations in Coal 130

4.2.1.2.4 Blasting Operations in OB 130

4.2.1.2.5 Excavation in Coal 130

4.2.1.2.6 Excavation in OB 131

4.2.1.2.7 Bulldozing in Coal 131

4.2.1.2.8 Bulldozing in Overburden 131

4.2.1.2.9 Transportation of Coal 132

4.2.1.2.10 Transportation of OB 132

4.2.1.2.11 Dumping of Coal 133

4.2.1.2.12 Dumping of OB 133

4.2.1.2.13 Grading in Coal & OB 133

4.2.1.2.14 Wind Erosion of Coal Stock Yard 133

4.2.1.2.15 Wind Erosion of OB dumps 134

4.2.1.2.16 Loading to Trains 134

4.2.1.2.17 Summary of Emissions 134

4.2.1.3 Air Quality Modeling 136

4.2.1.4 Results and Conclusions 136

4.2.2 Impacts on noise environment 142

4.2.2.1. Noise Generation Due to Blasting 143

4.2.2.2. Noise Due to Air Blast 144

4.2.2.3. Physiological Impacts of Noise Exposure 144


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited vi

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4.2.2.4. Noise Due to Traffic 145

4.2.2.5. Noise Levels around the Project Site 145

4.2.2.6. Impact due to Ground Vibrations 146

4.2.3 Impact on water environment 147

Hydro geological Environ 147

4.2.3.1 Executive Summary 147

4.2.3.2 Introduction 148

4.2.3.3 Morphology 148

4.2.3.4 Rainfall 148

4.2.3.5 Land use pattern 151

4.2.3.6 Geology 152

4.2.3.7 Hydrogeology 154

4.2.3.8 Ground Water Resource Estimation 160

4.2.3.9 Inflow of water into the proposed project 165

4.2.3.10 Anticipated Environmental Impacts on Water 166

4.2.3.11 Conclusions 169

4.2.4 Impact on Land Environment 170

4.2.5 Impacts on Forest 171

4.2.6 Rehabilitation and Resettlement 172

4.3 Measures for minimising / offsetting identified adverse impacts 172

4.3.1 Measures Against Air Pollution 172

4.3.2 Measures Against Noise and Ground Vibrations 174

4.3.2.1 Measures Against Noise Pollution 174

4.3.2.2 Mitigation Measures to Reduce Ambient Noise 174

4.3.2.3 Measures to Protect Workers from High Noise 175

4.3.2.4 Measures against Ground Vibrations 175

4.3.2.5 Fly Rock Control Measures 177

4.3.3 Measures against Water Pollution and Waste Water Generation 177

4.3.3.1 Proposed Water Pollution Control Measures 178

4.3.3.2 Details of Effluent Treatment Plan 178

4.3.3.3 Details of Sewage Treatment Plant 179

4.3.3.4 Details of Measures against the Run-off 179

4.3.3.5 Scheme for Rainwater Harvesting 179

4.3.4 Measures against Land Degradation 180

4.3.5 Measures to Reduce Impact on the Adjoining Forest Area 180

4.3.6 Solid Waste Management 181


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited vii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4.3.6.1 Dumping Strategy 181

4.3.6.2 Production of Coal and OB Dumping Schedules 182

4.3.6.3 Design Criteria 185

4.3.6.4 Location of Dump Yards 185

4.3.6.5 Overburden Management 185

4.3.6.5.1 External Dump Yard 185

4.3.6.5.2 Internal Dump Yard 186

4.3.6.6 Topsoil Management 186

4.3.6.7 Final Void 187

4.3.7 Land Reclamation 187

4.3.7.1 Stage - I (at the end of 1st Year) 188

4.3.7.2 Stage - II (at the end of 3rd Year) 188

4.3.7.3 Stage - III (at the end of 5th Year) 189

4.3.7.4 Stage - IV (at the end of 10th Year) 190

4.3.7.5 Stage - V (at the end of 15th Year) 190

4.3.7.6 Stage - VI (at the end of 20th Year) 191

4.3.7.7 Stage - VII (at the end of 25th Year) 192

4.3.7.8 Stage - VIII (Final Year i.e., at the end of 29th Year) 192

4.3.7.9 Mine Closure 193

4.3.7.10 Stage-wise land use and land reclamation details 194

4.3.7.11 Stage wise cumulative plantation 196

4.3.7.12 Post- Mining Land use Pattern of Project Area 196

4.3.8 Re-vegetation or Plantation Programme 196

4.3.8.1 Species Selection 197

4.3.8.2 Plantation and SMC Methods 197

4.3.8.3 Engineering Methods 197

4.3.8.4 Vegetative Methods 198

4.3.9 Hazardous Waste Management 198

4.3.9.1 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation 198

4.3.9.2 Hazardous Waste Handling 198

4.3.9.3 Disposal of Hazardous Waste 198

4.3.9.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme for HW 198

4.4 Mine Closure Plan 199

4.4.1 Introduction 199

4.4.2 Reasons for Closure 200

4.4.3 Statutory Obligations 200


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited viii

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

4.4.4 Closure Plan Preparation 200

4.4.5 Closure Plan 200

4.4.5.1 Mined Out Land 200

4.4.5.2 Rehabilitation process in mined-out land 200

4.4.5.3 Progressive / Concurrent Reclamation 201

4.4.5.4 Final Closure (Final Void) 201

4.4.6 Acid Mine Drainage 201

4.4.7 Monitoring of environmental parameters after mine closure 201

4.4.8 Disposal of Infrastructure 201

4.4.9 Disposal of Mining Machineries 201

4.4.10 Safety & Security 202

4.4.11 Economic repercussions of closure & manpower retrenchment 202

4.4.12 Time Schedule of Abandonment 202

4.4.13 Abandonment Cost 203

4.5 Socio Economic Measures 204

5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE & TECHNOLOGY) 207 - 208

5.1 Alternate Site Locations 207

5.2 Alternative Mining Method 207

5.3 Technology Options 207

5.3.1 Continuous Mining Technology 207

5.3.2 Discontinuous Mining Technology 207

5.3.3 High Wall Mining Technology 208

6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 209 - 220

6.1 Scope of Environmental Monitoring Programme 209

6.2 Methodology of Monitoring Mechanism 201

6.3 Post Project Monitoring Plan 201

6.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring 201

6.3.2 Water Quality Monitoring 214

6.3.3 Noise Level Monitoring 214

6.3.4 Blast Vibrations 216

6.3.5 Monitoring of phase wise reclamation programme 216

6.3.6 Monitoring of Emergency Procedures 217

6.3.7 Occupational health surveillance in SCCL 217

6.3.7.1 Description of Occupational Health Surveillance 217

6.3.7.2 Classification of Chest Radiograph 217

6.3.7.3 Training of Medical Officers 217


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited ix

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

6.3.7.4 Occupational Disease Board 218

6.3.7.5 Guidelines for Detection of Occupational Disease 218

6.3.8 Monitoring of Mine Closure Plan 218

6.4 Reporting Schedules of Monitored Data 218

6.4.1 Slope Stability 218

6.4.2 Soil Erosion 218

6.4.3 Drains & Dumps 219

6.4.4 Blasting Effects 219

6.5 Budget Provision for EMP Implementation & Monitoring 219

7 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 221 - 237

7.1 Rehabilitation and resettlement plan 221

7.2 Feasible & time bound plan for R&R of Project Affected People 221

7.3 Risk Assessment & Management 222

7.4 Disaster Management Plan 236

7.4.1 Information Stage 236

7.4.2 Assessment Stage 236

7.4.3 Action Stage 237

7.5 Issues raised in Public Consultation along with action plan 237

8 PROJECT BENEFITS 238 - 239

8.1 Improvement in Physical Infrastructure 238

8.2 Improvement in Social Infrastructure 238

8.3 Other Tangible Benefits 239

9 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 240 - 250

9.1 Introduction 240

9.2 EMP Implementation, Inspection & Monitoring 240

9.3 Environmental Management Committee (EMC) 241

9.4 Corporate Environmental Responsibility 242

9.4.1 SCCL Environmental Policy 242

9.4.2 Guidelines for implementation of environmental policy 242

9.4.3 SOPs to bring in to focus deviations / violations of EC /FC 247

9.4.4 Hierarchical system to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with EC condition 250

9.4.5 System of reporting non-compliances / violations 250

10 SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 251-265A

10.1 Introduction 251

10.2 Description of the Project 251

10.3 Description of the Environment 253


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited x

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

10.3.1 Physical Resource 253

10.3.2 Air Environment 254

10.3.3 Mineralogical Composition 254

10.3.4 Water Environment 255

10.3.5 Impact on Groundwater Regime 255

10.3.6 Phreatic Surface Head around OC Mine 256

10.3.7 Noise Levels 256

10.3.8 Land Environment 256

10.3.9 Soil Quality 257

10.3.10 Biological Environment 257

10.3.11 Socio-Economic Environment 257

10.4 Alternatives 257

10.5 Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures 258

10.5.1 Impact due to Air Pollution and its Management 259

10.5.2 Impact due to Water Pollution and its Management 259

10.5.3 Impact due to Noise Pollution and its Management 260

10.5.4 Impact due to Ground Vibrations 261

10.5.5 Impact on Land and its Management 261

10.5.6 Solid Waste and its Management 262

10.5.7 Impact on Socio Economic Environment 263

10.6 Environment Management Plan 264

10.6.1 Fund Provision for Environment Protection and Management 265

10.6.2 Mine Closure Plan 265

10.6.3 Monitoring 265

10.7 Environmental Monitoring Programme 265

10.8 Additional Studies 265A

10.9 Project Benefits 265A

10.10 Conclusion 265A

11 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT 266 - 271

11.1 EIA Consultant Organization (SCCL) 266

11.2 Pioneer in Technology up gradation 266

11.3 Core Activities of SCCL 266

11.4 Corporate Planning Division 267

11.5 SCCL Quality Policy 268

11.6 SCCL Environmental Policy 268

11.7 Experience in Implementation of Environmental Safeguards 268

11.8 Awards Received by SCCL for its Environmental Performance 269


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xi

CHAPTER NO.

TITLE PAGE NO.

11.9 Consultancy Services 269

11.10 Experience in Preparing EIA / EMPs 269

11.11 Accreditation as EIA Consultant Organization 269

11.12 Experts Involved in preparation EIA / EMP 269

11.13 Undertaking of Consultant 271

Annexure - I A copy of Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC 272

Annexure - II & III A copies of Mining Lease 280

Annexure - IV A copy of Mining Plan 286

Annexure - V A copy of land use certificate issued by Tahsildar, Tekulapalli 288

Annexure - VI Environment Policy of SCCL 289

Annexure - VII A copy of certificate showing the list of experts involved in BLD 290


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1.5.4.1 Location Details of the Project 8

1.5.4.2 Coordinates of the GCPs 10

2.3.1 Boundaries of the project 14

2.3.2 Details of environmental settings 14

2.4.1 Physical Parameters of the Project 15

2.9.1.1 Stratigraphic Succession in Lingala-Koyagudem 21

2.9.2.1 The Stratigraphic Succession in Koyagudem OC - III Project 22

2.9.4.1 Quality of Coal Seams 23

2.9.4.2 Geological and Extractable Coal Reserves 23

2.11.1.1 Activity Wise Land Requirement 24

2.11.2.1 Ownership Wise Land Requirement Breakup 24

2.11.3.1 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project Area 24

2.11.3.2 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup as per satellite image 25

2.12.1 Projected HEMM 26

3.2.1 Scope of Baseline Data Generation 34

3.2.2 Collection of Data on Land Use Pattern 38

3.2.3 Socio-economic Details of Study Area of the Project 38

3.3.1.1 Summary of Micro - Meteorological Data for Summer 2017- Month wise 40

3.3.1.2 Summary of Micro - Meteorological Data - Summer 2017 - Season 40

3.3.2.1.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations 42

3.3.2.2.1 Summary of AAQ data 44

3.3.3.1 Summary of mineralogical composition of RPM 46

3.3.4.1 Characteristics of Coal 47

3.3.5.1 Surface Water Sampling Locations 48

3.3.5.2 Ground Water Sampling Locations 48

3.3.5.3 Physico-Chemical and Bacteriological Characteristics of Surface Water 49

3.3.5.4 Physico-Chemical and Bacteriological Characteristics of Ground Water 52

3.3.5.5 Mine Discharge Quality 55

3.3.6.1 Noise quality monitoring locations 60

3.3.6.2 Summary of Noise level data 60

3.3.8.1 Land use Land Cover details of 10 km Buffer zone 69

3.3.9.1 Land Use/ Land Cover details of core zone 72

3.3.10.1 Soil Quality Monitoring Stations 76

3.3.10.1.1 Textural Class of Soil 76

3.3.10.1.2 Physical Characteristics of Soil 76

3.3.10.1.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract 77

3.3.10.1.4 Exchangeable Cations of Soil 77


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xiii


3.3.10.1.5 Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area 77

3.3.10.1.6 Trace Metals Content in Soil 77

3.3.11.4.1 List of Plants in the study area 83

3.3.11.4.2 Phytosociological parameters of trees of core zone 86

3.3.11.4.3 Phytosociological parameters of shrubs, shrubby climbers & trees in core zone 87

3.3.11.4.4 Phytosociological parameters of herbs in core zone 87

3.3.11.4.5 Phytosociological parameters of trees in buffer zone 87

3.3.11.4.6 Phytosociological parameters of shrubs, shrubby climbers & trees in buffer zone 88

3.3.11.4.7 Phytosociological parameters of herbs in the buffer zone 88

3.3.11.4.8 List of fauna recorded in core and buffer zones 88

3.3.12.3.1 Demographic structure with in study area of the Project 102

3.3.12.3.2 Educational Facilities in the Study Area 103

3.3.12.3.3 Medical Facilities within the Study Area 103

3.3.12.3.4 Land use and Cropping Patterns 104

3.3.12.3.5 Other Infrastructure Facilities Available in the Study Area 104

3.3.12.18.1 Baseline data of the health of the people 120

3.3.13.1 Vehicular Traffic Study - Working Day 123

3.3.13.2 Vehicular Traffic Study - Non Working Day 124

4.1.3.1 Impacts during construction stage 127

4.1.4.1 Impacts during regular operations stage 127

4.2.1.2.1 PM10 Emissions from different mining activities 135

4.2.1.4.1 Predicted increment in Ground Level PM 10 concentration 137

4.2.1.4.2 Total concentrations of PM 10 at the Baseline AAQ Stations 139

4.2.1.4.3 Predicted increment in Ground Level PM 2.5 concentration 140

4.2.1.4.4 Total concentrations of PM 2.5 at the Baseline AAQ Stations 142

4.2.2.1 Noise Levels from existing HEMM 142

4.2.2.2 Permissible Limits of Noise levels 142

4.2.2.1.1 Existing Noise Levels and Ground Vibration Due to Blasting 143

4.2.2.4 Noise Exposure Levels and Effects 145

4.2.2.5 Permissible Peak Particle Velocity 146

4.2.3.4.1 Annual rainfall, percent deviation of rainfall from the mean & rainfall 151

4.2.3.5.1 Cultivation details - Village-wise, Season-wise & Source-wise 152

4.2.3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession in Lingala-Koyagudem 153

4.2.3.7.1 Attitude of phreatic surface in the buffer area 156

4.2.3.7.2 Attitude of piezometric surface around KOC - III Project Area 158

4.2.4.1 Present Land Use of the Project 170

4.2.4.2 Proposed change in Land Use of the Project 170


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xiv


4.2.4.3 Land Use at the end of the Project 171

4.3.6.2.1 Year-wise Calendar Program of Coal Production and OB Excavation. 183

4.3.6.2.2 Stage wise Coal, OB and Topsoil Removal Schedules 184

4.3.6.7.1 Post mining land use pattern - 187

4.3.7.1.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - I 188

4.3.7.1.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - I 188

4.3.7.2.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - II 189

4.3.7.2.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - II 189

4.3.7.3.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - III 189

4.3.7.3.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - III 190

4.3.7.4.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - IV 190

4.3.7.4.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - IV 190

4.3.7.5.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - V 191

4.3.7.5.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - V 191

4.3.7.6.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - VI 191

4.3.7.6.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - VI 192

4.3.7.7.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - VII 192

4.3.7.7.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - VII 192

4.3.7.8.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - VIII 193

4.3.7.8.2 Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - VIII 193

4.3.7.6.3 Technical Reclamation at Mine Closure 193

4.3.7.6.4 Biological Reclamation at Mine Closure 193

4.3.7.7.3 Stage-wise land use and land reclamation 195

4.3.7.8.3 Stage Wise Cumulative Plantation 196

4.3.7.9.1 Land use Pattern of the Project at Mine Closure Stage 196

4.3.8.1.1 List of species recommended in the afforestation 197

4.4.13.1 Mine Closure Cost 203

4.4.13.2 Mine Closure Cost (Year wise) 204

6.3.1.1 Coal Mines Standards vide GSR 742 (E), Dated 25.09.2000 212

6.3.1.2 National Ambient Air Quality Standards vide GSR 826 (E), Dt.18.11.09 213

6.3.3.1 Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise 215

6.3.4.1 Ground vibration Limits as per DGMS 216

6.5.1 Environment related direct cost 220

6.5.2 Environment related indirect cost 220

6.5.3 Revenue Cost of Environmental Management Plan 220


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xv

LIST OF FIGURES FIG. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

1.2.1 Phases of mining project 2

1.4.1.1 Coal mining areas of Godavari Valley Coal Field (GVCF) 4

1.5.4.1 Location Plan of KOC - III 292

1.5.4.1 A Location Plan with villages 9

1.5.4.2 Google Image of the Project 9

1.5.4.3 Plan showing the boundaries of the project 10

2.3.1 Key Plan of the Project 293

2.5.1 Project Implementation Schedule 294

2.7.5.1 Method of extraction of seams 19

2.8.1.1 Surface Contour Plan of Quarry Area 295

2.8.2.1 Topo plan showing surface features within 10 km of the project 296

2.8.3.1 Contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone 297

2.8.4.1 Drainage plan of the buffer zone along with SW & GW monitoring locations 298

2.9.1.1 Geological Plan of Lingala Koyagudem Coal Belt 299

2.9.2.1 Geological Plan of KOC - III Block 300

2.11.1.1 Land Requirement Plan - Activity wise & Ownership wise 301

2.11.2.1 Revenue Plan showing survey numbers 302

2.11.2.2 Plan showing forest compartment numbers 303

2.18.1 Layout of Coal Handling Plant 304

2.20.1 Flow Chart of Water Requirement of the Project 29

2.23.1 Plan showing existing & proposed diversions of roads, nallahs & power lines 31

3.2.1 Plan showing ambient air quality monitoring locations 305

3.2.2 Plan showing Noise & Soil quality monitoring locations 306

3.3.1.1 Monthly and Season Windrose diagrams 41

3.3.5.1 Graphical presentation of Total Hardness Concentrations 59

3.3.5.2 Graphical presentation of Total alkalinity Concentrations 59

3.3.6.1 Graph showing Noise summary at the monitoring stations 61

3.3.7.2.1 Location Map of Core and Buffer Zone

3.3.7.3.1 IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss IV (Kharif-Season) data of 10km buffer zone 64

3.3.7.3.2 IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss IV (Rabi-Season) data of 10km buffer zone 65

3.3.7.3.3 IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss IV (Rabi-Season) data of Core zone 66

3.3.8.1 Land Use / Land Cover pattern map of the Buffer Zone of the mine 70

3.3.8.2 Pie Chart showing Land Use/ Land Cover details of Buffer zone 71

3.3.9.1 Pie Chart showing Land Use/ Land Cover details of Core zone. 72

3.3.9.2 Land Use / Land Cover pattern map of the Core zone. 73

3.3.9.3 Map showing the mine boundary and the respective coordinates 75

4.2.1.1 Flow Chart showing Air Pollution at various stages 128


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xvi

FIG. NO. DESCRIPTION PAGE NO.

4.2.1.4.1 Predicted GLCs of PM10 at the BLD stations 138

4.2.1.4.2 Total concentrations of PM10 at Baseline AAQ Stations 139

4.2.1.4.3 Predicted GLCs of PM2.5 at the BLD Stations 141

4.2.1.4.4 Total concentrations of PM2.5 at Baseline AAQ Stations 142

4.2.3.3.1 Topographical map showing surface features 149

4.2.3.3.2 The drainage map showing surface features 150

4.2.3.4.1 Trend of annual rainfall and mean 151

4.2.3.6.1 Geological Map 154

4.2.3.7.1 Hydrograph 157

4.2.3.7.2 Hydrographs of the piezometers 159

4.2.3.7.3 The depths to water level contours during pre-monsoon (2014) 159

4.2.3.7.4 The depths to water level contours during post-monsoon (2014) 160

4.2.3.8.1 Hydrologic system of the area 164

4.3.2.3.1 Noise Management Strategy 175

4.3.3.2.1 Flow Chart of Effluent Treatment Plant 178

4.3.3.4.1 Schematic Diagram of Bio-engineering Structures 179

4.3.7.1 Plan showing the land use at the initial stage 307

4.3.7.1.1 Plan showing reclamation at the end of 1st Year 308

4.3.7.2.1 Plan showing reclamation at the end of 3rd Year 309

4.3.7.3.1 Plan showing reclamation at the end of 5th Year 310






4.3.7.9.1 Mine Closure Plan 316

7.3.1 Emergency Organization Plan 317


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xvii

Reference for the prescribed Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC

Sl. No. Description of ToR Section No. Page No.

Standard TOR for conducting EIA study for OC Coal mine:

(i) An EIA-EMP Report shall be prepared for........................MTPA rated capacity in an ML/project area of .................ha based on the generic structure specified in Appendix III of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Chapter - 1 to Chapter 11

1 - 317

(ii) An EIA-EMP Report would be prepared for ......................MTPA rated capacity to cover the impacts and environment management plan for the project specific activities on the environment of the region, and the environmental quality encompassing air, water, land, biotic community, etc. through collection of data and information, generation of data on impacts including prediction modeling for …….............................................MTPA of coal production based on approved project/Mining Plan for .....................................................MTPA. Baseline data collection can be for any season (three months) except monsoon.

Chapter - 3

Chapter - 4

Chapter - 9

33-124

125-206

240-250

(iii) A topo sheet specifying locations of the State, District and Project site should be provided.

2.8.2 296

(iv) A Study area map of the core zone (project area) and 10 km area of the buffer zone (1:50,000 scale) clearly delineating the major topographical features such as the land use, surface drainage pattern including rivers/streams/nullahs/canals, locations of human habitations, major constructions including railways, roads, pipelines, major industries/mines and other polluting sources. In case of ecologically sensitive areas such as Biosphere Reserves/National Parks/WL Sanctuaries/ Elephant Reserves, forests (Reserved/Protected), migratory corridors of fauna, and areas where endangered fauna and plants of medicinal and economic importance found in the 15 km study area should be given.

2.8.2 296

(v) Land use map (1: 50,000 scale) based on a recent satellite imagery of the study area may also be provided with explanatory note on the land use.

3.3.7 61-75

(vi) Map showing the core zone delineating the agricultural land (irrigated and un-irrigated, uncultivable land as defined in the revenue records, forest areas (as per records), along with other physical features such as water bodies, etc should be furnished.

Table 2.11.1.1

Annexure - V

Fig. No. 2.11.1.1

24

288

301

(vii) A contour map showing the area drainage of the core zone and 25 km of the study area (where the water courses of the core zone ultimately join the major rivers/streams outside the lease/project area) should also be clearly indicated in the separate map.

2.8.4

Fig. No. 2.8.4.1

20

298

(viii) A detailed Site plan of the mine showing the proposed break-up of the land for mining operations such as the quarry area, OB dumps, green belt,

Table 2.11.1.1

Fig. No. 2.11.1.1

24

301


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xviii


safety zone, buildings, infrastructure, CHP, ETP, Stockyard, township/colony (within and adjacent to the ML), undisturbed area -if any, and landscape features such as existing roads, drains/natural water bodies to be left undisturbed along with any natural drainage adjoining the lease /project areas, and modification of thereof in terms of construction of embankments/bunds, proposed diversion/re-channelling of the water courses, etc., approach roads, major haul roads, etc should be indicated.

2.23

Fig. No. 2.23.1

30

31

(ix) In case of any proposed diversion of nallah/canal/river, the proposed route of diversion /modification of drainage and their realignment, construction of embankment etc. should also be shown on the map as per the approval of Irrigation and flood control Department of the concerned state.

2.23

Fig. No. 2.23.1

30

31

(x) Similarly if the project involves diversion of any road/railway line passing through the ML/project area, the proposed route of diversion and its realignment should be shown in the map along with the status of the approval of the competent authority.

Figure 2.3.1

2.23

Fig. No. 2.23.1

293

30

31

(xi) Break up of lease/project area as per different land uses and their stage of acquisition should be provided.

2.11

2.11.3

23

25

(xii) Break-up of lease/project area as per mining plan should be provided.

Table 2.11.1.1

Fig. No. 2.11.1.1

24

301 (xiii) Impact of changes in the land use due to the project

if the land is predominantly agricultural land / forest land / grazing land, should be provided.

4.1.1.1 25

(xiv) One-season (other than monsoon) primary baseline data on environmental quality - air (PM10, PM2.5, SOx, NOx and heavy metals such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As, etc), noise, water (surface and groundwater), soil-along with one-season met data coinciding with the same season for AAQ collection period should be provided.

Chapter - 3 33-124

(xv) Map (1: 50, 000 scale) of the study area (core and buffer zone) showing the location of various sampling stations superimposed with location of habitats, other industries/mines, polluting sources, should be provided. The number and location of the sampling stations in both core and buffer zones should be selected on the basis of size of lease/project area, the proposed impacts in the downwind (air)/downstream (surface water)/g round water regime (based on flow). One station should be in the upwind/upstream/non-impact/non-polluting area as a control station. The monitoring should be as per CPCB guidelines and parameters for water testing for both ground water and surface water as per ISI standards and CPCB classification wherever applicable. Observed values should be provided along with the specified standards.

3.3.2

Fig. No. 3.2.1

3.3.5

Fig. No. 2.8.4.1

3.3.6

3.3.10

Fig. No. 3.2.2

42

305

47

298

59

75

306

(xvi) Study on the existing flora and fauna in the study 3.3.11 78


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xix


area (10km) should be carried out by an institution of relevant discipline. The list of flora and fauna duly authenticated separately for the core and study area and a statement clearly specifying whether the study area forms a part of the migratory corridor of any endangered fauna should be given. If the study area has endangered flora and fauna, or if the area is occasionally visited or used as a habitat by Scheduled species, or if the project falls within 15 km of an ecologically sensitive area, or used as a migratory corridor then a Comprehensive Conservation Plan along with the appropriate budgetary provision should be prepared and submitted with EIA-EMP Report; and comments/observation from the CWLVV of the State Govt, should also be obtained and furnished.

Annexure - VII 290

(xvii) Details of mineral reserves, geological status of the study area and the seams to be worked, ultimate working depth and progressive stage-wise working scheme until the end of mine life should be provided on the basis of the approved rated capacity and calendar plans of production from the approved Mining Plan. Geological maps and sections should be included. The Progressive mine development and Conceptual! Final Mine Closure Plan should also be shown in figures. Details of mine plan and mine closure plan approval of Competent Authority should be furnished for green field and expansion projects.

2.9

Fig. No. 2.9.1.1

Fig. No. 2.9.2.1

Fig. No. 4.3.7.1

Fig. No. 4.3.7.1.1

to

Fig. No. 4.3.7.9.1

20

299

300

307

308

to

316

(xviii) Details of mining methods, technology, equipment to be used, etc., rationale for selection of specified technology and equipment proposed to be used vis-a-vis the potential impacts should be provided.

2.7 16

(xix) impact of mining on hydrology, modification of natural drainage, diversion and channeling of the existing rivers/water courses flowing though the ML and adjoining the lease/project and the impact on the existing users and impacts of mining operations thereon.

4.2.3

147

(xx) Detailed water balance should be provided. The break-up of water requirement for the various mine operations should be given separately.

Fig. No. 4.2.3.8.1 4.2.3.10

164 168

(xxi) Source of water for use in mine, sanction of the Competent Authority In the State Govt, and impacts vis-a-vis the competing users in the upstream and downstream of the project site, should be given.

4.2.3.7 161

(xxii) Impact of mining and water abstraction from the mine on the hydrogeology and groundwater regime within the core zone and 10 km buffer zone including long-term monitoring measures should be provided. Details of rainwater harvesting and measures for recharge of groundwater should be reflected in case there is a declining trend of groundwater availability and/or if the area falls within dark/grey zone.

4.2.3.10 166


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xx


(xxiii) Impact of blasting, noise and vibrations should be given.

4.2.2 142

(xxiv) Impacts of mining on the AAQ and predictions based on modeling using the ISCST-3 (Revised) or latest model should be provided.

4.2.1 128

(xxv) Impacts of mineral transportation within the mining area and outside the lease/project along with flow-chart indicating the specific areas generating fugitive emissions should be provided. Impacts of transportation, handling, transfer of mineral and waste on air quality, generation of effluents from workshop etc, management plan for maintenance of HEMM and other machinery/equipment should be given. Details of various facilities such as rest areas and canteen for workers and effluents/pollution load emanating from these activities should also be provided.

4.2.1 4.3.1

128 172

(xxvi) Effort be made to reduce/eliminate road transport of coal inside and outside mine and for mechanized loading of coal through CHP/ Silo into wagons and trucks/tippers.

2.18

Fig. No. 2.18.1

28

304

(xxvii) Details of waste OB and topsoil generated as per the approved calendar, programme, and their management shown in figures as well explanatory notes tables giving progressive development and mine closure plan, green belt development, backfilling programme and conceptual post mining land use should be given. OB dump heights and terracing based on slope stability studies with a max of 28o angle as the ultimate slope should be given. Sections of final dumps (both longitudinal and cross section) with relation to the adjacent area should be shown.

4.3.6

4.3.7

Fig. No. 4.3.7.1

Fig. No. 4.3.7.1.1

to

Fig. No. 4.3.7.9.1

181

187

307

308

to

316

(xxviii) Efforts be made for maximizing progressive internal dumping of O.B., sequential mining, external dump on coal bearing area and later rehandling into the mine void to reduce land degradation.

4.3.6 181

(xxix) Impact of change in land use due to mining operations and plan for restoration of the mined area to its original land use should be provided.

4.1.1.1

4.3.8

125

196

(xxx) Progressive Green belt and ecological restoration /afforestation plan and selection of species (native) based on original survey/land-use should be given.

Table 4.3.7.10.1 Table 4.3.7.11.1

Table 4.3.8.1.1

195 196

197 (xxxi) Conceptual Final Mine Closure Plan and post mining

land use and restoration of land/habitat to the pre- mining status should be provided. A Plan for the ecological restoration of the mined out area and post mining land use should be prepared with detailed cost provisions. Impact and management of wastes and issues of re-handling (wherever applicable) and backfilling and progressive mine closure and reclamation should be furnished.

Table 4.3.7.12.1 196

(xxxii) Flow chart of water balance should be provided. Treatment of effluents from workshop, township,

Fig. No. 2.20.1 29


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xxi


domestic wastewater, mine water discharge, etc. should be provided. Details of STP in colony and ETP in mine should be given. Recycling of water to the max. possible extent should be done.

(xxxiii) Occupational health issues. Baseline data on the health of the population in the impact zone and measures for occupational health and safety of the personnel and manpower in the mine should be given.

3.3.12.18 117

(xxxiv) Risk Assessment and Disaster Preparedness and Management Plan should be provided.

7.3 222

(xxxv) Integration of the Env. Management Plan with measures for minimizing use of natural resources - water, land, energy, etc. should be carried out.

2.11

2.16

2.20

23

27

28 (xxxvi) Cost of EMP (capital and recurring) should be

included in the project cost and for progressive and final mine closure plan.

6.5 2.19

(xxxvii) Details of R&R. Detailed project specific R&R Plan with data on the existing socioeconomic status of the population (including tribals, SC/ST, BPL families) found in the study area and broad plan for resettlement of the displaced population, site for the resettlement colony, alternate livelihood concerns/employment for the displaced people, civic and housing amenities being offered, etc and costs along with the schedule of the implementation of the R&R Plan should be given.

7.1

7.2

221

221

(xxxviii) CSR Plan along with details of villages and specific budgetary provisions (capital and recurring) for specific activities over the life of the project should be given.

1.5.3

4.5

7

204

(xxxix) Corporate Environment Responsibility: 9.4 242

a) The Company must have a well laid down Environment Policy approved by the Board of Directors.

9.4.1

9.4.2

Annexure - VI

242

242

289 b) The Environment Policy must prescribe for

standard operating process/procedures to bring into focus any infringements/deviation/violation of the environmental or forest norms/conditions.

9.4.3 247

c) The hierarchical system or Administrative Order of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions must be furnished.

9.4.4 250

d) To have proper checks and balances, the company should have a well laid down system of reporting of non-compliances/violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and/or shareholders or stakeholders at large.

9.4.5 250

(xl) Details on Public Hearing should cover the Will be - -


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited xxii


information relating to notices issued in the newspaper, proceedings/minutes of Public Hearing, the points raised by the general public and commitments made by the proponent and the action proposed with budgets in suitable time frame. These details should be presented in a tabular form, if the Public Hearing is in the regional language, an authenticated English Translation of the same should be provided.

incorporated in Final EIA / EMP after conducting public hearing.

(xli) In built mechanism of self-monitoring of compliance of environmental regulations should be indicated.

9.4.3 - 9.4.5 247-250

(xlii) Status of any litigations/ court cases filed / pending on the project should be provided.

7.5 237

(xliii) Submission of sample test analysis of Characteristics of coal: This should include details on grade of coal and other characteristics such as ash content, S and heavy metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc.

Table 3.3.4.1 47

(xliv) Copy of clearances/approvals such as Forestry clearances, Mining Plan Approval, mine closer plan approval. NOC from Flood and Irrigation Dept, (if req.). etc. wherever applicable.

Annexure - II

Annexure - III

Annexure - IV

280

283

286


The Singareni Collieries Company Limited 1

CHAPTER - 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

In order to predict environmental impacts of any development activity and to provide an opportunity to mitigate against negative impacts and enhance positive impacts, the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) procedure was developed.

An EIA may be defined as:

A formal process to predict the environmental consequences of human development activities and to plan appropriate measures to eliminate or reduce adverse effects and to augment positive effects.

EIA thus has three main functions:

• to predict problems,

• to find ways to avoid / reduce them, and

• to enhance positive effects.

The third function is of particular importance. The EIA provides a unique opportunity to demonstrate ways in which the environment may be improved as part of the development process. The EIA also predicts the conflicts and constraints between the proposed project, programme or sectoral plan and its environment. It provides an opportunity for mitigation measures to be incorporated to minimize problems. It enables monitoring programmes to be established to assess future impacts and provide data on which managers can take informed decisions to avoid environmental damage.

EIA is a management tool for planners and decision makers and complements other project studies on engineering and economics.

The aim of any EIA should be to facilitate sustainable development. Beneficial environmental effects are maximized while adverse effects are ameliorated or avoided to the greatest extent possible. EIA will help to select and design projects, programmes or plans with long term viability and therefore improve cost effectiveness.

1.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT FOR MINING PROJ ECTS

Humans have been dependant on minerals contained in or on the earth since the use of stone tools in the Stone Age. This dependence has increased to the point today where modern society is utterly dependent on mining. The need for modern mineral –derived artefacts and energy is not going to decrease in the foreseeable future, with the demands of population growth and improving standards of living.

The process of mining has traditionally been seen as a temporary use of land and in general does not enjoy a good reputation in environmental management. This situation is changing rapidly with increased public awareness and consumer pressure on the mining industry, as well as a realisation by the industry itself of the benefits of and necessity for a long term view of mining and the implementation of EIA and environmental techniques. There are a growing number of examples where the mining industry leads in this field. The challenge of meeting modern society’s growing needs for mineral-based products in an environmentally sustainable fashion has renewed focus on environmental assessment in the mining industry.

Most countries with EIA legislation including India classify mining as ‘an activity likely to significantly affect the environment’, meaning that a detailed EIA is required prior to final decision-making. The phases of a mining project are given in Figure No. 1.2.1.



Figure No. 1.2.1 Phases of a mining project

1.3 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

The document is structured as follows:

I. Chapter 1 - Introduction - Provides a background to the development of the project and an overview of the type, location and size of the project.

II. Chapter 2 - Project Description – Project description and justification, indicates the types of activities that would be undertaken, includes project schedule, mining technology, physiography, geology and coal reserves, land requirement and infrastructure for the project.

III. Chapter 3 - Description of Environment – Baseline environmental studies including ambient air quality, water quality, noise levels, land environment and Socio-economic environment.

IV. Chapter 4 - Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures – Details of environmental impacts and measures for minimizing / offsetting identified impacts including solid waste management, reclamation and mine closure.

V. Chapter 5 - Analysis of Alternatives – Discusses about alternate site locations, mining methods and technology options.

VI. Chapter 6 - Environmental Monitoring Programme – Indicates scope of environmental monitoring programme, methodology of monitoring mechanism and post project monitoring plan.

VII. Chapter 7 - Additional Studies – Rehabilitation and Resettlement Plan, Risk Assessment & Management, Disaster Management Plan, Air Quality Impact Prediction Modeling, Hydro Geological Studies - Ground Water Flow Modeling and issues raised in the Public Consultation (after conducting public hearing).

Completion

Sustainable Development

Principles

Closure Planning &

Implementation

Exploration

Feasibility

Planning and Design

Construction

Operations

Progressive Rehabilitation

Decommissioning & Closure



VIII. Chapter 8 - Project Benefits – Improvement in social infrastructure and indirect employment.

IX. Chapter 9 - Environmental Management Plan (EMP) – EMP implementation and monitoring and Environmental Management Committee.

X. Chapter 10 - Summary and Conclusions – Introduction, description of the environment, alternatives and EMP.

XI. Chapter 11 - Disclosure of Consultant – EIA Consultant Organization and accreditation.

1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT

1.4.1 Identification of the Project

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) has been exploiting coal for more than 127 years. Out of 470 Km long Pranahita Godavari Valley Coal Field, 350 Km stretch is lying in the South Indian State of Telangana as shown in Figure No. 1.4.1.1.

Pranahitha – Godavari basin, a NNW-SSE trending basin deposit, covering an area of 17000 Sq. Km rest on Pre-Cambrian platform following the course of Pranahita and Godavari rivers over a strike length of 470 Km. The southern sector over 350 Km length lying in the districts of Komram Bheem (Asifabad), Mancherial, Peddapalli, Jaya Shankar Bhoopalpalli, Bhadradri Kothagudem and Khammam of Telangana State is referred as Godavari Valley Coalfield (GVCF) and the same is shown in Figure No. 1.4.1.1. The Lingala - Koyagudem Coal belt is situated along the southwestern margin in the southeastern part of Godavari Valley Coalfield. This Coal belt is bounded by North Latitudes 17035’56” - 17039’15” and East Longitudes 80028’13” - 80030’54” and is situated in the south western extremity of Godavari sub-basin separated by Paloncha neck from Kothagudem sub-basin. This belt extends over a strike length of about 50 kms from Lingala in the northwest to Koyagudem in the southeast.

To meet the ever increasing demand of coal, exploration activities have been intensified in the deeper areas as well as in the hitherto unexplored potential coal bearing areas of Godavari Valley Coal Field. Koyagudem OC - III (KOC - III) Project is formulated by extension of the dip side property of Pit - II & Pit - III of Koyagudem OC - II (KOC-II) from the present depth limit of 120 m to 175 m depth line to the floor of the Queen Seam.

Some of the required infrastructure is already available in the existing mine and remaining infrastructure will be developed.

In view of the ongoing opencast mining, availability of infrastructural facilities, amenability of the deposit to opencast mining, it is proposed to take up the project on priority to meet the demand of coal under the name of Koyagudem Opencast - III Coal Mining Project.



Figure No. 1.4.1.1 : Coal Mining Areas of Godavari Valley Coalfield

1.4.2 Project Proponent

The SCCL is a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India on a 51:49 equity basis. SCCL is the largest public sector undertaking in the state with manpower of 56,282 as on 31.03.2017. It is the only coal mining company in South India catering to the needs of coal based industries. SCCL is currently operating 18 opencast mines and 29 underground mines.

1.4.2.1. Address of the Project Proponent Director (Planning & Projects) The Singareni Collieries Company Limited Po: Kothagudem Collieries, PIN: 507101 Dist: Bhadradri Kothagudem, Telangana, India E-Mail id: [email protected] Ph.No. 08744 - 242602; Fax No. 08744 - 242724

1.4.2.2. Address of the Project In-charge The Project Officer, Koyagudem Opencast - III Project, The Singareni Collieries Company Limited P.O: Tekulapalli, PIN Code: 507 303 Dist: Bhadradri Kothagudem, Telangana, India Ph. No. 08741-278811, Fax No. 08741-278814

1.5 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

1.5.1. Nature of the Project: The proposed project is a mechanized opencast coal mining project, Surface Miner for coal and Shovel-Dumper combination for OB, both by out-sourcing agencies for exploitation of G-13 & G-17 coal reserves.

1.5.2. Size of the Project : The proposed KOC - III Project is designed for extraction of 111.98 MT of total coal reserves during total life of the project by removing 866.60 M.Cu.m of OB (6.35 M.Cum is top soil and 860.25 M.Cum is hard OB, at an average stripping ratio of 7.71 Cu.m/T up to the depth of 175 m. This project is planned for 3.60 MTPA with peak production of 4.80 MTPA during a life of 29 years (excluding one year of construction period). The total project area is 1607.60 Ha, which includes forestland to an extent of 1158.93 Ha. The grade of coal is ‘G13' (93.61 MT) and G17 (18.37 MT).



The proposed project falls in “Category – A” as per the EIA Notification vide S.O. 1533, dated 14.09.2006 of Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) and its subsequent amendments.

1.5.3. Overview of the Project

1 Name of the Project Koyagudem Opencast - III Project 2 Type of the Project Opencast 3 New / Expansion New 4 Category as per EIA Notification “A” 5 Location

Villages Koyagudem Tehsil Tekulapalli District Bhadradri Kothagudem State Telangana Latitude N 17°35’56” to N 17°39’15” Longitude E 80°28’13” to E80°30’54” Topo sheet 65 C/6 and 65 C/10.

6 Name of the Organization The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL)

7 Coal Field Godavari Valley Coal Field 8 Coal Belt Lingala - Koyagudem Coal Belt 9 Coal Block Koyagudem Block - I & Block - II (Dip side

reserves of Pit - II & Pit - III of Koyagudem OC - II mine).

10 Borehole density 17.93 Nos/Sq.km 11 No. of coal seams/sections present 1 (Queen Seam) 12 No. of mineable coal seams/sections 1 (Queen Seam) (Top & Bottom sections) 13 Maximum Thickness of seams 10.60 m (G-13) & 2.10 m (G-17)

Total -12.70 m 14 Geological Reserves 146.81 MT 15 Minable Reserves 111.98 MT 16 Extractable Reserves 111.98 MT 17 Average GCV & Grade of Coal G-13 & G-17 18 Average gradient of the seams 1 in 7 to 1 in 12 19 Category of Gaseousness Not applicable as it is an opencast mine 20 Total OB to be excavated 866.60 M.Cu.m 21 Average Stripping Ratio 7.71 Cum/Tonne 22 Production Capacity 3.60 MTPA (Peak 4.80 MTPA) 23 Life of the Mine 29 Years (excluding construction period) 24 Land requirement

a. Forestland requirement 1158.93 Ha b. Non-forestland 448.67 Ha c. Total Land requirement 1607.60 Ha

25 Land Acquisition Status a. Forest land already diverted 464.77 Ha. b. Forest land to be diverted 694.16 Ha. c. Non forest land to be acquired 448.67 Ha. d. Total land to be diverted / acquired 1142.83 Ha.



26 Details of Forestland a. Compartment Nos. 34 (Part), 36 & 37 b. Name of the Reserve Forest Chathakonda Reserved Forest c. Forest Range Kothagudem d. Forest Division Kothagudem

27 Non forest land to be acquired 448.67 Ha. a. Revenue Survey Nos. Koyagudem Village

85-86, 90-92, 94, 98-103, 107, 109, 115, 120, 220, 245-250, 264, 880, 1004-1013

28 Details of Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Park, eco-sensitive Zones, within 10 km radius?

Nil

29 R&R Involved

Village PDF PAF Structures Total Dantala Thanda 125 - 70 125 Ippala Thanda 100 - 40 100 Babuji Thanda 150 - 90 150 Rural Artisans /Small Traders

- 41 - 41

RoFR (Persons) - 470 - 470 Total 375 511 200 1086

30 Technology Shovel-Dumper Combination 31 Area of Excavation 724.05 Ha 32 Depth range of the quarry 30 m - 175 m 33 Details of External OB Dumps

No. of Dumps One Area 635.55 Ha. Maximum Height 120 m

Quantity 460.26 M .Cum (Hard OB), 4.63 M .Cum (Top soil)

34 Year of backfilling 1st year of operation 35 Details of Internal OB Dumps

No. of Dumps One Area 261.80 Ha. At GL, 415.18 Ha. at floor Maximum Height 90 m (Above Ground Level)

Quantity 399.99 M .Cum (Hard OB), 1.72 M .Cum (Top soil)

36 Details of Final Mine Void At final Stage At Mine Closure Stage Area 499.73 Ha 499.73 Ha Depth 35 m - 175 m 35 m - 175 m Void Volume 643.81 M.Cu.m 643.81 M.Cu.m

37 Details of afforestation Plantation on External OB Dump 627.19 Ha. Plantation on Internal OB Dump 261.80 Ha. Other area 80.29 Ha. Total Plantation 969.28 Ha.

38 Density of Plantation 2500 Nos./Ha. 39 Coal Linkage TSGENCO and APGENCO 40 Coal Evacuation

In-Pit Dumpers Surface to siding Trucks Siding to Loading Loading to wagon



41 Employment Potentiality Direct: 220 Persons Contractual: 1635 Persons

42 Total Capital Cost ₹ 596.29 Cr 43 Cost of Production ₹ 1172.78 Per Tonne (100%) (Power)

₹ 1239.97 Per Tonne (85%) (Power) 44 Sale Price ₹ 1479.37 per Tonne 45 Fund Provision for EMP Capital Direct : ₹ 4.80 Crs

Capital Indirect : ₹ 2.86 Crs Revenue : ₹ 5.57per Ton

46 Fund Provision for R&R ₹ 143.55 Crores 47 Fund provision for CSR About 2% of average annual net profits of

the company made during three immediately preceding financial years were allocated for CSR at company level. In addition, one time amount as capital will be made after noting down the issues raised during Public Hearing.

48 Name of the EIA Consultant Organization

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited

49 QCI/NANET Accreditation Certificate No. NABET/EIA/1417/RA006, Valid up to 30.11.2017 and extended up to 09.05.2018

50 Date of approval of mine plan, mine closure plan, Status & date

Mining Plan was approved by MoC vide No. 13016/5/2016-CA II dated 24th August 2016.

51 Date of Board’s approval FR approved vide CRP/CS/054/887 dated 05.11.2015.

1.5.4. Location of the Project:

Koyagudem OC - III (KOC-III) project falls in Lingala Koyagudem Coal belt of Godavari Valley Coalfield and located in Tekulapalli Mandal, Bhadradri Kothagudem District of Telangana state. The details of location are given in Table No. 1.5.4.1 , Figure No. 1.5.4.1 and Figure No. 1.5.4.1 A. The Google image of the project location is shown in Figure No. 1.5.4.2 and the boundaries of the project are shown in Figure No. 1.5.4.3. The co-ordinates of the project are shown in Table No. 1.5.4.2.



Table No. 1.5.4.1: Location details of the Project

Village Koyagudem

Tehsil / Manadal Tekulapalli

District Bhadradri Kothagudem

State Telangana

Latitudes 17035’56”N and 17039’15”N

Longitudes 80028’13”E and 80030’54”E

Survey of India Toposheet No. 65 C/6 and C/10

Nearest town Yellandu

Nearest City Kothagudem

District head quarters Bhadradri Kothagudem (33 Km)

State Capital Hyderabad (270 Km)

Nearest Airport Gannavaram, Vijayawada (175 Kms)

Nearest Railway Station Betampudi Railway Station (16 Kms) Nearest Highway Kothagudem – Yellandu State Highway (12 km.)

in the south from East to West Forest Land involved

Compartment Nos. 34 (Part), 36 and 37

Name of Reserve Forest Chatakonda RF, Kothagudem Forest Divison

Forest Range Bhadradri Kothagudem

Forest Division Kothagudem

Private Land 448.67 Ha Revenue Survey Nos. Koyagudem Village

85-86, 90-92, 94, 98-103, 107, 109, 115, 120, 220, 245-250, 264, 880, 1004-1013



Figure No. 1.5.4.1 A : Location of Koyagudem Opencast - III Coal Mining Pr oject

Figure No. 1.5.4.2 : Google Image of Koyagudem Opencast – III Project



Figure No. 1.5.4.3 : Map showing the boundary of Koyagudem Opencast - II I Project

Table No. 1.5.4.2 showing the coordinates of the GC Ps

ID. No Longitude Latitude ID. No Longitude Latitude

1. 80° 28' 46.588" E 17° 38' 41.345" N 15. 80° 31' 10.938" E 17° 35' 26.526" N

2. 80° 29' 36.555" E 17° 38' 24.811" N 16. 80° 31' 24.890" E 17° 35' 26.408" N

3. 80° 29' 41.020" E 17° 38' 38.640" N 17. 80° 31' 24.799" E 17° 35' 16.541" N

4. 80° 29' 38.239" E 17° 38' 41.528" N 18. 80° 31' 10.847" E 17° 35' 16.659" N

5. 80° 29' 45.073" E 17° 38' 45.777" N 19. 80° 30' 55.108" E 17° 35' 51.948" N

6. 80° 29' 53.403" E 17° 38' 55.841" N 20. 80° 30' 15.301" E 17° 35' 47.314" N

7. 80° 29' 48.842" E 17° 39' 0.844" N 21. 80° 29' 53.416" E 17° 35' 50.146" N

8. 80° 30' 1.873" E 17° 39' 11.628" N 22. 80° 29' 32.316" E 17° 36' 29.248" N

9. 80° 30' 6.548" E 17° 39' 6.435" N 23. 80° 29' 10.694" E 17° 36' 35.881" N

10. 80° 29' 53.436" E 17° 38' 39.405" N 24. 80° 28' 55.961" E 17° 36' 51.534" N

11. 80° 30' 32.044" E 17° 38' 8.343" N 25. 80° 28' 31.568" E 17° 37' 12.855" N

12. 80° 30' 45.061" E 17° 37' 40.431" N 26. 80° 28' 14.733" E 17° 37' 37.886" N

13. 80° 30' 35.862" E 17° 36' 36.110" N 27. 80° 28' 26.230" E 17° 37' 51.752" N

14. 80° 30' 59.632" E 17° 35' 52.621" N



1.5.5. Project Importance to the Country and Region :

The Company has drawn an ambitious production plan to meet the ever increasing demand for coal and achieved a production of 61.34 MT during 2016-17 and set production target of 66.06 MT for the year 2017-18. There is a huge demand for enhancement in coal production as Telangana State is planning to set up new power plants in the next 5 years to meet the power requirement. Hence, there will be additional demand for 40 MT of coal.

SCCL, being the only coal producing company in southern India, has the onerous responsibility of meeting large portion of coal demand in this part of the country. SCCL is taking the following steps for increasing / maintaining the coal production -

• Reconstruction of existing mines for optimum production by intermediate and high technology.

• Improving the productivity in the existing mines by improving the utilization of the equipment.

• Opening of new mines in the adjoining/superjacent areas/seams for higher production.

• Adopting opencast method of mining wherever possible for high rate of production.

• Conversion of shallow underground workings to opencast method for extraction of balance coal reserves.

• Extension of the existing opencast workings to further dip side up to optimum level.

• Enhancing the production of existing opencast projects where ever possible.

In this context, opening of new mines in the adjoining/superjacent areas/seams for higher production, Koyagudem Opencast - III Project is examined and found amenable for opening new mine.

Demand-Supply gap

SCCL is the only coal mining company existing in Southern India and supplying coal to the major power utilities of TSGENCO, APGENCO, KPCL and Maha GENCO. Currently, SCCL has signed Fuel Supply Agreements (FSA) with power utilities for coal supply of 27.71 MTPA. Apart from power utilities, coal is also being supplied to cement, captive power plants, steel and other consumers through FSA under NCDP. Further, SCCL is supplying coal to small and medium scale sector units. SCCL is also supplying coal through e-auction platform and has a mandate to sell 10% of production through e-auction.

After bifurcation of Andhra Pradesh State, Telangana State has become power deficit. To overcome the power crisis, Government of Telangana has embarked on an action plan for capacity addition of 6000 MW. SCCL has also commissioned a thermal power plant of 1200 MW capacity at Jaipur near Mancherial town and also planning to expand to 2000 MW by setting up another 800 MW unit.

With the addition of new power plants, there will be an additional demand of SCCL to the extent of 40 MT of coal over and above the existing supplies. Therefore, SCCL, being a state-owned public sector company, has the responsibility to cater to the needs of the new power plants coming up in the State.

Considering the proposed expansion of existing power projects and construction of new power units, the production and demand gap will further increase. In view of this, the company has undertaken certain fast track opencast projects to increase production. This project is one among them.



The present proposal, KOC-III Project, is planned to fill the gap with rated capacity of 3.60 MTPA (peak capacity 4.80 MTPA). As such, the proposed project is very important in catering the energy needs of the region as well as the nation.

1.6 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The broad scope being followed in preparation of EIA is as follows:

• To characterize the present status of the environment around the project location for major environmental attributes viz., air, water, noise, land, biological and socio-economic environment etc.

• To identify and quantify the significance of impacts of various activities at the mine on environmental attributes.

• To evaluate the anticipated pollution and control measures and prepare Environmental Management Plan (EMP) outlining additional control measures to be adopted for mitigation of adverse impacts.

• To prepare a post-project monitoring programme for checking and regulating the environmental quality within the limits stipulated by State Pollution Control Board and Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MoEF&CC).

This draft EIA/EMP of Koyagudem Opencast – III Coal Mining Project is prepared by following the generic structure prescribed in the Appendix-III of the S.O. 1533 dated 14.09.2006, EIA Guidance Manual, 2011 posted on the MoEF&CC website and Standard Terms of Reference (ToR) and Project specific ToR issued by MoEF & CC vide letter no. No. J-11015/11/2017-IA.II(M) dated 30th March 2017. In compliance the ToR General Condition 4.1 (vi), A copy of the ToR is enclosed as Annexure - I.

***



CHAPTER - 2

PROJECT DESRIPTION

2.1. TYPE OF THE PROJECT The proposed opencast project is to extract coal reserves of 111.98 MT in the dip side property of Pit - II & Pit - III of existing Koyagudem OC - II Project (KOC-II Project) from the present depth limit of 120 m to 175 m, under the name of “Koyagudem Opencast - III Project (KOC - III Project) for rated production capacity of 3.60 MTPA with a peak of 4.80 MTPA in ML area of 1607.60 Ha. The proposed project is classified as category “A” under Mining of Minerals sector as per the MoEF Notification SO 1533, dated 14th September 2006 and subsequent amendments. The present proposal involves mining in an area of 724.05 Ha. (Quarry area) and the total land required for the proposed project is 1607.60 Ha including 1158.93 Ha. of forest land. The present proposal is assessed for its environmental impacts.

The following factors contribute for selection of opencast method:

Coal deposit is amenable for extraction by opencast technology with a stripping ratio of 7.71 cum /T.

The development of coal field will provide better social and economic life to the area. It will also give a boost to the industrial activity in the area and help in creating national wealth.

Thin layers, which are not amenable for extraction by underground method, can now be extracted by opencast method. Selective mining is possible with the surface miner in OC method to have a better quality of coal.

Opencast method of work provides better recovery of coal and reduces gestation period.

This project will produce coal of two grades (G-13 & G-17) at rated capacity of 3.6 MTPA (peak capacity 4.8 MTPA) for a period of 29 years excluding construction period of one year.

The project will maintain the production capacity and productivity of the Yellandu area of SCCL.

The project will sustain coal supplies as per linkages as per the cost plus guidelines.

Better safety will be achieved by opencast mining method.

This project creates employment potential for 220 number of departmental manpower and for about 1635 of out sourcing manpower, which helps greatly for improvement of socio economical factors of the area.

2.2. NEED FOR THE PROJECT The main coal consumers of SCCL are power sector companies like TSGENCO, APGENCO, KPCL and Maha GENCO and Cement Industry. Due to the increasing demand for coal from various industries, in order to meet the production targets fixed by Government of India and to compensate for the loss of production from the existing mines because of exhaustion of reserves, SCCL is taking up following measures

• Reconstruction of existing mines for optimum production by intermediate and high technology.

• Improving the productivity in the existing mines by improving the utilization of the equipment.



• Opening of new mines in the adjoining / superjacent areas / seams for higher production.

• Adopting opencast method of mining wherever possible for high rate of production.

• Conversion of shallow underground workings to opencast method for extraction of balance coal reserves.

• Expansion of the existing opencast workings further in to the dip side up to optimize the production.

The present proposal is to extract additional coal reserves from the dip side property of Pit - II & Pit - III of existing Koyagudem OC - II Project (KOC-II Project) by increasing depth of workings from the present limit of 120 m to 175 m, under the name of “Koyagudem Opencast - III Project (KOC - III Project).

2.3. LOCATION OF THE PROJECT The details of location of the project are furnished at section 1.5.4 of Chapter - 1. The project boundaries are given in Table No. 2.3.1 and details of environmental settlings of the project are given in Table No. 2.3.2. The project location details are shown in Key Plan as Figure No. 2.3.1.

Table No. 2.3.1: The Boundaries of the Project

Direction Boundary North Final position of Pit-II & Pit-III of KOC - II Project North East Presence of Fault - F21 West Presence of internal dump of KOC - I South West Non-coal bearing area with a fault line in the South - Western side

Table No. 2.3.2: Details of Environmental Settings

S.No. Particulars Details 1 Location As given in 1.5.4 of Chapter-1 2 Elevation 140 m - 180 m above MSL 3 Present land use at mine lease

area

Forest Land : 1158.93 Ha Private land : 448.67 Ha. Total land required : 1607.60 Ha Land possession status Forest land diverted to SCCL : 464.77 Ha Forest land to be diverted : 694.16 Ha Private land to be acquired : 448.67 Ha

Total Land : 1607.60 Ha

4 Nearest tourist place Bhadrachalam (65 Km) 5 Defense installations Nil (within 10 km from the project boundary)

6 Archeologically listed important places Nil (within 10 km from project boundary)

7 Ecologically sensitive zones Kinnerasani Wildlife Sanctuary exists within 10 km from project boundary

8 Reserved / Protected Forest Forest land involved in the project. Chatakonda Reserve Forest

9 Nearest streams/Rivers No major streams are flowing within the study area.

10 Other Industries/ Mines KOC - I Opencast Mine and KOC - II 11 Coal user Locations KTPS, Navabarath Industries, Paloncha, ITC



Bhadrachalam 12 Socio-economic factors Rehabilitation Details

Village PDF PAF Structures Total Dantala Thanda 125 - 70 125 Ippala Thanda 100 - 40 100 Babuji Thanda 150 - 90 150 Rural Artisans /Small Traders - 41 - 41

RoFR (Persons) - 470 - 470 Total 375 511 200 1086

13 Seismic zone Zone-III as per IS-1893 (Part-I) - 2002

2.4. SIZE OF THE PROJECT

As per the schedule of the EIA Notification SO 1533 and SO 3067, the project is categorized as “A” Category project. The brief details regarding the magnitude of operations (Design Parameters) in the proposed project is given in Table No. 2.4.1.

Table No. 2.4.1: The Physical Parameters

S. No Parameters Quantity 1 Maximum strike length along surface (m) 4938 2 Minimum strike length along surface (m) 4277

3 Maximum strike length along quarry floor (m) 4601

4 Minimum strike length along quarry floor (m) 4093

5 Maximum width of the quarry along surface (m) 2039

6 Minimum width of the quarry along surface (m) 1198

7 Maximum width of the quarry along floor (m) 1678

8 Minimum width of the quarry along floor (m) 866

9 Minimum depth of the quarry (m) 30

10 Maximum depth of the quarry (m) 175

11 Floor area of quarry (Ha) 533.37

12 Area of excavation on surface (Ha) 724.05

13 Total area of project (Ha) 1607.60

14 Gradient of the seam 1 in 7 to 1 in 12

15 External dump area (Ha) 635.55 16 Internal dump area (Ha) (a) At GL

(b) {Plan (floor) area} 261.80 415.18

2.5. PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION The proposed project activities will be commenced after obtaining Environmental Clearance under Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 from Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change , New Delhi, Consent for Establishment and Consent for Operation from Telangana State Pollution Control Board under the Air and Water Acts, Ground Water permission from Telangana State Ground Water Department.

Rehabilitation of Dantala Thanda, Ippala Thanda, Babuji Thanda, Rural Artisans /Small Traders, RoFR (Persons) will be taken up as per provisions of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement (RFCTLARR) Act, 2013 and subsequent amendments made from time to time.

After approval of the project by SCCL Board, a period of 16 months is provided for obtaining Environmental clearance. The date of Environmental clearance is considered as zero date for this project. This period will be utilized for floating of tenders for



construction of service buildings, construction of CHP civil works, OB removal work, acquisition of Private land / diversion of forest land. The project implementation schedule for KOC - III Project along with activities is shown in Figure No. 2.5.1.

2.6. DETAILS OF MINING LEASE & MINING PLAN

Mining lease is to be obtained for the part of the project. However, for dumping of OB of this KOC - III Project, the land of KOC - I Project (247 Ha Mining lease valid up to 13.05.2031) and land of KOC - II Project Phase - I (231.94 Ha Mining lease valid up to 25.02.2028) will be utilized. The copies of mining lease are enclosed as Annexure II & III. The forest land diversion is to obtained for 694.16 Ha. and 448.67 Ha. of private land is required to be acquired for mining purpose. The survey numbers / forest compartment numbers of the areas required to be acquired / diverted were furnished in the Table No. 1.5.4.1 in Chapter 1. The mining plan of the proposed project was approved by MoC, GoI Vide No. 13016/5/2016-CA II dated 24th August 2016. The copy of Mining Plan is enclosed as Annexure No. IV.

2.7. TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 2.7.1. Mining Technology Several design constraints combine to restrict the choice of primary excavation equipment & coal winning technology. Under the prevailing geo-mining conditions, with multiple seams, it is proposed to mine the property using shovel-dumper combination – which is considered most suitable.

2.7.2. Sequence of Mining Operations: The mining sequence has been planned in such a way as to permit mining the coal reserves in a more effective manner and at the same time allows progressive backfilling of considerable quantity of overburden in the internal dumps. This aspect considerably mitigates the adverse environmental impact generally associated with opencast mining. Sequence of mining is also planned considering the lay and disposition of the deposit.

In this proposed Project, the main haul road is planned at Northeast corner of the proposed quarry. The pit progress will be in the dip and strike direction considering the OB removal from the final benches of existing Pit - II and Pit - III of KOC - II in the forest land and progress towards the south east side of the quarry. It has been proposed to work the face along the strike towards south east part of the quarry and the general advance will be towards the dip. Each bench will be 10 m high and as soon as sufficient space is created, the quarry will be deepened.

The sequence of operations is planned by considering the following factors:

• Low stripping ratio zones at progressively increasing depths.

• Availability of sufficient coal exposure to sustain a steady level of production.

• To create a sufficient void for accommodating the OB internally

The schematic diagram of sequence of mining operations is as given below.



The stages of mining operations like stage plan at initial stage, 1st year, 3rd year, 5th year, 10th year, 15th year, 20th year, 25th year and 29th year (final stage) of coal production and mine closure plan showing the final void which are characteristic of mining operations including stage wise reclamation and afforestation have been given vide Figure Nos. 4.3.7.1 and 4.3.7.1.1 to 4.3.7.9.1.

The external dump yard is located on N-W side of the proposed quarry. Hard OB quantity of 460.26 M.Cum will be accommodated in the external dump yard from 1st year to 25th year of coal production only. External dump yard occupies an area of 635.55 Ha. The maximum height of external dump yard is 120 m above ground level.

Out of the above said area (635.55 Ha), only 296.99 Ha of forest land is to be diverted afresh for mining purpose as the remaining land is already diverted and includes dump and voids of KOC - I and KOC - II (Pit - II & Pit - III). The existing maximum height of the dump i.e. 50 m above GL will be raised to the maximum height of 120 m above GL.

Internal dumping, i.e., in the voids of Koyagudem OC - III, will start from 1st year itself and will be continued till the end of the project (except in 3rd, 4th and 5th years). The total quantity of Hard OB that is accommodated in the internal dump yard is 399.99 M.Cum.



Internal dump yard occupies an area of 415.18 Ha. The maximum height of internal dump yard is 90 m above Ground Level.

About 6.35 M.Cum of top soil will be excavated (4.22 M.Cum from quarry area and 2.13 M.Cum from proposed external dump yard area) throughout the life of the project. Out of the total topsoil produced, 4.63 M.Cum. will be spread over on external dump and the balance 1.72 M.Cum will be spread over on internal dump.

2.7.3. Opening of Deposit Before commencement of mining operations, 132 KV power transmission line, nallah in between existing voids of KOC - I and Pit - II of KOC - II will be diverted and the land will be cleared of trees / shrubs.

The proposed KOC-III quarry will be opened from existing Pit - III of KOC - II with shovel-dumper combination for OB removal and Surface Miner for coal production. The main haul road will be at N-E corner for the proposed project. It is envisaged that local ramps will be suitably laid for transportation of coal and overburden.

It is planned to extract the coal from roof to floor. Excavation from roof to floor is expected to result in less contamination at the coal / overburden interface. Queen Seam is comparatively thick having inferior bands on top of the seam. As such, with the Surface Miner technology it is feasible for selective mining.

During the first year of operation, it is proposed to dump the overburden on the dumps and voids of KOC - I and KOC - II (Pit - II & Pit - III). Plan showing the initial stage of mine operations in the Project is Figure No. 4.3.7.1.

2.7.4. Mining Scheme 2.7.4.1. Excavation The OC mine is planned considering geo-mining parameters like pit geometry, mild gradient of the seam, thickness of the seam, multiple faults. It is proposed to remove entire OB (by Shovel-Dumper) and extract Coal (by Surface Miner) by out sourcing agencies.

The main haul road touches the floor of Queen Seam at 1 in 16 gradient. Ramps at 1 in 16 gradient for evacuation of coal and OB from different working horizons will be prepared while working the quarry.

Low wall side (in-crop side) benches are designed to have 5 m height, 10 m berm width and 700 angle with horizontal keeping in view the CIMFR report on slope stability. High wall benches are designed to have 10 m height, 6.36 m berm width and 700 angle with horizontal. The slope of the final high wall will be at 400 to 420 for better stability. Corridors of 30 m width at 100 m vertical intervals are envisaged to ensure slope stability at high wall side and to serve as access for internal dump yards back filling. Working benches are designed to have 40 m width, 10 m height and 700 slope to the horizontal.

It is proposed to outsource coal excavation with the Surface Miner (4200 mm drum width) along with its supporting equipment.

It has been envisaged that wherever possible, coal and OB faces will be staggered along the strike to avoid intermixing of material. Suitable numbers of dozers are provided to minimize the mixing of OB material so that the dilution is kept at a minimum possible extent.

2.7.4.2. Stability The overall pit slope is planned to be 180 - 250 at low wall side and 400 - 420 at high wall side. This has been done to ensure safe working of the mine. The overall external dump slope for spoil heap is planned at 25.640 for a maximum height of 120 m. for the internal dump it is planned at 26.600 for a maximum height of 90 m above GL.



2.7.5. Method Of Work In this method, the equipment will be deployed on a horizontal plane and their movement will be along a particular horizon as the equipment is not able to stand / work along the inclined plane where inclination is 1 in 7 to 1 in 12. The mining area will be divided into no of horizons with a height of 10 m each. The OB will be removed by deploying hired HEMM (shovels and other HEMM) in each horizon.

For the extraction of coal by Surface miner, the equipment will be deployed on coal seam and the machine will cut by horizons and the loose coal (-100 mm) will be gathered by 4.6 Cum Front End Loaders (FEL) and the same will be loaded in to the 35 T Coal Haul Dumpers.The method of extraction of seams is shown in Figure No. 2.7.5.1.

Figure No. 2.7.5.1 Method of extraction of seam

The recommendations of safety measures to improve the stability of dump yards are as follows:

• Topsoil under the proposed dump yard to be removed to reduce the chance of sliding of dumps.

• Alluvium material should be dumped separately to prevent mixing with hard rock waste material.

• After mining of coal, a layer of crushed rock, left out crushed coal and water lies on the de-coaled quarry floor. This heterogeneous mixture is termed here as interface material. This interface material covering the inclined quarry floor is one of the major causes of any internal dump failure. Before backfilling, this interface shall be drilled and blasted to roughen the base.

• Garland drains should be provided around the external dump yards to divert the flow of water.

2.8. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.8.1. Physiography of Core Zone:

The core area is undulatory, covered by brown sandy and black cotton soil. The elevation varies from 140 m in the South to 180 m in the North side with a gradient of 12.8m/km with a general slope towards North, East and South-East. A hillock, Bairenigutta is located on the N-W side of the quarry area which is proposed to be excavated. The surface contour plan of quarry area is furnished as Figure No. 2.8.1.1



2.8.2. Physiography of Buffer Zone: The buffer area is gently undulating terrain with a NW-SE trending hill range on the western side. The general topographic elevation of the plains varies from 160 m above MSL in the northern part to 100 m in the southeastern periphery of the buffer area. The isolated hills are Peddagutta (410 m) and Chinnabusi (405 m) in N-E, Madrasigutta (345 m) and Paralagutta (384 m) are in the N-W and few unnamed hillocks are located in southwestern and central part of the buffer area. The topographical map showing the surface features in the study area is furnished as Figure No. 2.8.2.1.

2.8.3. Drainage of Core Zone:

Drainage is moderately developed in the block area. Northern part of the area is drained in to Parkela vagu, an ephemeral stream of Murredu vagu. The 1st to 3rd order streams which feed the Lachigudem tank are in northeast of the project. In southern part of the project no significant drainage is developed. No tanks are present in the project area but some tanks are spread in the central and southeastern part of the buffer zone. As per the term (vii) of ToR issued for the project, contour map showing the drainage of core zone is furnished as Figure No. 2.8.3.1.

2.8.4. Drainage of Buffer Zone:

The Buffer area is drained by north-easterly flowing Murredu vagu and easterly flowing Nalla vagu. Nalla vagu joins with Murredu vagu in the south east near Bommanapalli village. The Murredu vagu confluences with Kinnerasani river (a tributary of river Godavari), which is flowing outside the buffer area. Some part is in the catchment of Kinnerasani River in the north side of the buffer area. Kinnerasani reservoir is located at about 16 km distance from the project in the north east direction. The regional drainage is of dendritic type with a density of 2.51 km/sq.km.

A seasonal nallah flowing between KOC - I dump and Pit - II of KOC - II from north to south is to be diverted to facilitate merging of proposed external dump yard and the internal dump yard in order to minimize the requirement of land for external dumping of OB. The length of proposed diversion is around 3.64 km.

Another seasonal nallah, situated in north side of Pit - II was already diverted for working of Pit – II The drainage plan of the study area is given as Figure No. 2.8.4.1.

2.9. GEOLOGY AND COAL RESERVES The Pranhita-Godavari Valley Coalfield defines a major NNW-SSE trending basin on Pre-Cambrian platform in the southern part of Indian Peninsula. The linear belt extends from Boregoan, in Maharashtra state in the north to Eluru on the east coast of Andhra Pradesh state in the south. It follows more or less the course of River Godavari and Pranhita for over a length of about 470 km. Though there is a geological continuity of the Gondwana sediments from one end to other, the structure for a length of about 350 km lying mostly in Telangana state is referred to as “Pranhita-Godavari” or "Godavari Valley Coalfield” while the adjacent part in Maharashtra is designated as the “Wardha Valley Coalfield." The GVCF covers an area of 17000 Sq. km falling in the districts of Komram Bheem (Asifabad), Mancherial, Peddapalli, Jaya Shankar Bhoopalpalli, Bhadradri Kothagudem and Khammam of Telangana State.

The Lower Gondwana sediments occur mostly along the southwestern peripheral parts of the Godavari Valley basin due to half-graben structure and also at few places on the northeastern margin in its southern part. Few well defined outliers and structural inliers are also present. The continuity of Barakar coal measures is broken and also missing at places on account of major strike–slip faulting and therefore different coal bearing areas occur as isolated pockets and are generally treated as separate coal belts.



2.9.1. Geology and Structure of the Lingala-Koyagudem Coal Belt The KOC-III block area forms part of the Lingala-Koyagudem Coalbelt. The Lingala-Koyagudem Coal belt, bound by North latitudes 17031’00’' - 18000’00’' and East longitudes 80018’40” - 80032’30”, is situated in the south western extremity of Godavari sub-basin separated by Paloncha neck from Kothagudem sub-basin. This belt extends over a strike length of about 50 Km from Lingala in the northwest to Koyagudem in the southeast.

Based on the surface geological mapping and sub-surface investigations carried out in this coal belt, the regional geology is established in parts of Lingala-Koyagudem coal belt. The stratigraphic succession of the Lingala-Koyagudem coal belt is given in the Table No. 2.9.1.1 and Geological Plan of Lingala-Koyagudem Coal Belt is shown as Figure No. 2.9.1.1:

Table No. 2.9.1.1. The Stratigraphic Succession in Lingala-Koyagudem Coal Belt. Age Group Formation General Lithology Recent Reddish & Reddish yellow sandy soils

LOW

ER

TRIA

SSIC

UPP

ER

GO

ND

WAN

A

Upper Kamthi

Alternating sequence of pebbly sandstone, pebble bed, medium to coarse grained yellowish, ferruginous sandstone, fine to medium grained, white quartzitic sandstone, pink and purple laminated sandstone with intervening pebble beds, and micaceous reddish brown haematite bands/beds - - - - - - - - - - - - - Conformable contact- - - - - - - - - - -

P E

R M

I A

N

L O

W E

R G

O N

D W

A N

A

Middle Kamthi

Alternating sequence of red, green, white and grey clays, shales and siltstones interbedded with fine to coarse grained argillaceous and ferruginous sandstones - - - - - - - - - - - - - Conformable contact- - - - - - - - - - -

Lower Kamthi

Coarse, pebbly, feldspathic, highly kaolinished sandstone with alternating thick clay and sandy clay beds - - - - - - - - - - - - - Conformable contact- - - - - - - - - - -

Barren Measures

Alternating sequence of grey, immature feldspathic sandstone. Mg. to Cg. ferruginous sandstone hard and compact reddish brown to brown iron stone bands with green and grey clays and shales - - - - - - - - - - - - - Conformable contact- - - - - - - - - - - - -

Barakar

Coarse to very coarse, pebbly, poorly sorted grey white sandstones alternating with siltstones, grey and white clays, shale and coal seams - - - - - - - - - - - - - Conformable contact- - - - - - - - - - -

Talchir

Fg. greenish sandstone, siltstones, greenish and brown clays and dark green needle shales interbedded with dark grey, parallel bedded compact Fg. sandstone (Rhythmites)

- - - - - - - - - - - - - Unconformable contact - - - - - - - - -

PAKHAL Quartzites, Phyllites, Slates, Dolomitic limestone with quartz veins - - - - - - - - - - - - - Unconformable contact - - - - - - - - -

PRE CAMBRIAN / ARCHAEAN Granite gneisses, biotite gneisses, amphibolites, quartz chlorite schists



Structure of coal belt: Based on the geological data available, it is observed that a gentle synformal structure of low amplitude, particularly between Bodu and Koyagudem is preserved. The coal measures largely trend NNW-SSE direction. The western and south western margin appears to be faulted one, where the coal measures are abutting against the basement rocks. In the southern part of the belt, between Anisettipalli and Regalla villages, i.e., in the Paloncha neck portion, the width of the basin has narrowed down and the deposition of full sequence of Gondwana sediments has been established based on the borehole data of GAM-7 of GSI.

2.9.2. Geology and Structure of Koyagudem OC - III Project The Koyagudem OC-III block, covering an area of 8.12 Sq.km. is located in Lingala-Koyagudem coal belt. The block is moderately faulted and the structural interpretation of the block is based on the sub-surface data complimented by surface geological mapping. The stratigraphic succession of the Koyagudem OC - III Project is given in the Table No. 2.9.2.1. The Geological Plan of KOC - III is shown as Figure No. 2.9.2.1:

Table No. 2.9.2.1. The Stratigraphic Succession in Koyagudem OC - III Project.

Age Group Formation General Lithology Thickness (m)

Recent -- -- Soil cover 0.30 – 7.00

PERMIAN

Lower G O N D W A N A

Barakar Coarse grained grey/whitish hard sandstone with fine grained sandstone and siltstone with quartz and feldspar pebbles at places, clays, shales and one persistent coal seam

230.50

-------------------------Conformable contact -------------------------

Talchir Very fine to fine grained yellowish/greenish sandstone, siltstones with greenish splintery shales

15.86+

-----------------------Unconformable contact ------------------------ Lower Proterozoic

Pakhal Quartzites and Phyllites with quartz veins

127.10+

Structure of coal belt: The Geological structure of the block under reference has been deciphered mainly on the basis of sub-surface data of boreholes and geophysical surveys supplemented with the geological mapping.

2.9.3. Description of Coal Seams The proposed KOC-III Project covers an area of 16.076 Sq.km. Queen Seam is the only seam, being present and extractable in this project. The average thickness of the seam in this project is 14.8 m with a thickness range of minimum and maximum as 5.29 m -15.23 m. But as the top most 2.1 m of the seam is inferior grade (Nil), only 12.7 m thickness is considered for reserves calculation. Out of the 12.7 m thick, 2.1 m of top section has G -17 grade and bottom 10.6 m has G - 13 grade.

2.9.4. Quality and Reserves The coal mined and marketed by the Singareni Collieries is graded as per the Gazette Notification No. 22021/1/2008-CRC-II, DT. 30.12.2011 issued by Government of India to switch over from UHV based gradation system to GCV based system.



Quality data available on 60% RH at 400C equilibrated basis is made use of in arriving at the grades of the seam. Basing on the ash and moisture percentages the Gross calorific values of seams are calculated. The following formula is used for deriving GCV grids from Ash % and Moisture % grids of the seams.

GCV = 85.56 (100 - 1.1 (Ash% + Moisture %)) - (60 x Moisture %) The quality of the Queen seam is calculated for two bands considering the top 2 m as one band and remaining 10.6 m as one band. The band wise quality of the Queen seam is furnished in the Table No. 2.9.4.1:

Table No. 2.9.4.1: Quality of Coal Seams Seam Section Average GCV (K.Cal./ kg) Avg. Grade

Queen Top 2247 G17

Bottom 3745 G13

Reserves: Estimation of geological reserves is done by using the MINEX software. The Micro-meshing facility available with the MINEX is adopted as it is considered to be very accurate in estimation of reserves. A 10% deduction has been made from the geological reserves towards the un-foreseen geological disturbances to arrive at net geological reserves. Heave zones of the faults are excluded from reserves calculation. Estimation of mineable reserves is done by using CARLSON MINE PLANNING SOFTWARE. A 10% deduction has been made from the mineable reserves to account for the loss due to contamination during mining operations to arrive at net mineable reserves. The details of net geological, net extractable reserves with an average grade of coal are furnished in the Table No. 2.9.4.2

Table No. 2.9.4.2 Geological and Extractable Coal Reserves

Seams Average Grade

Average GCV

Kcal/Kg

Net Geological

Reserves (MT)

Net Extractable

Reserves (M.T)

Queen G-13 3745 122.65 93.61 G-17 2247 24.16 18.37

Total G-13 & G-17 146.81 111.98

2.10. HYDROGEOLOGY The surface water potentiality, ground water potentiality and other hydro geological parameters like depth to water, water level fluctuations and water level trend in pre-monsoon and post monsoon over the period of time is furnished in the Chapter - 4 in detail.

2.11. LAND REQUIREMENT The total land required for the project is 1607.60 Ha, which includes1158.93 Ha. of forest land. Out of 1158.93 Ha. of forest land, 464.77 Ha. of forestland has already been diverted for mining purpose and is presently under SCCL possession. Balance forest land of 694.16 Ha. is to be diverted for mining purpose. In addition, 448.67 Ha. of non-forest land has to be acquired for the project. The details of activity-wise, ownership wise, land requirement and pre mining land use based on revenue records & satellite imagery are furnished in the below sections. The plans showing revenue survey numbers and forest compartment numbers are furnished in Figure No. 2.11.2.2. & Figure No. 2.11.2.3 respectively.



2.11.1 Activity Wise Land Requirement & Ownership wise Breakup Land required for the different activities involved in the project such as dumps, quarry, infrastructure, etc. is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.1.1 and shown in Figure No. 2.11.1.1.

Table No. 2.11.1.1: Activity wise & Ownership wise land requirement

(Figures in Ha)

Sl. No Activity

Land Use

Total Forest Land Non-forest land Already Diverted

To be diverted Total To be acquired

1. Quarry area 70.72 308.58 379.30 344.75 724.05 2. External Dump Area 338.56 296.99 635.55 0.00 635.55 3. Inspection road, bund,

transmission line & for lighting and safety zone

15.86 43.81 59.67 67.86 127.53

4. CHP and Coal Yard 39.63 2.33 41.96 15.59 57.55 5. Mine Service Facilities 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.18 7.18 6. Magazine 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.36 0.36 7. Diversion of Public road 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.46 3.46 8. Nallah Diversion including

settling tanks 0.00 36.30 36.30 2.66 38.96

9. Belt Conveyor and railway siding 0.00 6.15 6.15 6.81 12.96

Total 464.77 694.16 1158.93 448.67 1607.60

2.11.2 Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project Area: Pre-mining land use based on revenue records of the proposed project is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.2.1.

Table No. 2.11.2.1: Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project

Sl. No. Pre-mining Land use Area in (Ha)

1. Forest land diverted for KOC - I and KOC - II (Pit I & Pit - II) purpose 464.77 2. Forest Land (to be diverted) 694.16 3. Agricultural Land (Single Crop) (to be acquired) 448.67

Total Project Area 1607.60 Ha.

Pre-mining land use breakup of the project obtained from the Tahsildar of Tekulapalli mandal is furnished as Annexure No. V and the plans showing forest compartment numbers and revenue survey numbers are enclosed as Figure Nos. 2.11.2.1 and 2.11.2.2 respectively

Pre-mining land use based on recent satellite imageries of the proposed project is furnished in the Table No. 2.11.2.2.



Table No. 2.11.2.2: Pre-mining Land Use Breakup of the Project

Land Use Land Cover Class Area of Sub Class Area of Class

Area in Ha % of Usage Area in Ha % of Usage Agriculture 629.93 39.19

Crop Land 234.79 14.61 Fallow Land 326.16 20.29 Plantations 68.98 4.29 Forest Cover 298.11 18.55 Open Forest 60.37 3.75 Degraded Forest 110.39 6.87 Forest Blank 116.32 7.24 Forest Plantation 11.03 0.69 Waste Land 245.38 15.26 Barren Land 56.25 3.50 Land with scrub 134.36 8.36 Land without scrub 54.77 3.40 Others 434.18 27.00 Built Up Land 7.43 0.46 Mining area 117.48 7.31 Coal dump 24.40 1.52 OB dump 116.24 7.23 Dump with plantation 96.99 6.03 Roads 58.44 3.63 Water body 13.20 0.82

Total Area 1607.60 100.00 1607.60 100.00

2.11.3 Stage of Acquisition The total land required for the project is 1607.60 Ha. Which includes 1158.93 Ha. of forest land. The status of acquisition is as give below.

Sl. No. Type of Land Area in

Ha Status of Diversion / Acquisition

1. Forest land 464.77 Already diverted for mining purpose

2. Forest Land 694.16 Applied for diversion for mining purpose in November 2016

3. Agricultural Land 448.67 Acquisition is under process Total Project Area 1607.60

2.12. EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE It is proposed to outsource the OB removal as well as coal extraction. The OB will be removed by adopting Shovel - Dumper combination and coal extraction with Surface Miner Technology. The main HEMM projected is furnished In Table No. 2.12.1.



Table No. 2.12.1: Main HEMM Projected

Sl. No. Item Quantity A. Contractual HEMM

1 Coal

4200 mm Drum Width Surface Miner 1

4.60 Cu.m. Loaders 4

35 T Dumpers 22

2. Overburden

8.3 Cu.m. Shovels 18

100 Ton Dumpers 100

3. Common HEEM for Reclamation and others

320 HP Dozers 4

240 HP Dozers 6

155 HP Dozers 6

145 HP Motor Graders 6

28 KL Water Sprinklers 10

B. Company HEMM

1.0 Cu.m. Diesel Backhoe 1

10/12T Cranes 2

Mobile service van 1

Explosive Vans 10T 2

Fire tender 1

2.13. Calendar Programme of Coal and Overburden The year wise coal and OB excavation schedule and the stage wise dumping schedule of both Hard OB and Topsoil is furnished in Chapter - 4 under the heading of solid waste management.

2.14. Drilling and Blasting The blast parameters during mining operations have to be established after actual field trials considering the local geo-mining conditions.

Whenever villages / dwellings / structures etc. lie within the danger zone, controlled blasting and vibration study have to be conducted by any scientific agency for relaxation of danger zone.

Drilling and blasting operations in OB may be suitably modified to ensure separation of coal and OB depending on the local site conditions. However, based on experience, burden and spacing of 3.0 m X 3.5 m will be proposed for outsourcing shovels. Blasting is avoided as it is proposed to extract coal by Surface Miner.

2.15. Explosive Consumption and Magazine Details The following specific consumption of explosives has been adopted for estimating the daily requirement of explosives.

• OB Blasting - 0.50 Kg/Cum

The above specific consumption of explosives for OB has been considered for the project and is based on the consumption pattern in existing mines. These figures may be suitably modified to ensure desired fragmentation during actual blasting operation and to suit the local site conditions.



Based on specific consumption of explosives and calendar programme of excavation, the maximum requirement of explosive will be 45.02 Tones/day including daily requirement for secondary blasting for OB. It is proposed to use SMS/SME for the same. A portable magazine is proposed for the project to cater to storage of detonators, cord-relays, detonating fuse, boosters etc.

2.16. Energy Requirement

The source of power for the project will be from 132 KV Kothagudem sub-station, which is about 32 Km away from the project. Kothagudem sub-station is having sufficient spare capacity and no additional capital has been provided for strengthening the sub-station. The 33 KV overhead transmission line passes from Kothagudem sub-station through Tekulapalli for Yellandu coalfields. Koyagudem OC-II receives power from this transmission line. It is proposed to extend the transmission line to KOC-III Project from the same source. The power requirement for this project will be 6.013 MVA as most of the proposed equipment is diesel operated.

Energy Requirement of the Project

Connected Load : 7223 kW Load in Operation : 6492 kW Maximum Demand : 6013 KVA Annual Energy Consumption : 17543.896 MWH System Power Factor : ≥ 0.90 Consumption/tonne of coal : 4.873 KWH

2.17. Energy Conservation Measures The following important points for proper utilization of energy have been considered while selecting the machinery for various purposes of the project.

2.17.1. Power Factor Improvement The improvement of the power factor of the system will reduce the losses of energy and maximum demand of the project. Hence suitable capacitor banks have been provided on the secondary side of the power transformers for improvement of the power factor above 0.95.

2.17.2. Energy Meters: Energy meters will be fitted separately to the main feeders. This will help in measuring the power consumption by various groups of machinery and to bring awareness and take necessary steps for proper improvement of the system.

2.17.3. Selection of High Voltage Equipment and Transmission: Power will be transmitted from the Sub-station to the high voltage machinery and distribution transformers at 3.3 kV through short and convenient routes. Transmission of power and operation of machinery at high voltage will reduce the loss of energy.

2.17.4. Selection and Adjustments of Transformer Loads: Transformer cores made of steel of high silicon content and of thin laminations will be used for minimising the constant losses i.e., core or iron losses since the transformers will always be working irrespective of the amount of load connected to it i.e., on varying load and no load conditions.



2.17.5. L.T. Motors: The L.T. Motors will operate at 550 V. The supply to these motors will be fed from unitized transformers.

2.17.6. Illumination: The lighting at the quarry will be arranged with suitable energy efficient Sodium Vapor lamps. For street lighting in the colony etc, fluorescent tube lights/M.V.lamps/Sodium Vapor lamps will be used.

2.17.7. Efficiency: Care will be taken to select only the high efficiency equipment and machinery to effect saving in energy consumption.

2.17.8. General: The philosophy of conserving power will be inculcated in people by suitable circulars, posters etc., so as to be prompt in switching off lights, fans, air coolers, air conditioners etc in cabins, offices and other departments whenever not needed.

2.18. Coal Evacuation from the Pit and Transportation Produced coal from face will be gathered and loaded by 4.6 Cum Loaders in to dumpers. The same will be transported to the in-pit feeder. It is planned to lay single stream of belt conveyors for transport of coal from the in-pit quarry hopper with feeder arrangement as the coal fed to hopper is of crushed to less than -100 mm by surface miner deployed for coal production.

It is proposed to dispatch coal by providing one no. of pre-weigh bin for truck loading system at pit mouth and also another pre-weigh bin for railway wagon loading system at south eastern side of quarry where new railway siding including CHP is proposed.

And also it is proposed to shift the quarry hopers further in by of quarry as quarry progresses dip side to reduce the average coal lead for truck operations.

A new railway siding & CHP is planned at a distance of 7.5 KM from Pit mouth on the south eastern side of the quarry and it is proposed to install 3 number of series of belts to transport the coal. The CHP is designed with railway siding, GL bunkers of capacity 6000T, plough feeder and pre-weigh bin wagon loading system. The length of the proposed railway line from Betampudi railway station to proposed KOC-III CHP is 8.5 Km.

The estimated capital requirement for Pit Head CHP at mine and CHP at railway siding is Rs 3484.88 lakhs and 7474.93 lakhs respectively. The layout of CHP is shown in Figure No. 2.18.1.

2.19. Manpower Requirement The detailed manpower required for the proposed project is worked out as per the prevailing norms based on workload, the HEMM fleet and the working conditions. The average daily attendance required to achieve the rated production of 3.60 MTPA with a peak output of 4.80 MTPA is estimated to be 193. After considering 16.67% absenteeism towards authorized leave, sick etc., the men on roll required for the project is 220.

Contractor manpower will be around 1635 persons as it is proposed to outsource the OB removal as well as coal extraction.

2.20. Water Requirement The mine discharge is the source of water for meeting various requirements of the project. An approval will obtained from State Ground Water Department for drawl of ground water as part of mining operations.



Figure No. 2.20.1: Flow Chart of Water Requirement of the Project

The source of water for the Project is the water pumped out from the proposed opencast mine. The probable inflow of groundwater into the KOC - III Project is 1545 KLD. About 1388 KLD water is required for various mine requirements like dust suppression (1260 KLD), HEMM washing at work shop (95 KLD), plantation (9 KLD) and domestic consumption (24 KLD) at the Project. After meeting the mine requirements, the excess water will be let out into nearby nallah after necessary treatment.

2.21. Township & Other Infrastructure Requirement Township: The proposed project is planned in the existing coal belt of the company where well established infrastructure such as township with quarters, roads, street lighting, protected drinking water supply, sanitary network with 1.0 MLD STP, communication facilities, power supply arrangements, schools, collages, Dispensaries, Community Halls, Recreation Clubs, Stadium, Parks, Gardens, Temples, Church, Masque, Shopping Complex, etc. are available. As the manpower required for the proposed project is met from the existing manpower of KOC - II and from other mines of Yellandu area. No additional township / other infrastructure facilities are required for the proposed project.

Buildings: It is proposed to construct new service buildings, pit stores etc., at suitable location as shown in the land requirement plan on the North-East side of the proposed quarry area in non-forest land for which fund allocation of ₹ 8.39 Crs has been made in the capital cost of the project.

The facilities like rest shelters, canteen facilities at subsidized rates, washing / bathing facilities, provision of motor cycle / cycle sheds, provision of drinking water points, sanitation facilities, first aid, etc. will be provided to the persons connected with mining operation whether direct or indirect.

2.22. Facilities for Truck Drivers at Mine Premises The following facilities will be provided for truck drivers at mine premises under various rules and regulations. • Rest Shelter • Surface latrines and urinals • Adequate quantity of water for drinking and washing • First aid arrangements • Canteen facility

157 KLD

9 KLD

1364 KLD

1545 KLD

24 KLD

45 KLD

Mine Discharge

water Sedimentation tanks

Use of treated water for i) Washing of Machinery ii) Dust Suppression iii) Plantation

Surface runoff channeled

through drains

Settling tank

Excess Water

For ground water re-charging /

agricultural purposes

Sedimentation tank

Oil & grease Trap

Used for plantation

Domestic usage after disinfection

Septic Tank and

Soak pit

Washing of machinery



2.23. Surface features and Diversions / shiftings involved 2.23.1. Rehabilitation and Resettlement Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are falling within the 500 m of proposed quarry surface. Therefore, these villages need to be rehabilitated.

The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in the proposed project is 375 and Project Affected Families (PAFs) is 511 including 470 persons (ROFR). It is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package as per the guidelines of the State Government for which Rs. 143.55 Crores has been provided. The number of PAFs and PDFs will be finalized through socio-economic survey conducted by the Administrator appointed by State Government in consultation with the District Administration. The R&R site will also be selected by the District Administration. The facilities at R&R site will be provided as per the guidelines of state government.

Out of total capital of R&R, Rs 95.26 Cr is required up to 1st year towards R&R activities of Ippala Tanda and Babuji Tanda and the balance Rs 48.29 Cr will be required beyond 1st year, for R&R activities of Dantala Tanda as the quarry progresses towards the Dantala Tanda after 10th year of the project.

2.23.2. Diversion of roads: One road on south eastern side on dip side of the property is passing from Dantala Tanda to Lachagudem needs diversion for a total length of 7.50 Km and it is proposed to strengthen the existing road from Mutyalampadu to proposed Rail dispatch point for a length of 8.00 Km.

2.23.3. Diversion of Nallahs There is no major nallah flowing across the project area, but small seasonal channels of water present over the proposed project area. Considering the surface topography of the area, a garland drain is planned around the quarry and external dump yard to accommodate the inflow of water to handle the flash floods during rainy season.

Considering the hillock on the S-W side of the external dump yard, it is proposed to divert inflow of water by constructing 40 m width nallah to handle the flash floods during rainy season for a length of 3.64 Km.

Another seasonal nallah, situated towards north side of Pit - III was diverted for the workings of Pit - III of KOC - II and the same will be utilized for the proposed KOC - III.

2.23.4. Diversion of Power lines Two HT power lines, 132 KV and 220 KV exist over the proposed quarry and proposed external dump yard area. These two lines are to be diverted to facilitate excavation in KOC - III. As the external dumping will progress towards power line in 2nd year of the project, 132 KV line needs to be diverted by the end of 1st year of the project and as the quarry progresses towards 220 KV line in 11th year, 220 KV needs to be diverted by the end of 10th year of the project.

Length of proposed diversions of power lines are:

1) 132 kV line: 12.6 km

2) 220 kV line: 5.25 km

The plan detailing all the diversions required for the project is shown in Figure No. 2.23.1.



Figure No. 2.23.1. Existing and proposed diversions of roads, nallahs and power lines.

2.24. Dumping and Reclamation The detailed dumping strategy including dumping in external dumps, internal dump, back filling, topsoil placement and preservation, design criteria of dumps, location of dumps, stage wise dumping schedules and details of reclamation have been discussed in the Chapter - IV



2.25. Description of Pollution Sources & Mitigation Measures The best way of impact mitigation is to prevent the event occurring. Normally in opencast coal mines no major disaster affecting nearby residents is foreseen. However if the developmental activity produces an adverse impact, action will be taken to mitigate the same. The probable pollution sources and mitigation measures for minimization of adverse impacts along with stage wise land reclamation strategy, green belt development / plantation programme and mine closure / decommissioning plan have been indicated in Chapter No. 4.

2.26. Assessment of New and Untested Technology for Risk of Technology Failure 2.26.1 Mining Method Several design constraints combine to restrict the choice of primary excavation equipment & coal winning technology. An evaluation regarding the applicability of different systems reveals the following:

2.26.2 Continuous Mining Technology: Based on the available data on hardness of coal and OB, most of the strata will need to be prepared by undertaking drilling and blasting before excavation. Continuous mining technology has therefore been ruled out.

2.26.3 Discontinuous Mining Technology: It is thus proposed to mine the deposit by discontinuous mining technology. In this, following options have been considered to select the best suited technology with the prevailing geo-mining conditions in this project.

• Dragline Application

• In pit-crushing & Conveying Technology

• Surface Miner with Shovel - Dumper Combination

2.26.3.1 Dragline Application: Multiple faults preclude the application of dragline.

2.26.3.2 In pit-crushing and Conveying Technology: The space restriction imposed by block on account of multiple faults preclude the application of crushing-conveying system.

2.26.3.3 Surface Miner Shovel - Dumper Combination: Surface Miner technology and Shovel-Dumper combination will be adopted for excavation of coal and OB respectively, owing to the prevailing geo-mining conditions like single thick seam, comparatively flat gradient, having large area of exposure, less number of faults. Besides, this technology has the following advantages.

Coal can be extracted selectively in respect of quality from the coal seams with interrelated shale bands.

Facilitates optimum utilization of equipment through planned deployment.

The method of work comprises of - • Initial opening of Box cut. • Removal of topsoil and intermediate hard rock. • Removal of OB by drilling and blasting to expose the coal seam. • Excavation of coal by Surface Miner.

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Koyagudem OC - III Project


CHAPTER - 3

DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1. INTRODUCTION

Baseline Environmental studies have been carried out in and around the proposed Koyagudem OC - III Project to know the present environmental status so that the likely impacts of future mining operations on various environmental attributes in the study area can be predicted in order to formulate a comprehensive Environment Management Plan for negating the adverse environmental impacts.

3.2. STUDY AREA, PERIOD, AGENCY & SCOPE OF BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL

STUDIES

Studty Area: The proposed project is “Category–A” project as per the SO 1533 dated 14.09.2006 and subsequent amendment vide SO 3067 dated 01.12.2009. As such, project area (Core Zone) and 10 Km area around the project area (Buffer Zone) is taken as study area. The mine is covered in Koyagudem Village, Tekulapalli Mandal, Bhadradri Kothagudem District of Telangana State. The location of the mining lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet No, 65C/6 and 65C/10 and the study area i.e., around 10 KM of the project pheripery falls under Survey of India Toposheet No, 65C/6, 65C/7, 65C/10, and 65C/11. The geographical co-ordinates of the lease area and study area are as follows:

Lease Area

SW Coordinates : X - 3156028.7538 Latitude - 17°35'18.2306"N

Y - 816385.4327 Longitude - 80°28'13.4634E

NE Coordinates : X - 3161669.6753 Latitude - 17°39'11.0028"N

Y - 823588.4278 Longitude - 80°31'26.9725E

Study Area

SW Coordinates : X - 3145768.5150 Latitude - 17°29'49.3837"N

Y - 806193.9065 Longitude - 80°22'22.6554"E

NE Coordinates : X - 3172155.5326 Latitude - 17°44'33.3283"N

Y - 833559.2777 Longitude - 80°37'25.9988"E

The 10 km buffer zone of the KOC - III Project is falling in No, 65C/6, 65C/7, 65C/10, and 65C/11 SOI Toposheets and is covered in Tekulapalli, Yellandu and Laxmidevipalli Mandals of Bhadradri Kothagudem District of Telangana State.

Study Period: The baseline data for pre-project environmental status was collected during (March 2017 - May 2015) for one season i.e. Summer season and is presented along with identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts due to project activities in the subsequent chapters.

Agency: The work of collection of the BLD was entrusted to Environmental Protection Training and Research Institute (EPTRI), Hyderabad, which is an autonomous Government Organization, recognized by Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) and accredited by National Accredition Board for Testing & Calibrtion of Laboratories (NABL).

Scope: The scope of BLD collection including, attributes, parameters to be monitored, sampling period, frequency and measurement method given in Table Nos. 3.2.1, 3.2.2



and 3.2.3. The plans showing Ambient Air, Noise & Soil and Grorund Water & Surface Water quality monitoring locations are furnished in Figure Nos. 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 2.8.4.1 respectively.

Table No. 3.2.1 : Scope of Baseline Data Generation

Sl. No.

Activity Parameters to be Monitored Sampling Period, Frequency & Measurement Method

1 Air Environment

A. Micro-Meteorological Study

i) Wind Speed & Direction along with Windrose Diagram

ii) Max. & Min. Temperature

iii) Relative Humidity

iv) Rainfall

v) Solar Radiation and

vi) Cloud Cover

Sampling Period: One Season

Frequency: Hourly observations for one seasons

Measurement Method: As per IMD Specifications

B. Ambient Air Quality (AAQ) Monitoring in Core and Buffer Zone

Particulate Matter (PM)

i) Particulate Matter <10µ (PM10)

ii) Particulate matter <2.5µ (PM2.5)

Gaseous Pollutants (GP )

i) Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

ii) Oxides of Nitrogen (NO2)

Sampling Period:

24 hourly sample for Particulate Matter (PM) and 8 hourly samples for Gaseous Pollutants and averaged for 24 hours.

Frequency: Twice a week for one season

Measurement Method: PM10: Gravimetric (High-Volume Sampler)

PM2.5: Gravimetric (Fine Dust Sampler)

SO2: EPA Modified West & Geake Method.

NOX: Arsenate Modified Jacob - Hochheiser Method.

C. Mineralogical Composition of Particulate Matter

i) Silica Content and

ii) Heavy Metals like such as Hg, Pb, Cr, As etc., and

iii) Particle Size Distribution

Frequency: Once in a season for all the stations

Measurement Method: As per standards (ED-XRF 70 HS Qualitative)

D. Characteristics of Coal

i) Grade of Coal

ii) Other Characteristics - Ash, Sulphur and

iii) Heavy Metals including levels of Hg, As, Pb, Cr etc.

Frequency: Once in a season for all the stations

E. Traffic Density Study

i) Traffic density on major roads / coal transportation roads nearer the project site with regard to the number of two wheelers, three wheelers, four wheelers and heavy vehicles and

ii) Estimation of baseline status of emissions due to vehicular traffic.

Frequency: Once in a season for 24 hrs duration

Measurement Method: Manual Count Method



Sl. No.


2 Water Environment A. Ground Water

Quality

Physico-chemical and biological characteristics as per IS -10500, 1993 Standards

Frequency:

At least one grab sample per location per season.

B. Surface Water Quality

Physico-chemical and biological characteristics as per IS-2296, 1982 Standards and as per the water quality criteria for different uses as specified by CPCB.

Frequency:


C. Industrial Effluents

As per GSR 801 (E), 1986, dated Dec. 31, 1993

Frequency:


D. Phreatic Surface Levels

Water level in the existing wells within 10 Km radius of the project

Frequency:

Once in a season

Measurement Method: Piezometer / Water Level Indicator

3 Noise In accordance with Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000, notified by MoEF

Frequency:

Hourly equivalent noise levels Leq, Leq(Day) and Leq(Night) for one day in a season.

Measurement Method: Precision Integrated Micro Computer Sound level meter

4 Land Environment

A. Land Use Pattern

The land use / land cover classification as per Annexure-2 of EIA Guidance Manual-Mining of Minerals, issued by MoEF.

Frequency:

Once in a season

Measurement Method:

For Core Zone: The land use / land cover study within core zone shall be done using Resoursesat-II Liss-4 FMX (5.8 m.) and IRS Cartosat-1 (2.5 m.) data to get 1:5000 scale output as per MoEF guidelines. 1:5000 Scale

For Buffer zone: Resoursesat-II Liss-4 FMX (5.8 m.) data for 2 seasons (Rabi and Khariff)

1:25,000 Scale

B. Soil Quality

i) Particle size distribution ii) Texture iii) Organic carbon iv) pH v) Electrical conductivity vi) Exchangeable Cations and

Cation exchange capacity (CEC) vii) Alkali metals viii) Sodium Absorption Ratio (SAR)

of soils ix) Heavy metals in soil viz.

Cd,Cr,Pb,Ni,Cu ,Zn, Mn x) Infiltration rate in mm/hr xi) Water Holding Capacity xii) Porosity xiii) NPK contents

Frequency:


Measurement Method: As per soil analysis reference books of M.L.Jackson, C.A. Black and other relevant standards.



Sl. No.


5 Biological Environment

A. Flora

i) Study of existing flora within the study area 10 Km radius by Bio-diversity experts.

ii) Description of vegetation in core and buffer zone

iii) Assessment of plant species with respect to their dominance, density, frequency, abundance, diversity index, similarity index, importance value Index.

iv) Quantitative estimation of forest and non-forest flora

v) Type of forest in study area and its conservation status.

vi) Information on the dependence of local people on minor forest produce

vii) Location of National Parks, Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, Elephant Reserve, if any.

viii) Wild life migratory routes in core and buffer zones, if any.

Frequency:

Once in a season

B. Fauna i) Assessment of fauna and avi-fauna.

ii) List out endangered and endemic species as per the schedule of the Wildlife Protection Act, 1972

iii) Information on breeding and hibernating sites in core and buffer zone.

iv) The list of fauna in the study area as per formats 4.11 to 4.15 of EIA Guidance Manual - Mining of Minerals, issued by MoEF.

Frequency:

Once in a season



Sl. No.


6 Socio-economic Environment

i) The status of the people living in the villages falling under both core zone and buffer zone of the project (based on UNDP Human Development Report)

ii) Socio-economic survey covering Demographic Structure, Infrastructure resource base, Economic resource base, Health status: Morbidity pattern, Cultural and aesthetic attributes and Education through proportionate, stratified and random sampling method, primary data, questionnaire, secondary data collected from census records, statistical hand books, topo sheets, health records and relevant official records.

Frequency:

Once in a season

Socio-economic Environment

iii) Representing entire cross-section of the people to evaluate the socio-economic status of local inhabitants either by a field survey or directly interacting with people through a questionnaire covering the following aspects:-

iv) Composition and size of the families

v) Educational status

vi) Homestead land Information on agricultural situation (land holding size, cropping pattern, productivity, net return etc.)

vii) Employment (source of employment)

viii) Annual income from various sources

ix) Information on family budget

x) Savings

xi) Family assets

xii) Respondent’s perception about the proposed mining project

xiii) Quality of life

Frequency:

Once in a season

7 Health Environment

i) Baseline health status of people living in the villages falling within the study area of the project shall be collected from the primary health centers covering the villages within 2 and 5 Km radius of the project.

Frequency:

Once in a season



Table No. 3.2.2: Collection of Data on Land Use Pattern

S No. Land use Methodology

1. Location of the project

Land use studies

using topo sheets

2. Total project area

3. Cultivated land, Forest, Plantations, Water bodies and settlements

4. Biological Environment

Table No. 3.2.3 : Socio-economic Details of Study Area of the Project

S No. Socio-economic data Base of Survey

1. • Demographic Structure • Infrastructure resource base • Economic resource base • Health status: Morbidity pattern • Cultural and aesthetic attributes • Education

Socio-economic survey is conducted based on proportionate, stratified and random sampling method



3.3. DESCRIPTION OF PRESENT ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

3.3.1 Micro-Meteorology

Significance of meteorological studies in air quali ty monitoring

The quality of air pollutants is influenced by the movement and characteristics of the air mass into which they are emitted. If the air is calm and pollutants cannot disperse then the concentration of these pollutants will build up. Conversely, if a strong, turbulent wind is blowing, pollution generated will be rapidly dispersed into the atmosphere and will result in lower concentrations near the pollution source. The measurements of wind speed, direction, temperature, humidity and rainfall are important parameters used in the study of air quality monitoring. The measurement of meteorological parameters is important to have an understanding of the impacts of a region's meteorology on air pollutant concentrations and is also used to simulate and predict air quality using computer models.

Summary of Micro-meteorological Data (01.03.2017 to 31.05.2017)

The predominant wind direction is blowing from South West (SW) direction and Calm conditions prevailed is for 23.78% of ocassions during the season. The maximum wind speed recorded was 11.1 m/s. The maximum temperature recorded was found to be 48.70C, while the minimum temperature was 19.10C and the average temperature is 32.80C. The average relative humidity was found to be 47.7%. The total rainfall observed was 27.20 mm. The summary of micro-meteorological data (wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, rainfall and solar radiation) for entire study period is given in Table No. 3.3.1.1 , Summary of micro-meteorological data generated for the entire study period (March, 2017 - May, 2017) is given in Table No. 3.3.1.2 and the monthly wind rose diagrams along with Summer season is shown in Figure No. 3.3.1.1.



Table 3.3.1.1 Summary of monthly micro-meteorologic al data

Month Wind Speed (m/s) Temperature(ºC) Relative Humidity (%) Rainfall(mm) Solar radiation (W/m 2)

Mean Max % of Calm Mean Max Min Mean Max Min Total Hourly

highest No of

rainy days Mean Max Min

March 2017 1.67 5.6 29.57 29.9 41.8 19.1 52.4 96.2 8.5 4.0 3.4 4 205.5 978 0.0

April 2017 1.74 9.2 22.64 33.8 48.0 22.3 46.7 88.1 6.8 1.5 1.0 2 249.2 984 0.0

May 2017 2.00 11.1 18.95 34.9 48.7 22.2 43.9 93.2 9.4 21.7 9.1 4 260.1 1069 0.0

Table 3.3.1.2 Summary of micro-meteorological data generated for Summer season (March 2017 – May 2017)

S.No Parameter Min Max Mean

1. Temperature (0C) 19.1 48.7 32.8

2. Wind Speed (m/s) Calm (23.78%) 11.1 1.80

3. Relative Humidity (%) 6.8 96.2 47.7

4. Solar Radiation (W/m2) 0.0 1069 231.7

5. Predominant Wind direction for the entire study period South West (SW)

6. Total rainfall (mm) 27.20



Figure No. 3.3.1.1 Monthly and Season Windrose diagrams

Wind Rose diagram - March 2017 Wind Rose diagram - April 2017

Wind Rose diagram - May 2017 Wind Rose diagram - Summmer Season

WIND SPEED

(m/s)



3.3.2 Ambient Air Quality (AAQ)

3.3.2.1 Monitoring and Analytical Procedure

Different air pollution parameters like particulate matter less than 10µm size (PM10), particulate matter of less than 2.5µm (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides have been identified as critical parameters relating to project activities for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change vide J-11015/11/2017-IA.II(M) dated 30th March 2017. To assess the base line ambient air quality, ten air quality monitoring locations were identified in core zone and buffer zone (10 Km. radius study area) of the project, two air sampling locations represents core zone and eight locations represents the buffer zone of the project site. Details of sampling locations are given in Table No.3.3.2.1.1. The Nandya Tanda (BA3) station is identified in up wind direction as Control & Non Polluting Station.

Table No.3.3.2.1.1: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Sl. No.

Name of the station with code

With respect to Project site Reasons for selection of

station Category Direction Distance

(km)

Core Zone

1 Koyagudem OC - II (CA1) Core Zone To assess the pollution levels in existing mining area.

I

2 Koyagudem OC - III Project Site (Near Dandtyal Tanda) (CA2)

Core Zone To assess the pre--mining pollution levels in proposed Project area.

I

Buffer Zone

3 Petram Chilaka Village (BA1) NW 6.2 To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

4 Andulagudem (BA2) SW 3.8 To assess the pollution levels in Andulagudem in upwind direction.

R

5 Nandya Tanda (BA3) (Control & Non Polluting Station)

W 5.16 To assess the pollution levels in Nandya Tanda up-wind direction as Control & Non Polluting Station.

R

6 Lachigudem (BA4) N 5.9 To assess the pollution levels in village area in upwind direction.

R

7 Kistaram Village (BA5) N 7.4 To assess the pollution levels in village area in upwind direction.

R

8 Sampath Nagar (BA6) NE 8.1 To assess the pollution levels in village area in downwind direction.

R

9 Koyagudem Village (BA7) S 0.9 To assess the pollution levels in the village area

R

10 Bodu Village (BA8) NW 10.3 To assess the pollution levels in the village area.

R

Note: C - Core Zone, B - Buffer Zone.



3.3.2.2 Description of Monitoring Locations with re spect to Surroundings

Core Zone: Core zone area is surrounded by mining activities, plantation, forest areas, open lands, roads and residential areas.

Buffer Zone: Buffer zone area is surrounding by agircultural land, open land, forest area, waste land, residential area, mining activity, open lands and roads.

3.3.2.3 Summary of Ambient Air Quality

The pollutant concentrations are compared with Coal Mines Standards for core zone samples and National Ambient Air Quality (NAAQ) Standards as notified by CPCB for buffer zone samples. The Summary of ambient air quality data generated for the Summer season is presented in Table No. 3.3.2.2.1 .

3.3.2.3.1 Interpretation of Summary of Ambient Air Quality

Core Zone

Ambient air quality data monitored in the core zone shows that PM10 concentration varied from 61 µg/m3 (Proposed Koyagudem OC-III Project) to 198 µg/m3 (Koyagudem OC-II) with a mean of 177.4 µg/m3. PM2.5 concentration varied from 29.5 µg/m3 (Proposed KOC - III) to 84.2 µg/m3 (Koyagudem OC - II) with a mean of 73.3 µg/m3. The SO2 and NOx concentration varies from 11.2 µg/m3 to 14.8 µg/m3 and 17.1 µg/m3 to 23.3 µg/m3 respectively.

All the parameters are found to be within prescribed limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards and the Coal Mines Standards prescribed by MoEF&CC.

Buffer Zone The concentration of PM10 varied from 56 µg/m3 (Bodu Village) to 82 µg/m3 (Kistaram Village) with a mean of 72.7 µg/m3. The PM2.5 concentration varied from 27.8 µg/m3 (Sampath Nagar) to 42.7 µg/m3 (Kistaram Village) with a mean of 36.4 µg/m3. The SO2

and NOx concentration varies from 10.6 µg/m3 to 14.4 µg/m3 and 16.6 µg/m3 to 22.40 µg/m3 respectively.

All the values are found to be within prescribed limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed by MoEF&CC.



Table: 3.3.2.2.1 Summary of AAQ data monitoring for KOC - III Project & it’s environ for the Winter Season, 2015

For Particulate Matter (All values in µg/m 3)

Location

No.

of s

ampl

es

draw

n

Cat

egor

y

Sta

ndar

ds

PM10

Sta

ndar

ds

PM2.5

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Core Zone

Koyagudem OC - II 24 I 250 155 198 177.4 196.6 250 62.2 84.2 73.3 82.6

Koyagudem OC - III 24 R 100 61 77 67.7 76.1 60 29.5 37.6 33.0 37.5

Buffer Zone

Petram Chilaka 24 R 100 60 79 71.4 79.0 60 29.2 41.4 34.8 40.7

Andulagudem 24 R 100 61 78 69.9 77.5 60 29.8 40.2 34.2 39.4

Nandya Tanda 24 R 100 60 74 67.7 74.0 60 29.2 39.5 34.3 39.0

Lachigudem 24 R 100 60 79 68.3 78.1 60 29.4 38.7 33.5 38.2

Kistaram 24 R 100 64 82 72.7 81.1 60 31.6 42.7 36.4 42.1

Sampath Nagar 24 R 100 58 77 68.7 76.5 60 27.8 39.6 33.3 38.5

Koyagudem 24 R 100 59 79 67.7 78.5 60 28.1 37.7 32.5 36.9

Bodu 24 R 100 56 80 66.7 79.1 60 28.0 41.5 32.9 40.9

For Gaseous Pollutants (All values in µg/m 3)

Location

No.

of s

ampl

es

draw

n

Cat

egor

y

Sta

ndar

ds

SO2

Sta

ndar

ds

NOx

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Min

imum

Max

imum

Mea

n

98 p

erce

ntile

va

lue

Core Zone

Koyagudem OC - II 72 I 120 12.9 14.8 14.0 14.7 120 20.1 23.3 21.5 23.3

Koyagudem OC - III 72 R 80 11.2 13.8 12.5 13.7 80 17.1 22 19.6 21.8

Buffer Zone

Petram Chilaka 72 R 80 11.9 14.4 13.0 14.1 80 17.5 22.1 19.8 22.0

Andulagudem 72 R 80 11.6 14 12.7 14.0 80 17.2 22.4 19.7 22.1

Nandya Tanda 72 R 80 10.8 13.8 12.3 13.5 80 17.4 21.5 19.3 21.3

Lachigudem 72 R 80 11.7 13.8 12.7 13.7 80 17.6 21.4 19.6 21.4

Kistaram 72 R 80 10.9 13.9 12.8 13.9 80 18.1 22.2 20.2 22.0

Sampath Nagar 72 R 80 10.6 13.6 12.2 13.5 80 17.2 22.4 19.7 22.1

Koyagudem 72 R 80 11.3 13.8 12.3 13.6 80 16.6 19.6 18.1 19.4

Bodu 72 R 80 11.1 13.8 12.5 13.7 80 17.8 20.1 18.8 19.9 Note: - I - Industrial, R - Residential. NS: Not specified



The summary of AAQ data monitoring for KOC - III Project is shown in the below graphs

3.3.3 MINEROLOGICAL COMPOSITION OF RPM

The mineralogical composition for the Particulate Matter (PM10) collected at all the air quality monitoring stations (one sample per location, which was based on maximum PM10 concentration) with in the 10 Km radius of the study area and analyzed as per the standards. The summary of mineralogical composition of PM10 are given in the Table No. 3.3.3.1



Table No. 3.3.3.1 Summary of mineralogical composit ion of RPM

Sl.N

o

Par

amet

ers

Uni

ts

Station Name

Koy

agud

em O

C -

II

Koy

agud

em O

C -

III

Pet

ram

Chi

laka

And

ulag

udem

Nan

dya

Tan

da

Lach

igud

em

Kis

tara

m V

illag

e

Sam

path

Nag

ar

Koy

agud

em

Bod

u V

illag

e

RPM µg/m3 198 77 79 78 74 79 82 77 79 80

1 Chromium as Cr µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

2 Cadmium as Cd µg/m3 22 20 16 11 6 21 28 9 23 29

3 Lead as Pb µg/m3 512 669 621 530 372 497 652 503 680 487

4 Zinc as Zn µg/m3 2229 2795 3203 2594 967 2229 1915 1262 2677 3471

5 Iron as Fe µg/m3 5 5 9 9 6 5 8 9 10 BDL

6 Cobalt as Co µg/m3 88 104 118 103 40 88 69 51 120 177

7 Manganese as Mn µg/m3 7 9 5 5 BDL 6 4 13 5 11

8 Copper as Cu µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

9 Molybdenum as Mo µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

10 Nickel as Ni µg/m3 18 17 16 15 12 14 17 15 18 15

11 Vanadium as V µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

12 Silver as Ag µg/m3 3155 5286 3578 3146 1967 3206 5065 3431 5127 3032

13 Aluminium as Al µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

14 Arsenic as As µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

15 Selenium as Se µg/m3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

Note: BDL: Below Detectable Limit; least detectable limit–10 ppm.

3.3.4 Characteristics of Coal

The coal sample collected from conveyer belt was analysed for the metal parameters Chromium (as Cr), Cadmium (as Cd), Lead (as Pb), Zinc (as Zn), Iron (as Fe), Cobalt (as Co), Manganese (as Mn), Copper (as Cu), Nickel (as Ni), Selenium (as Se), Vanadium (as V) and Silver (as Ag). The results for these paramerts are presented in Table - 3.3.4.1



Table No. 3.3.4.1 Characteristics of Coal

Parameter(s) Test Method Units Results

Chromium SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 6.34

Cadmium SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg BDL

Lead SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 4.0

Zinc SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 7.36

Iron SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 4055

Cobalt SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 4.0

Managanese SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 23

Copper SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 4.58

Molybdenum SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg BDL

Nickel SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 8.52

Vanadium SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 14

Silver SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg BDL

Aluminium SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg 1923

Arsenic SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg BDL

Selenium SW-846-6010.B mg/Kg BDL

Mercury 7471 B µg/Kg BDL

Sulphur As per CHNS Instrument Manual % 0.541

Ash Content M L Jackson % 42.2 BDL: Below Detection Limit: Cr: 0.5 mg/Kg, Cd: 0.1 mg/Kg, Pb: 0.5 mg/Kg, Co: 0.5 mg/Kg, Ni: 0.5 mg/Kg

3.3.5 WATER ENVIRONMENT

The impact of the proposed project on the water environment was assessed by studying the quality of ground water and surface water bodies within the study area. The sampling locations were selected considering their proximity to the project site. A total of 11 water samples i.e., 4 samples from surface water, 6 samples from groundwater and one effluent were collected and analyzed for various physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters during the study period.

The ground water quality results were compared with IS:10500,2012 standards, surface water quality with ISO: 2296, 1982 & CPCB Water Quality Criteria, Class-A (Drinking Water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection), Class–B (outdoor bathing (organized) and Class–C (Drinking Water Source with conventional treatment and after disinfection, Class–D (propagation of wildlife fisheries) and Class-E (Irrigation, Industrial cooling, controlled waste disposal) and effluent quality with GSR 801 (E), 1993 standards.

The details of the surface water & effluent water and ground water sampling locations are given in Tables 3.3.5.1 and 3.3.5.2 respectively. The analytical results for surface water, ground water and KOC - II Mine Discharge Water are presented in Table Nos. 3.3.5.3, 3.3.5.4 and 3.3.5.5 respectively.



Table No. 3.3.5.1: Surface Water Sampling Locations

Sl. No.

Sampling Code Sampling Location Date of

sampling Latitude Longitude

1. SW - 1 Murreduvagu (near Kistaram) 11.04.2017 N 170 39’52.4” E 800 29’57.4”

2. SW - 2 Perkavagu 10.04.2017 N 170 40’16.6” E 800 28’50.4”

3. SW - 3 Lachigudem Tank 11.04.2017 N 170 38’45.0” E 800 30’13.9”

4. SW - 4 Koyagudem Tank 10.04.2017 N 170 36’15.2” E 800 29’30.4”

5. SW - 5 * KOC - II Mine Discharge 10.04.2017 N 170 37’09.2” E 800 29’26.6” Note: * Indictaes Effluet Water

Table No. 3.3.5.2: Ground Water Sampling Locations

Sl. No.

Sampling code Sampling Location Date of

sampling Latitude Longitude

1. GW - 1 Lachigudem 11.04.2017 N 170 38’50.9” E 800 30’21.8”

2. GW - 2 Petram Chilaka 10.04.2017 N 170 38’01.2” E 800 27’32.7”

3. GW - 3 Koyagudem Village 11.04.2017 N 170 35’07.8” E 800 30’16.5”

4. GW - 4 Sampathnagar Village 11.04.2017 N 170 39’37.9” E 800 32’25.0”

5. GW - 5 Kistaram Village 11.04.2017 N 170 39’43.2” E 800 30’06.5”

6. GW - 6 Project site OC-II 10.04.2017 N 170 37’32.7” E 800 29’30.5”



Tables 3.3.5.3. Physico-Chemical and Bacteriologica l Characteristics of Surface Water at Selected Loca tions in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Parameters Unit

Test Method

(APHA 22nd Edition)

Tolerance Limits IS :

2296 - 1982

CPCB Water Quality Criteria

RESULT

SW - 1 SW - 2 SW - 3 SW - 4

Class C Class A Class B Class C

1. pH - 4500-H+B 6.5-8.5 6.5 -8.5 6.5 -8.5 6.5 - 9 7.6 7.9 7.8 7.7

2. Temperature ºC 2550. B - - - - 25.1 25.1 25.2 25.2

3. Electrical Conductivity µmos/cm 2510-B - - - - 843 1100 820 740

4. Turbidity NTU 2130. B - - - - 0.4 0.9 0.6 0.6

5. Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 4500-Cl-.B 600 - - - 100 125 90 65

6. Colour Pt-co- 2120. B 300 - - - 10 5 10 5

7. Sulphates as SO42- mg/L

4500-SO42-

.E 400 - - - 23 47 65 72

8. Nitrates as NO3 mg/L PDA 50 - - - 2.3 2.6 4.1 3.7

9. Nitrites as NO2 mg/L 4500-NO2- .B - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

10. Fluoride as F- mg/L 4500-F-.C 1.5 - - - 0.822 1.39 0.60 0.311

11. Total Dissolved Solids at 180o C

mg/L 2540.C 1500 - - - 490 680 460 430

12. Calcium as Ca mg/L 3500-Ca.B - - - - 38 36 72 108

13. Magnesium as Mg mg/L 3500-Mg.B - - - - 31 50 28 7

14. Mercury as Hg mg/L 3500-Hg.B - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

15. Boron as B mg/L 3120-B - - - - 0.04 0.04 BDL 0.09

16. Arsenic as As mg/L 3120-B 0.2 - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

17. Iron as Fe mg/L 3120-B 50 - - - 0.24 0.28 0.46 0.23

18. Lead as Pb mg/L 3120-B 0.1 - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

19. Zinc as Zn mg/L 3120-B 15 - - - BDL 0.08 0.11 0.07

20. Cadmium as Cd mg/L 3120-B - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

21. Total Chromium as Cr mg/L 3120-B - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

22. Nickel as Ni mg/L 3120-B - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL



Sl. No.

Parameters Unit

Test Method

(APHA 22nd Edition)


2296 - 1982


RESULT

SW - 1 SW - 2 SW - 3 SW - 4


23. Total Coliforms MPN/ 100mL

9221A & B 5000 50 or less

500 or less

5000 or less

46 540 1600 33

24. Fecal Coliforms MPN/

100mL 9221 E - - - - 17 240 920 13

25. E. Coli Presence / Absence

9221 F - - - - Absent Present Present Absent

26. Pesticides: α–BHC, β-BHC, γ-BHC, δ-BHC, o,p-DDT, p,p’ –DDT, α - Endosulfan, β- Endosulfan, Aldrin, Dieldrin

µg/L 6630. D - - - - ND ND ND ND

2,4-D, Carboryl (Carbonate) Malathion Methyl Parathion Anilophos, Chloropyriphos

Qualitative analysis

6630. D - - - - ND ND ND ND

27. Odour TON 2150. B - - - - No odour No odour No odour No odour

28. Dissolved Oxygen mg/L 4500-O.C 4 6 mg/l or more

5 mg/l or more

4 mg/l or more

5.8 6.3 6.1 6.4

29. Bio chemical Oxygen Demand for 5 days 20o C

mg/L 5210-B 3 2 mg/l or less

3 mg/l or less

3 mg/l or less

4 6 BDL 4

30. Ammonical Nitrogen as N mg/L 4500-NH3 -C - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL 31. TSS at 105o C mg/L 2540. D 1500 - - - 13 4 14 12 32. Total Phosphates mg/L 4500-P-D - - - - BDL BDL BDL BDL

33. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L 5220. D - - - - 30 40 30 30

34. Oil & Grease mg/L 5520. B - - - - <1 <1 <1 <1

35. Sodium as Na mg/L 3500-Na.B - - - - 83 40 46 52

36. Potassium as K mg/L 3500-K.B - - - - 9 0.76 11 17

37. Carbonates as CO3 mg/L 2320. B - - - - Nil Nil Nil Nil



Sl. No.

Parameters Unit

Test Method

(APHA 22nd Edition)


2296 - 1982


RESULT

SW - 1 SW - 2 SW - 3 SW - 4


38. Bi-carbonates as HCO3 mg/L 2320. B - - - - 273 519 152 105 39. Polyaromatic

Hydrocarbons (PAH’s): Acenaphthene, Acenaphthylene, Anthracene, B(a)A, B(a)P, B(b)F, B(k)F, Pyrene, Dibenz(a,h) anthracene, Fluoranthene, Fluorene, Indeno(1,2,3-(d) Pyrene, Naphthalene, Phenanthrene, Pyrene, Methyl Naphthalene

µg/L 6440.C -- -- ND ND ND ND

NTU – Nephelometric Turbidity Unit; TON – Threshold Odour Number; BDL – Below Detection Limit, Detection Limit – Boron – 0.05 mg/L; Nitrites – 0.02 mg/L; Ammonical Nitrogen – 5 mg/L; Phosphates – 0.02 mg/L; Bio chemical Oxygen Demand as BOD – 3 mg/L; Arsenic –0.02 mg/L; Lead – 0.04 mg/L; Cadmium – 0.01 mg/L; Chromium – 0.02 mg/L; Nickel – 0.02 mg/L; Zinc as Zn – 0.01 mg/L;; Mercury as Hg-0.02 mg/L , ND-Not Detected; Pesticides Detection Limit – 0.1 ppm, PAHs -0.00002mg/L.



Tables 3.3.5.4. Physico-Chemical and Bacteriologica l Characteristics of Ground Water at Selected Locat ions in the Study Area

Sl. No. Parameters Unit Test Method

(APHA 22nd Edition)

IS: 10500 Acceptable

Limits

IS: 10500 Permissible

Limits

RESULT

GW - 1 GW - 2 GW - 3 GW - 4 GW - 5 GW - 6

A. Organoleptic and Physical Parameters

1. Colour Pt-co- 2120. B 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

2. Odour TON 2150. B Agreeable Agreeable No odour observed

No odour observed

No odour observed

No odour observed

No odour observed

No odour observed

3. pH - 4500-H+B 6.5 to 8.5 No relaxation

6.1 6.6 7.1 6.9 7.2 6.4

4. Taste FTN 2160. B Agreeable Agreeable No flavor observed

No flavor observed

No flavor observed

No flavor observed

No flavor observed

No flavor observed

5. Turbidity NTU 2130. B 1 5 0.03 0.07 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.04

6. TDS at 180o C mg/L 2540.C 500 2000 205 500 1020 560 450 405

B. General Parameters Concerning Substances Undesirabl e in Excessive Amounts

7. Aluminium as Al mg/L 3120-B 0.03 0.2 0.06 0.08 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.06

8. Anionic Detergents (as MBAS)

mg/L IS:13428:2005K 0.2 1.0 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2 <0.2

9. Barium as Ba mg/L 3120. B 0.7 No

relaxation 0.19 0.048 0.46 0.38 0.46 0.64

10. Boron as B mg/L 3120-B 0.5 1.0 0.14 BDL BDL BDL 0.05 BDL

11. Calcium as Ca mg/L 3500-Ca.B 75 200 26 122 80 137 70 120

12. Chlorides as Cl- mg/L 4500-Cl-.B 250 1000 35 38 182 127 42 70

13. Copper as Cu mg/L 3120-B 0.05 1.5 0.06 BDL BDL BDL 0.05 BDL

14. Fluoride as F- mg/L 4500-F-.C 1.0 1.5 0.708 0.694 0.657 0.590 0.946 0.320

15. Residual free chlorine mg/L 4500-Cl-.B 0.2 1.0 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

16. Iron as Fe mg/L 3120-B 0.3 No

relaxation 0.16 0.14 0.15 0.13 0.13 0.14

17. Magnesium as Mg mg/L 3500-Mg.B 30 100 10 37 69 35 35 12

18. Manganese as Mn mg/L 3120-B 0.1 0.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

19. Mineral oil mg/L IS:3025 (part 39) 0.5

No relaxation Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

20. Nitrates as NO3 mg/L 4500-NO3-.B 45

No relaxation

38 33 28 35 37 11




(APHA 22nd Edition)


Limits


Limits

RESULT

GW - 1 GW - 2 GW - 3 GW - 4 GW - 5 GW - 6

21. Phenolic compounds as C6H5OH

mg/L 5530-D 0.001 0.002 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

22. Selenium as Se mg/L 3120-B 0.01 No

relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

23. Silver as Ag mg/L 3120. B 0.1 No

relaxation BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

24. Sulphates as SO42- mg/L 4500-SO4

2- .E 200 400 3 26 94 34 41 43

25. Sulfide as S2- mg/L 4500. S2- G - - BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

26. Total Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/L 2320. B 200 600 97 326 483 247 310 163

27. Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/L 2340. C 200 600 104 458 483 488 319 284

28. Zinc as Zn mg/L 3120-B 5 15 0.14 0.78 0.2 0.07 0.07 0.07

C. Parameters Concerning Toxic Substances

29. Cadmium as Cd mg/L 3120-B 0.003 No relaxation

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

30. Cyanide as CN- mg/L 4500-CN-.F 0.05 No relaxation


31. Lead as Pb mg/L 3120-B 0.01 No relaxation


32. Mercury as Hg µg/L 3500-Hg.B 0.001 No relaxation


33. Molybdenum as Mo mg/L 3120. B 0.07 No relaxation


34. Nickel as Ni mg/L 3120-B 0.02 No relaxation


35. Pesticides: α–BHC, β-BHC, γ-BHC, δ-BHC, o, p-DDT, p, p’ –DDT, Endosulfan, β- Endosulfan, Aldrin, Dieldrin

µg/L 6630. D Absent 0.001 ND ND ND ND ND ND

2,4-D, Carboryl (Carbonate) Malathion Methyl Parathion Anilophos, Chloropyriphos

Qualitative analysis

6630. D Absent 0.001 ND ND ND ND ND ND




(APHA 22nd Edition)


Limits


Limits

RESULT

GW - 1 GW - 2 GW - 3 GW - 4 GW - 5 GW - 6

36. Polyaromatic Hydrocarbons (PAH’s): Acenaphthene, Acenaphthylene, Anthracene, B(a)A, B(a)P, B(b)F,B(k)F, Pyrene, Dibenz(a,h) anthracene, Fluoranthene, Fluorene, Indeno (1,2,3-(d) Pyrene, Naphthalene, Phenanthrene, Pyrene, Methyl Naphthalene

µg/L 6440.C - - ND ND ND ND ND ND

37. Total Arsenic as As mg/L 3120-B 0.01 0.05 BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

38. Total Chromium as Cr mg/L 3120-B 0.05 No relaxation


D. Bacteriological Quality of Drinking water

39. E. Coli Presence or

Absence/ 100 mL

9221 F - - Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

40. Total Coliform MPN/100 mL

9221A & B - - <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8

41. Fecal Coliform MPN/100 mL

9221 E - - <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8

E. As per CPCB Guidelines for Water Quality Monitoring –MINARS/27/2007-2008

42. Electrical Conductivity µmhos/cm 2510-B - - 340 840 1680 980 723 700

43. Orthophosphates mg/L 4500-P-D - - BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL

44. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L 5220. D - - 10 12 14 12 16 12

45. Nitrites as NO2 mg/L 4500-NO2- .B - - BDL BDL 0.168 0.143 0.04 0.01

46. Sodium Na mg/L 3500 Na.B - - 12 20 139 21 16 25

47. Potassium as K mg/L 3500. K.B - - 11 6 4 4 4 8

NTU – Nephelometric Turbidity Unit; TON – Threshold Odour Number; FTN – Flavor Threshold Number; BDL – Below Detection Limit, Detection Limit – Phenols – 0.1 mg/L; Mercury – 20 µg/L; Cyanide – 0.05 mg/L. Hex. Chromium – 0.05 mg/L; Copper – 0.02 mg/L; Manganese – 0.01 mg/L; Cadmium – 0.01 mg/L; Selenium – 0.04 mg/L; Arsenic –0.04 mg/L; Lead – 0.04 mg/L; Aluminum – 0.04 mg/L; Chromium – 0.03 mg/L; Nickel – 0.03 mg/L; Residual free chlorine – 1 mg/L; Nitrites – 0.01 mg/L; Orthophosphates – 0.05 mg/L; ND-Not Detected; Detection Limit: Pesticides– 0.1 ppm; PAHs – 1 ppm.*Not Performed –PCBs, Trihalomethanes, Radioactive materials, Alachlor, Atrazine, Butachlor, Ethion, Monocrotophos.



Tables 3.3.5.5. Effluents Quality (As per part - A of general standards for discharge of environmental pollutants Part –A: effluents (GSR 801) (E))

Sl. No. Test Parameter(s) Unit Test Method

Standards Part –A: Effluents (GSR 801) (E)

Result

SW - 5 Inland surface water (a) Public Sewers (b) Land for

irrigation (c) 1. Colour

* - * <5

2. Odour

* - * No odour observed

3. Total Suspended Solids

100 600 200 12

4. Particle size of suspended solids mg/L Shall pass 850 Micron IS

sieve - - Pass

5. pH -- 4500-H+B 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 5.5 to 9.0 7.8 6. Temperature °C 2550. B Shall not exceed 5˚C above

the receiving water temperature

- - 25.1

7. Oil & Grease mg/L 5520. B 10 20 10 <1

8. Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L 4500-NH3 -C 50 50 - BDL

9. Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mg/L 4500-Norg.C 100 - - BDL

10. Free Ammonia mg/L 4500-NH3 -D 5.0 - - BDL

11. Biochemical Oxygen Demand (3 days at 27°C)

mg/L IS:3025 30 350 100 12

12. Chemical Oxygen Demand mg/L 5220. D 250 - - 60

13. Arsenic as As mg/L 3120.B 0.2 0.2 0.2 BDL

14. Mercury as Hg µg/L 3500-Hg.B 0.01 0.01 - BDL

15. Lead as Pb mg/L 3120.B 0.1 1.0 - BDL

16. Cadmium as Cd mg/L 3120.B 2.0 1.0 - BDL

17. Hexavalent Chromium as Cr+6 mg/L 3500-Cr+6.B 0.1 2.0 - BDL

18. Total Chromium as Cr mg/L 3120.B 2.0 2.0 - BDL

19. Copper as Cu mg/L 3120.B 3.0 3.0 - BDL

20. Zinc as Zn mg/L 3120.B 5.0 15 - BDL

21. Selenium as Se mg/L 3120.B 0.05 0.05 - BDL



22. Nickel as Ni mg/L 3120.B 3.0 3.0 - BDL

23. Cyanide as CN- mg/L 4500-CN-.F 0.2 2.0 0.2 BDL

24. Fluoride as F- mg/L 4500-F.C 2.0 15 - 0.247

25. Dissolved Phosphates mg/L 4500-P.D 5.0 - - BDL

26. Sulphide mg/L 4500-S2-.G 2.0 - - BDL

27. Phenolic Compounds as C6H5OH mg/L 5530-D 1.0 5.0 - BDL 28. Bioassay test % survival 8010 F, G & H 90% survival of fish after 96

hours in 100% effluent 90% survival of fish

after 96 hours in 100% effluent

90% survival of fish after 96 hours in 100%

effluent

100% survival of

fish after 96 hours in 100%

effluent 29. Manganese as Mn mg/L 3120.B 2 2 - 0.09

30. Iron as Fe mg/L 3120.B 3 3 - 0.34

31. Vanadium as V mg/L 3120.B 0.2 0.2 - BDL

32. Nitrate Nitrogen mg/L PDA 10 - - 6.6

33. Total residual chlorine mg/L 4500-Cl -B 1.0 - - BDL

Note:. BDL: Below Detection Limit. Minimum detection limit : Ammonical Nitrogen – 5 mg/L;Free Ammonia – 0.03mg/L; BOD – 2 mg/L; Arsenic – 0.02 mg / ; Mercury –20 µg/L; Lead –0.04 mg/L; Cadmium – 0.01 mg/L; Hex.Chromium – 0.05 mg/L; Total Chromium – 0.02 mg/L; Copper – 0.02 mg/L; Selenium – 0.04mg /L; Nickel – 0.03 mg/L; Cyanide – 0.05 mg/L; Sulphide – 1 mg/L; Phenols 0.1 mg/L; Manganese – 0.01 mg/L; Vanadium 0.01mg/L, TKN-5 mg/L, Residual free chlorine-1mg/L.



3.3.5.1 Summary of Surface Water Quality

The analysis results of surface water samples are compared with IS: 2296-1982, Tolerance limits. The analytical results of all the samples along with Tolerance limits for various parameters as per IS 2296-1982 standards are shown in the Table No. 3.3.5.3 . As the standard (IS2296-1982) has been withdrawn by IS, the surface water quality is also compared with CPCB water quality criteria. Though IS 2296-1982 has been withdrawn, the analysed data has been compared with this standard, to have better understanding about the nature of surface water bodies in the study area, as CPCB water quality criteria, prescribes only few parameters.

Comparison with IS: 2296-1982, Tolerance limits.

pH values were found to be in the range between 7.6 to 7.9. Colour, Nitrates, TSS, Chlorides concentrations were well within the tolerance limits.

Total coliforms and fecal coliforms were present in all the surface water samples collected in the study area. E. coli was present in SW - 2 and SW - 3 and absent in SW - 1 and SW - 4 water samples collected within the study area. The presence of coliforms indicates that the contamination might be due to the runoff water with bacteria in soil or sewage. Fecal coliforms and E. coli presence might be due to animal droppings or human fecal contamination.

Comparison with CPCB water quality criteria

In accordance with CPCB water quality criteria, parameters studied were pH, DO, BOD and total coliforms. It may be observed that all the surface water samples have DO values ranging from 5.8 mg/L to 6.4 mg/L and BOD was found to be above 3 mg/L at all locations except at SW-3 and hence fall under the CPCB water quality criteria below Class – E.

The surface water sample collected from the location SW-3, fall under the CPCB water quality criteria Class – C (Drinking Water Source with conventional treatment and after disinfection).

From the analytical results it can be observed that the surface water samples collected from all the locations require suitable treatment to make them potable.

3.3.5.2 Summary of Ground Water Quality

The analysis results of groundwater samples were compared with IS:10500 of Acceptable and Permissible limits, which are stipulated for water to be fit for drinking purpose with groundwater as source. The results along with the Acceptable and Permissible limits of various parameters as per the IS: 10500, 2012 standards are shown in the Table No. 3.3.5.4.

pH values were in the range between 6.1 to 7.2 in the groundwater samples collected within the study area. The turbidity values were well within the permissible limits.

The total alkalinity concentration for the samples collected at all the locations was below the permissible limit of 600 mg/L but above the acceptable limit of 200 mg/L at GW - 2 (326 mg/L), GW - 3 (483 mg/L), GW - 4 (247mg/L) and GW - 5 (310 mg/L).

The total hardness concentration was observed to be within the permissible limit of 600 mg/L for all the locations but above the acceptable limit of 200 mg/L at GW - 2 (458 mg/L), GW-3 (483 mg/L), GW - 4 (488 mg/L), GW-5 (319 mg/L), and GW - 6 (284mg/L).

The TDS concentration was observed to be below the permissible limit of 2000 mg/L for all the locations. The calcium and magnesium concentrations at all the locations were below the permissible limits of 200 mg/L and 100 mg/L respectively.

The nitrates concentration in all the groundwater samples observed to be below the permissible limit of 45 mg/L. The sulphates concentration in all the groundwater samples observed to be below the permissible limit of 400 mg/L. The fluoride concentration in all



the groundwater samples observed to be well within the permissible limit of 1.5 mg/L. Cyanide, Anionic detergents, Hexavalent Chromium, Boron, and Mineral Oil were below their detectable limits. The concentration of Iron (as Fe), is below the permissible limit of 0.3 mg/L at all locations.

The concentrations of heavy metals Cadmium (Cd), Manganese (as Mn), Copper (Cu), Lead (Pb), Zinc (as Zn), Selenium (as Se), Arsenic (as As), Chromium (Cr), Nickel (Ni) and Aluminium (as Al) were either below the detection limits or below the permissible limits.

Groundwater quality at Lachigudem Village (GW-1)

This groundwater sample is collected from primary school premises. Water from this is used for drinking purpose. Hills & agriculture lands are present surrounding this village.

The results indicate that the groundwater may be used for drinking purpose as all the parameters were well within the permissible limits.

Groundwater quality at Petramchilaka Village (GW-2)

This groundwater is mainly used for drinking & general usage. Road from this village is connected to Bodu village & agriculture lands.

The results indicate that the groundwater may be used for drinking purpose in the absence of any alternative drinking water source as few parameters exceeded the Acceptable limits; however, they are well within in the permissible limits. Groundwater at this location possesses temporary hardness due to the presence of bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium which can be removed by boiling water.

Groundwater quality at Koyagudem Village GW-3)

A sample from this village is collected from Upper Primary School. Water in this village is used for drinking purpose.


Groundwater quality at Sampath Nagar (GW-4)

Water available in this village is mainly used for drinking and the sample is collected from a handpump which is present in the middle of the village. Agriculture lands are present in the surroundings of this location.


Groundwater quality at Kistaram (GW-5)

Sample at this location is collected from Primary School premises. Hills & agriculture lands were present around the village.




Groundwater quality at Project site OC-II (GW-6):

People of Lachigudem & Koyagudem village use the groundwater of this location for agriculture purpose.

The results indicate that the groundwater may be used for drinking purpose in the absence of any alternative drinking water source as few parameters exceeded the acceptable limits; however, they are well within in the permissible limits.

Groundwater at this location possesses temporary hardness due to the presence of bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium which can be removed by boiling water.

The graphical presentation for some parameters, exceeding the acceptable limits is shown in Figure Nos. 3.3.5.1 & 3.3.5.2.

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6

To

tal

Ha

rdn

ess

(m

g/

L)

Ground Water Sample LocationsFig. No. 3.3.5.1 Graphical presentation of Total Ha rdness

Concentrations

Total Hardness Acceptable limit Permissible limit

0

100

200

300

400

500

600

700

GW-1 GW-2 GW-3 GW-4 GW-5 GW-6

To

tal A

lka

lin

ity

(m

g/

L)

Ground Water Sample Locations

Fig. No. 3.3.5.2 Graphical presentation of Total al kalinity Concentrations

Total Alkalinity Acceptable limit Permissible limit



3.3.5.3 Mine Discharge Water Quality:

The quality of mine discharge water of adjoining KOC-II Project was analyzed and the parameters are within the stipulated limits as per the standards prescribed for discharge of industrial effluents, GSR-801(E),1993. Water from this mine discharge is used for irrigation and general usage in the mining area. pH value of this location was found to be in the range of 7.8. The concentrations of COD, BOD and Fluroide were well within the stipulated limits. The concentrations of Cadmium (Cd), Manganese (as Mn), Copper (Cu), Lead (Pb), Zinc (as Zn), Selenium (as Se), Arsenic (as As), Chromium (Cr), Nickel (Ni) and Fluoride (as F) were below the detection limits.The results of mine discharge is furnished in the Table No. 3.3.5.5.

3.3.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

A detailed survey on noise environment was carried to study the hourly equivalent noise levels as per IS: 4594-1968. Spot noise levels were measured for 24 hours on hourly basis by using a high precision Sound Level Meter in six locations within the study area. The details of noise monitoring locations are given in Table No. 3.3.6.1.

The summary of noise level is given in Table No. 3.3.6.2 and the same was graphically represented as Figure No. 3.3.6.1 . From the data collected, It is observed that the noise levels measured during day time and night time in the core as well as in the buffer zone of the proposed project are within the stipulated standards.

Table No.3.3.6.1 : Noise quality monitoring locations

Sl. No.

Name of the station with code Category Latitude Longitude

1 Koyagudem OC-II (CN1) Industrial N 17°37' 29.5" E 80°29' 09.8"

2 Koyagudem OC-III Project Site (Near Dandtyal Tanda) (CN2)

Residential N 17°35' 36.3" E 80°30' 27.1"

3 Petram Chilaka (BN1) Residential N 17°37' 52.3" E 80°27' 40.4"

4 Lachigudem (BN2) Residential N 17°38' 46.9" E 80°30' 26.6"

5 Kistaram village( BN3) Residential N 17°39' 39.6" E 80°30' 09.9"

6 Koyagudem Village (BN4) Residential N 17°35' 07.8" E 80°30' 23.8"

Table 3.3.6.2. Summary of Noise level data

Sl. No.

Name of the station with code

Limits in dB(A)

Day time noise levels

in dB(A) Day Leq

Night time noise levels in

dB(A) Night Leq

Day time

Night time

1 Koyagudem OC-II (CN1) 75 70 66.8 54.6 2 Koyagudem OC-III Project Site

(Near Dandtyal Tanda) (CN2) 55 45 51.7 42.4

3 Petram Chilaka (BN1) 55 45 50.8 41.6

4 Lachigudem (BN2) 55 45 50.0 40.4

5 Kistaram village(BN3) 55 45 52.1 39.9

6 Koyagudem Village (BN4) 55 45 50.5 40.3



Figure No. 3.3.6.1. Graph showing Ld and Ln at the monitoring stations

3.3.7 LAND USE / LAND COVER PATTERN.

3.3.7.1 Scope of the Study

The scope of the study involves preparation of the report on land use land cover details of the Core Zone (Mine lease area) and the buffer zone (10km radius from the Mine lease area boundary) using latest possible satellite imageries. The scope includes studying the topography and the drainage pattern.

3.3.7.2 Location of the Project

The mine is covered in Tekulapalle village, Tekulapalle Mandal, Bhadradri Kothagudem district, Telangana State. The location of the Mining lease area falls under Survey of India Toposheet No, 65C/6, 65C/10 and the geographical co-ordinates of the lease area as follows:

Nort West Corner : Latitude - 17° 37' 58.318"

Longitude - 80° 27' 49.352"

South East Corner : Latitude - 17° 35' 4.885

Longitude - 80° 32' 2.620"

The 10km buffer Zone of the Koyagudem Opencast Project - III is falling in 65C/6, 65C/7, 65C/10 and 65C/11 SOI Toposheets. The buffer zone is covered in Tekulapalle, Yellandu and Laxmidevipalli mandals of Bhadradri Kothagudem District Location plan of the proposed project is shown in Figure No. 3.3.7.2.1.



Figure No. 3.3.7.2.1 Location Map of Core and Buffer Zone



3.3.7.3 Tools and Resources

In order to meet the project requirements, Tecdatum has acquired the following satellite data for the study area from National Remote Sensing Centre, Hyderabad.

For 10 km Buffer Zone:

Kharif Season

Satellite : IRS Resourcesat 2

Sensor : Liss III Path : 102 Row : 060 Spatial Resolution : 23.50 m Date of pass : 21st December 2014

Rabi Season

Satellite : IRS Resourcesat 2 Sensor : Liss IV FX Path : 102 Row : 060 Spatial Resolution : 5.8 m

Date of pass : 20th April 2015

The IRS R2 Satellite Liss III & Liss IV data the buffer zone in Kharif and Rabi seasons are shown in the Figure No. 3.3.7.3.1 and 3.3.7.3.2 respectively.

For Core zone:

Multispectral Data:

Satellite : IRS Resourcesat 2 Sensor : Liss IV Path : 102 Row : 060 Spatial Resolution : 5.8 m Date of pass : 20th April 2015

The IRS R2 Satellite Liss IV data of the Core zone is shown in the Figure No. 3.3.7.3.3.

3.3.7.4 Limitations:

The limitations of Remote Sensing, Image Processing, Geographical Information Systems, cartography and GPS are applicable in this study.



Figure No. 3.3.7.3.1 : IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss IV (Kharif-Season) data of 10km buffer zone



Figure No. 3.3.7.3.2 : IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss IV (Rabi-Season) data of 10km buffer zone



Figure No. 3.3.7.3.3 : IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss IV (Rabi-Season) data of Core zone



3.3.7.5 METHODOLOGY

Pre processing of data

The Digital Image Processing has been performed using ERDAS Imagine software tools.

The IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss III and Liss IV Multispectral imageries Khariff and Rabi seasons have been geometrically corrected with respect to the Survey of India Toposheets. To carry out the geo-referencing, Ground Control Points (GCPs) were identified on the maps and raw satellite data. The coefficients for two co-ordinate transformation equations were computed based on polynomial regression between GCPs on map and satellite data. Alternate GCPs were generated till the Root Mean Square (RMS) error was less than 0.5 pixels and then both the images were co-registered.

This IRS Resourcesat 2 Liss III and Liss IV Multispectral satellite data of Khariff and Rabi season has been used for the Land Use Land Cover Analysis of Core and Buffer Zone. The satellite imageries were analyzed digitally by the method of supervised classification with necessary Ground truthing using the reference map as well as GPS instrument.

The coordinates of the boundary were collected using the hand held GPS for geo-referencing the boundary, during Ground truthing phase.

3.3.7.6 Land use / Land cover Classification for bu ffer zone

Digital image processing was carried out to delineate various land use / land cover categories in 10 km buffer zone viz. built up area, crop lands, forests, scrubs, land with or without scrub ,water bodies by assigning necessary training sets, which were identified based on tone, texture, size, shape pattern and location information. Necessary care has been taken to identify proper land use class, where there is conflict between signatures of various classes. The interpreted map was verified on ground at limited points and final land use/land cover map was prepared.

3.3.7.7 Various Land Use Classes considered

The buffer zone can be broadly classified into forest areas, built-up areas, agriculture areas and other land with or without Scrub. The definitions of various land use classes are given below. Forest Blank and Forest Plantation are additional classes shown in the classification compared to the classes followed by Forest Survey of India (FSI).

FOREST AREA

All the areas declared as reserve forest areas are shown in this class. The forests can be classified based on density into following classes:

Moderate Dense Forest : Forests with canopy coverage between 40%-70%

Open Forest: Forests with tree canopy coverage between 10%-40%

Degraded Forest: Forests with tree canopy coverage between 1%- 10%.

Forest Blanks: Forests with tree canopy coverage less than 1%. Forest encroachments and illegal agriculture also will be shown in this class.

Plantations: The plantations raised with in the reserve forest boundaries are shown in these classes.

Agriculture Area

Single Crop Land: The areas where farmers practice cultivation for single season (Kharif) in a year.

Double Crop Land: The areas where farmers practice cultivation for two seasons (Kharif & Rabi) in a year.

Fallow Land: The areas not cultivated in current year / years.



Plantations: The private areas with horticulture / other plantations.

Waste Lands

Areas with / without Scrub: Generally waste lands-non agriculture and non forest areas covered with or without scrubs.

Barren lands: Land without any usage and without scrubs and sometimes they are rocky exposed areas.

Built-up Area: The habitations are like villages / colonies / Industries will be shown in this class.

Mining Areas: The areas, where the mining activity is being carried out / has been done are shown in this class.

Water Bodies: The oceans, rivers, streams, lakes, tanks, reservoirs, canals etc will be identified in this class.

3.3.8 Land Use Land Cover Details of Buffer Zone

The satellite imagery of the study area around 10 Km from mine site (Core zone boundary) as captured by satellite is presented in Figure Nos. 3.3.7.3.1 & 3.3.7.3 .2. The Land use land cover in this study area is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.8.1 . Total 55.10% of the buffer zone is covered in Reserve Forest area under various density categories and 37.66% of the area is under cultivation. The various classes and their respective areas with percentage of coverage are given below in Table No. 3.3.8.1. Pie Chart showing Land Use / Land Cover details of buffer zone is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.8.2



Table 3.3.8.1 Land use Land Cover details of 10 km Buffer zone.


Area in Ha % of Usage Area in Ha % of Usage

Agriculture 20025.76 37.66

Double crop 4198.50 7.89

Single crop 12138.86 22.83

Fallow Land 2677.05 5.04

Plantations 1011.35 1.90

Forest Cover 29306.96 55.10

Moderate Dense forest 10.64 0.02

Open Forest 4670.34 8.78

Degraded Forest 4946.58 9.30

Forest Blank 18816.85 35.38

Forest plantation 862.55 1.62

Waste Land 950.27 1.79

Barren Land 164.44 0.31

Land with/without scrub 785.83 1.48

Others 2899.90 5.45

Built Up Land 1053.17 1.98

Mining area 113.2 0.21

Mine Dump 167.8 0.32

Dump with plantation 100.65 0.19

Industrial Establishment 16.43 0.03

Surface Water 1448.65 2.72

Total Area 53182.89 100 53182.89 100



Figure No. 3.3.8.1 : Land Use / Land Cover pattern map of the Buffer Zone of the mine



Figure No. 3.3.8.2 Pie Chart showing Land Use/ Land Cover details of Buffer zone

3.3.9 Land Use Land Cover Details of Core Area

The satellite imagery of the core zone (1607.60 Ha) as captured by satellite is presented in Figure No. 3.3.7.3.3 . The extents of various Land Use/Land Cover classes pertaining to the study area are given in Table No. 3.3.9.1 . The Chart showing Land Use / Land Cover details of core zone is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.9.1 . The classified data of the core zone is depicted in Figure No. 3.3.9.2 .



Table No. 3.3.9.1 Land Use/ Land Cover details of c ore zone


Area in Ha % of Usage Area in Ha % of Usage

Agriculture 629.93 39.19

Crop Land 234.79 14.61

Fallow Land 326.16 20.29

Plantations 68.98 4.29

Forest Cover 298.11 18.55

Open Forest 60.37 3.75

Degraded Forest 110.39 6.87

Forest Blank 116.32 7.24

Forest Plantation 11.03 0.69

Waste Land 245.38 15.26

Barren Land 56.25 3.50

Land with scrub 134.36 8.36

Land without scrub 54.77 3.40

Others 434.18 27.00

Built Up Land 7.43 0.46

Mining area 117.48 7.31

Coal dump 24.40 1.52

OB dump 116.24 7.23

Dump with plantation 96.99 6.03

Roads 58.44 3.63

Water body 13.20 0.82

Total Area 1607.60 100.00 1607.60 100.00

Figure No. 3.3.9.1 - Pie Chart showing Land Use/ Land Cover details of core zone.



Figure No. 3.3.9.2 Land Use / Land Cover pattern map of the Core zone.



BOUNDARY COORDINATES

The geographic coordinates of the boundary have been collected with Handheld GPS. The locations of the GCPs are shown below and shown in Figure No. 3.3.9.3.

Table showing the coordinates of the GCPs of the core zone

No Longtitude Lattitude

1 80° 28' 46.588" E 17° 38' 41.345" N

2 80° 29' 36.555" E 17° 38' 24.811" N

3 80° 29' 41.020" E 17° 38' 38.640" N

4 80° 29' 38.239" E 17° 38' 41.528" N

5 80° 29' 45.073" E 17° 38' 45.777" N

6 80° 29' 53.403" E 17° 38' 55.841" N

7 80° 29' 48.842" E 17° 39' 0.844" N

8 80° 30' 1.873" E 17° 39' 11.628" N

9 80° 30' 6.548" E 17° 39' 6.435" N

10 80° 29' 53.436" E 17° 38' 39.405" N

11 80° 30' 32.044" E 17° 38' 8.343" N

12 80° 30' 45.061" E 17° 37' 40.431" N

13 80° 30' 35.862" E 17° 36' 36.110" N

14 80° 30' 59.632" E 17° 35' 52.621" N

15 80° 31' 10.938" E 17° 35' 26.526" N

16 80° 31' 24.890" E 17° 35' 26.408" N

17 80° 31' 24.799" E 17° 35' 16.541" N

18 80° 31' 10.847" E 17° 35' 16.659" N

19 80° 30' 55.108" E 17° 35' 51.948" N

20 80° 30' 15.301" E 17° 35' 47.314" N

21 80° 29' 53.416" E 17° 35' 50.146" N

22 80° 29' 32.316" E 17° 36' 29.248" N

23 80° 29' 10.694" E 17° 36' 35.881" N

24 80° 28' 55.961" E 17° 36' 51.534" N

25 80° 28' 31.568" E 17° 37' 12.855" N

26 80° 28' 14.733" E 17° 37' 37.886" N

27 80° 28' 26.230" E 17° 37' 51.752" N



Figure No. 3.3.9.3. Map showing the mine boundary and the respective coordinates.

3.3.10 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

To assess impact of the mining on soil in and around project site and the effect on agricultural field, baseline soil quality of the area has been evaluated with respect to physical and chemical parameters. The physico-chemical properties of soil, which are important for plant growth and agricultural productivity i.e. texture, bulk density, moisture content, water holding capacity, pH, EC, Organic Carbon and Nutrients are analyzed for four soil samples in the study area. The soil sampling locations are furnished in Table Nos. 3.3.10.1.



Table No.3.3.10.1: Soil Quality Monitoring Stations

Code Sampling Location Latitude Longitude Date of Sampling

S - 1 Project site N 170 35’44.8” E 800 30’20.0” 11.04.2017

S - 2 Kistaram N 170 39’74.9” E 800 29’36.6” 10.04.2017

S - 3 Petram Chilaka N 170 37’78.9” E 800 27’58.1” 10.04.2017

S - 4 Lachigudem N 170 38’45.5” E 800 30’11.8” 11.04.2017

3.3.10.1 Characteristics of Soil in the Study Area

Physical Properties of Soil

Air-dried and sieved samples were used for determination of physical properties of soil. Soil characteristics such as the texture of the soil vary from clay, loamy sand, sandy clay loam and sandy loam as shown in Table 3.3.10.1.1 .

The physical characteristics of soils viz., Particle Size Distribution (sand, silt, clay), Porosity and Water Holding Capacity are presented in Table 3.3.10.1.2 . The Water Holding Capacity and Porosity are in the range of 7.4% - 60.1% and 29% - 56.0% respectively.

Table 3.3.10.1.1 Textural Class of Soil

Code Sampling Location Soil Texture Soil Depth

S - 1 Project site Sandy clay loam 30 cms

S - 2 Kistaram Loamy sand 30 cms

S - 3 Petram Chilaka Clay 30 cms

S - 4 Lachigudem Sandy loam 30 cms

Table 3.3.10.1.2. Physical Characteristics of Soil

Code Sampling Location

Particle Size Distribution Water Holding Capacity (%)

Porosity (%) Sand (%) Silt (%) Clay (%)

S - 1 Project site 55.6 11.8 32.3 31.0 38.0

S - 2 Kistaram 79.9 9.1 10.8 7.4 29.0

S - 3 Petram Chilaka 18.9 9.3 71.9 60.1 56.0

S - 4 Lachigudem 67.8 12.6 19.4 18.0 29.0

Chemical Properties of Soil

The collected soil samples were analyzed for various chemical properties. The parameters selected were pH, Electrical Conductivity, Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC), Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR), Organic carbon, Ex.Ca, Ex.Mg, Ex.Na, Ex.K and Nutrients. The results are presented in Table No. 3.3.10.1.3 , 3.3.10.1.4 and Table 3.3.10.1.5.

pH is an important parameter which indicates the alkaline or acidic nature of soil. Soils collected from the villages in the study area are neutral to slightly alkaline in nature having pH in the range of 7.3 to 7.8

The Electrical conductivity for the soil samples are in the range of 0.194-0.281 mmhos/cm. Cation exchange capacity which was found to be in the range of 4.7 to 56.4 meq%.



Nutrient Status

The macro nutrients Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), Potassium (K) were analyzed in the study area.

The Nitrogen value ranged from 89 to 238 kgha-1 reflecting that the values were observed to be in less to better category. The minimum value was observed at Lachigudem village and the maximum value was observed at Kistaram village. The Phosphorus value ranged from 1.58 to 3.0 kg ha-1 indicating that the values were in very less category. The maximum value was found at Project site and minimum value at Lachigudem village. The Potassium value ranged from 244 to 392 kg ha-1 indicating that values are observed from average to more than sufficient category. The maximum value was found at Project site and the minimum value was observed at Petram Chilaka village.

Available Nitrogen : 89 to 238 kgha-

Available Phosphorous : 1.58 to 3.0 kg ha-1

Available Potassium : 244 to 392 kg ha-1

Tables 3.3.10.1.3 Chemical Characteristics of Soil Extract

Code Sampling Location pH EC

(mmhos/cm) CEC

(meq/100gr) SAR Organic Carbon (%)

S - 1 Project site 7.6 0.281 16.45 0.09 4.9 S - 2 Kistaram 7.3 0.194 7.05 0.09 5.1 S - 3 Petram Chilaka 7.8 0.201 56.4 0.06 5.2 S - 4 Lachigudem 7.7 0.244 4.7 0.1 5.1

Table 3.3.10.1.4 Exchangeable Cations of Soil

Code Sampling Location Ex-Ca Ex-Mg Ex-Na Ex-K

(meq/100 gr) S - 1 Project site 8.90 3.20 1.20 0.44 S - 2 Kistaram 3.17 1.40 0.74 0.40 S - 3 Petram Chilaka 35.7 17.30 1.69 0.28 S - 4 Lachigudem 2.10 0.40 0.61 0.30

Table 3.3.10.1.5.Fertility Status of Soils in Study Area

Code Sampling Location N P2O5 K2O

Kg/ha S - 1 Project site 225 3.0 392 S - 2 Kistaram 238 1.63 349 S - 3 Petram Chilaka 213 1.63 244 S - 4 Lachigudem 89 1.58 267

Trace Metals: The trace metals present in the soil are presented in Table 3.3.10.1.6.

Table 3.3.10.1.6 . Trace Metals Content in Soil

Code Sampling Location Cd Cr Pb Ni Cu Zn Mn

mg/kg S - 1 Project site BDL 21 3 15 6 23 129 S - 2 Kistaram BDL 20 9 14 6 21 394 S - 3 Petram Chilaka BDL 26 4 23 11 51 233 S - 4 Lachigudem BDL 8 4 6 BDL 8 115

BDL: Below Detection Limit. Detection Limit – Cd – 0.03 mg/kg; Ni – 0.4 mg/kg



3.3.11 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.3.11.1 Scope and Objective

Baseline survey is essential in order to assess the flora and faunal values for Environmental Impact studies of coal mining areas. The baseline survey includes flora and fauna survey techniques, including systematic trapping for species. The survey is aimed to characterise vegetation communities, report resident plant and animal populations and detailed faunal habitats. The study was also required to assess the likely occurrence and distribution of threatened species.

The primary scope of the present study is to assess potential effects on flora and faunal

ecosystems.

The core objectives of the study are

1. To enumerate the available plant resources in and around the proposed site of

Koyagudem OC-III Project and surrounding areas (10 km radius).

2. To list out the existing fauna in the proposed mine lease area and surrounding areas

3. Highlight probable impact of Koyagudem OC-III Project on flora / fauna available in

and around 10 km radius of the project.

4. To suggest mitigation measures

3.3.11.2 The study site

The proposed project site is located near Yellandu area of Bhadradri Kothagudem District of Telangana. NABET accreditated FAE for E&B and Botanist from EPTRI along with EIA Co-ordinator and FAE in E&B from SCCL surveyed the proposed site of Koyagudem OC-III Project and surrounding 10 Km radius during the month of April, 17.

3.3.11.3 Methodology

Floral Diversity

During the survey, effort is made to document the floral and faunal species and communities, their locations and any potential impacts. The study was aimed at enumeration of the available plant resources including endangered species and obtaining a broad representation of the existing floristic variations in the proposed activity (core zone) and in the fringe areas of proposed activity i.e., buffer zone. The study area was surveyed through criss-cross walking and collected plant specimens for the study of floristic diversity. All the species encountered were identified and recorded. Identification of plants was done using different floras such as Gamble (1915-36), Saxena and Brahmam (1994-96), Pullaiah and Chennaiah (1997), Pullaiah and Ali Moulali (1997) and Pullaiah (1997) and Chetty et. al. (2007). Aquatic plants were recorded by visiting wetlands in the study area of core and buffer zones.

Faunal Diversity

The faunal diversity in the core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius) was enlisted through a Rapid Faunal multi species Inventory. Literature search (Classical / other works on reported faunal resources / studies) on occurrence, distribution and faunal composition for core and within 10 km radius of the proposed sites was done. Further the survey was made in confirming availability of potential endemic and or endangered fauna, if reported, and the likely impact of the proposed mining activity in the leased sites.

In order to collect the information on the fauna (mammals, birds, herpetofauna, and butterflies) in the study area, primary as well as secondary sources were utilized.

Draft Environmental Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for K

Following methods were adopted

i. Forest divisions falling in the study area were rthe wildlife.

ii. Publications were referred to make an inventory on mammals, avifauna, herpetofauna, butterflies

iii. Interviewed the local villagers and even some household to collect the informatiothe presence of various animal species in the study area.

iv. Data collection by direct sighting and indirect evidences such as pugmarks, signs, tracks and fecal pellets of mammals were recorded along the survey routes.

A detailed survey was carried out fselecting various sites which are likely to be disturbed by the various activities of the project. The birds were surveyed in the morning hours while butterflies in noon hours

3.3.11.4 RESULTS

Floral Study The available vegetation in the core and buffer area is basically scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type as per Champion and Seth Classification’s revised forest types of India. A total of 154 plant species belonging to 133 genera afamilies were recorded in the study area (core and buffer zone). A total of 39 species recorded in core zone, 39 species in buffer zone and a total of 76 plant species belonging to core zone and buffer zone.

The family Leguminosae is the most specious family with 22 species followed by Malvaceae (10 species), Poaceae (8 species), Lamiaceae, Cyperaceae, Combretaceae and Apocynaceae with 6 species each. each and thirteen families were represented by two species each. The flora in the study area consists of 61 trees, 26 shrubs, 49 herbs, 17 climbers and one liana. Among 154 species, 75 are medicinally imporTable No. 3.3.11.4.1 .

Some of the photographs of flora taken during the field survey are presented in Nos. 3.3.11.4.1 to 3.3.11. 4.

Phytosociology

Cor

e

Buf

fer

Cor

e&B

uffe

r

39 39

76

Impact Assessment / Environment Management Plan for Koyagudem OC

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited79

adopted during the survey of fauna.

Forest divisions falling in the study area were referred to for secondary information on

Publications were referred to make an inventory on mammals, avifauna, ies and other invertebrates.

Interviewed the local villagers and even some household to collect the informatiothe presence of various animal species in the study area.

Data collection by direct sighting and indirect evidences such as pugmarks, signs, tracks and fecal pellets of mammals were recorded along the survey routes.

A detailed survey was carried out for the mammals, birds, reptiles and butterflies by selecting various sites which are likely to be disturbed by the various activities of the project. The birds were surveyed in the morning hours while butterflies in noon hours

available vegetation in the core and buffer area is basically scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type as per Champion and Seth Classification’s revised forest types of India. A total of 154 plant species belonging to 133 genera afamilies were recorded in the study area (core and buffer zone). A total of 39 species recorded in core zone, 39 species in buffer zone and a total of 76 plant species belonging to core zone and buffer zone.

Vegetation status

e is the most specious family with 22 species followed by Malvaceae (10 species), Poaceae (8 species), Lamiaceae, Cyperaceae, Combretaceae

ocynaceae with 6 species each. Thirty families were represented by one species each and thirteen families were represented by two species each. The flora in the study area consists of 61 trees, 26 shrubs, 49 herbs, 17 climbers and one liana. Among 154 species, 75 are medicinally important. The list of plants in the study area

Some of the photographs of flora taken during the field survey are presented in 4.38.

Gen

era

Fam

ilies

Tre

es

Shr

ubs

Her

bs

Lian

as133

59 61

26

49

1

oyagudem OC - III Project


eferred to for secondary information on

Publications were referred to make an inventory on mammals, avifauna,

Interviewed the local villagers and even some household to collect the information on

Data collection by direct sighting and indirect evidences such as pugmarks, signs, tracks and fecal pellets of mammals were recorded along the survey routes.

or the mammals, birds, reptiles and butterflies by selecting various sites which are likely to be disturbed by the various activities of the project. The birds were surveyed in the morning hours while butterflies in noon hours

available vegetation in the core and buffer area is basically scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type as per Champion and Seth Classification’s revised forest types of India. A total of 154 plant species belonging to 133 genera and 59 families were recorded in the study area (core and buffer zone). A total of 39 species recorded in core zone, 39 species in buffer zone and a total of 76 plant species belonging

e is the most specious family with 22 species followed by Malvaceae (10 species), Poaceae (8 species), Lamiaceae, Cyperaceae, Combretaceae

Thirty families were represented by one species each and thirteen families were represented by two species each. The flora in the study area consists of 61 trees, 26 shrubs, 49 herbs, 17 climbers and one liana. Among 154

in the study area is shown in

Some of the photographs of flora taken during the field survey are presented in Figure

Clim

bers

Med

icin

ally

im

port

ant

17

75



Primary information collected on the vegetation from project lease area and surrounding area was analyzed to arrive at different phytosociological attributes namely; Density, Frequency, Abundance, Relative Density, Relative Frequenty, Important Value Index, Shannon-Weiner Diversity Index and Simpson’s Dominance Index.

a. Core zone

Phyto-sociological features of trees, shrubs and herbs encountered in the sample plots in the core area are shown in Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.2, 3.3.11.4.3 and Table No. 3.3 .11.4.4. The density of tree species varied from 25 stems/ha to 250 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Diospyros melanoxylon (250 stems/ha) followed by Cleistanthus collinus (200 stems/ha.). The strand density of tree species was 700 stems/ha.

Seven (7) species of shrubs, shrubby climbers and tree saplings were observed while conducting phytosociological studies in the mine lease area. The density of shrubs varied from 555.56 stems/ha to 1944.44 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Chloroxylon swietenia, Diospyrus melanoxylon (1944.44 stems/ha ) followed by Cleistanthus collinus (1666.67 stems/ha). The strand density values for different species of shrubs was 8611 stems/ha.

The stand density in the case of herbaceous species was 7.25 stems/m2 and the strata was dominated by Alysicarpus monilifer (1.50 stems/m2) followed by Evolvulus alsinoides (1.25 stems/m2).

There are two important indices to denote the diversity i.e., Shannon Wiener Index (H′) and dominance i.e. Simpson’s Index (λ). The core zone showed the Shannon Wiener Index (H′) value of 1.718 for trees, 1.806 for shrubs and saplings, 2.157 for herbs and seedlings and Simpson’s Index (λ) values of 0.232 for trees, 0.178 for shrubs and saplings and 0.130 for herbs.

b. Buffer Zone

Phyto-sociological features of trees, shrubs and herbs encountered in the sample plots in the Buffer area are provided in Table Nos. 3.3.11.4.5, 3.3.11.4.6 and Table No. 3.3.11.4.7. The density of tree species varied from 20 stems/ha to 160 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Chloroxylon swietenia and Diospyrus melanoxylon (160 stems/ha) followed by Dalbergia latifolia (100 stems/ha.). The strand density of tree species was 720 stems/ha.

Nine (9) species of shrubs, shrubby climbers and tree saplings were observed while conducting phytosociological studies in the buffer zone. The density of shrubs varied from 222.22 stems/ha to 2888.88 stems/ha. Highest density was shown by Diospyrus melanoxylon (2888.88 stems/ha) followed by Chloroxylon swietenia (1333.33 stems/ha).

The stand density in the case of herbaceous species was 7.00 stems/m2 and the strata was dominated by Aristida setacea (2.00 stems/m2) followed by Sida cordifolia (1.00 stems/m2).

There are two important indices to denote the diversity i.e., Shannon Wiener Index (H′) and dominance i.e. Simpson’s Index (λ). The surrounding mine lease area showed the Shannon Wiener Index (H′) value of 2.075 for trees, 1.838 for shrubs and saplings, 2.108 for herbs and seedlings and Simpson’s Index (λ) values of 0.148 for trees, 0.208 for shrubs and saplings and 0.148 for herbs.

Faunal Diversity

The report, as per EIA Guidance Manual by MoEFCC, is based upon field observations of the core and adjoining buffer areas (within 10 km range). A total of 3 species of Odonata, 12 Butterflies, 4 Reptiles and 31 Birds and 5 Mammals were recorded. The list of fauna recorded in and around the proposed Koyagudem OC - III Project during the field survey is furnished at Table No. 3.3.11.4.8 . Some of the photographs taken during the faunal survey are presented as Figure Nos. 3.3.11.39 to 3.3.11.44 .



3.3.11.5 ENDANGERED SPECIES OF PLANTS AND ENDEMIC S PECIES

As per IUCN Redlist, no endangered or endemic flora was encountered during the present study in and around the proposed Koyagudem OC-III project in Bhadradri Kothagudem district of Telangana.

3.3.11.6 STATUS OF FAUNA AS PER INDIAN WILDLIFE PRO TECTION ACT, 1972

The fauna listed consist of mostly ‘common’ and ‘generalist’ species and none of the species is threatened globally as per the IUCN Red List 2008. The list of fauna with their status under WPA, 1972 are shown in Table No. 3.3.11.4.8.

Three (3) species of Odonates, 12 species of Butterfiles and 4 species of Reptiles were recorded during the study period and none of the species falls under WPA, 1972.

A total of 31 species of birds were recorded in and around the study area. Among them Ardeola grayii, Bubulcus ibis, Centropus sinensis, Dicrurus macrocercus, Egretta garzetta, Hylcyon smyrnensis, Nectaris asiatica, Pasittacula krameri and Pycnonotus cafer are under Schedule-IV and Corvus splendens is under Schedule-V of the WPA, 1972.

Out of 5 species of mammals recorded in and around project site, species, namely, Herpestes edwardsii and Macaca mulatta mulatta are under Schedule-II and Sus scofa is under Schedule-III of the WPA, 1972.

The species falling under Schedule II, III, IV and V are common in occurrence and their presence is found elsewhere also.

3.3.11.7 TYPES OF FORESTS IN THE STUDY AREA AND ITS CONSERVATION

STATUS

The forests in buffer area of Koyagudem OC-III mining project basically come under scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type. The forests areas present in the study area are under 6 Reserve forests such as Chimapalli RF, Komaram RF, Yellandu RF, Chatakonda RF, Chimalpad RF and Kanchipalli RF of the proposed mining project

3.3.11.8 DEPENDENCE OF LOCAL PEOPLE ON MINOR FOREST PRODUCE

The local peoples are collecting NonTimber Forest Products (NTFPs) from the forests from the buffer areas of Koyagudem OC-III mining project. Collection of Bidi leaf (Dyospyros melanoxylon) including bamboo (Bambusa arundinacea) for different uses is seen during the field trip. Among other NTFPs, medicinal plants (whole plant / tubers root / rhizomes/ Leaves / fruits) are being collected, namely, seeds of Vepa (Azadirachta indica), Indipipikalu (Strychnus potatorum) and Kanuga (Pongamia pinnata), whole plant of Nelavemu (Andrographis paniculata) and fruits of Kunkudikaya (Sapindus emarginatus), Tanikailu (Terminalia bellerica), roots of Dudipala (Hemidesmus indicus) are being collected by the local people for their use and also for selling. Similarly various fruits like Mamidi (Mangifera indica), Naredupallu (Syzizium cumini) Velaga (Limonia acidissima), Maredu (Aegle marmelos fruit), Sethaphal (Annona squamosa) and Chintapandu (Tamarindus indica). Flowers of Ippaparaka (Madhuca indica), fruits of Badam (Terminalia catapa) and Yeta (Phoenix sylvestre) are collected and sold. Seldom honey is being extracted as per availability.

Kinnerasani Wildlife Sanctuary is located in the buffer zone of the project. However the project area is not falling in the eco-sensitive zone of the sanctuary.



3.3.11.9 LOCATION OF NATIONAL PARK, SANCTUARY, BSR, TIGER RESERVE,

IF ANY

There are no Wildlife Sanctuaries and cause no habitat damage due to the proposed mining activity. Neither any Tiger reserve nor Elephant corridor and BSR are coming in the immediate vicinity and around 10 km radius of the proposed mining. The buffer zone of Koyagudem Opencast-III mine is coming under 6 Reserve forests such as Chimapalli RF, Komaram RF, Yellandu RF, Chatakonda RF, Chimalpad RF and Kanchipalli RF of the proposed mining project

3.3.11.10 WILDLIFE MIGRATORY ROUTES IN CORE AND BUF FER ZONES, IF ANY

The present study evaluated the migratory route of wild life by primary, direct field observations and indirect secondary data through questionnaire/survey from local stakeholders, public and forest department officials. The study team did not come across any schedule wildlife sighting in the core and buffer zones of Koyagudem Opencast-III mining site. Further, the field survey team also did not find indirect evidences i.e. pug marks, squats, feathers or dead remains etc. Therefore the proposed mining activity would not affect the wildlife migratory routes / corridors.

3.3.11.11 BREEDING AND HIBERNATING SITES IN CORE AN D BUFFER ZONE OF

THE PROJECT, IF ANY

Information on hibernation and breeding of schedule animals in the core and buffer zone of the proposed mining sites were gathered and found no report of the schedule animals breeding or hibernating in and around the proposed mining area.

3.3.11.12 IMPACTS

In the core zone, there are mango orchards and eucalyptus plantations which get affected due to the project. As the project area does not have human habitation, the site is home for few generalist fauna. Due to site clearance, along with vegetation loss, there will be also loss of all these fauna. However as the site is adjacent to a large forest area, many of the animals and others will migrate to the forest.

As a the part of the core zone falls under forest area, but the forest area is sparely vegetated and there are no endangered or endemic species in the forest area. Due to mining activities, there shall be a deposition of dust on foliage of all green plants in the study area, which can impair the process of photosynthesis and also destructs natural habitat. The construction management shall take care that the outlying forest area is not impacted directly. No firewood shall be collected from the forest and no water source in the forest shall be used.

3.3.11.13 MITIGATION MEASURES

The proposed project leads to cutting of trees and mango plantations. Compensatory afforestation and green belt development shall be taken up in the core and buffer zones prior to the project to protect the environment and to avoid dust emission and noise attenuation in the mine lease and its surrounding areas. During transportation, the mined materials shall be covered with tarpaulin. If the air emissions are managed properly, there will be very low probability of affecting the nearby forest area. To ensure that the complex has enough vegetation an extensive high density plantation is proposed to be developed.



Table No. 3.3.11.4.1: List of Plants in the stuidy area of KOC - III Project

Sl. No. Name of the Species Telugu Name Family Ha Zone M U

1 Acacia nilotica (L.) Willd.ex Del. Nalla thumma Leguminosae T C&B M

2 Achyranthes aspera L. Uttareni Amaranthaceae H C&B M

3 Aegle marmelos(L.) Corr. Maredu, Bilvumu Rutaceae T C&B M

4 Aerva lanata (L.) Juss.ex Schult. Thelaga pindi Amaranthaceae H C&B M

5 Agave americana L. Kathai chettu Agavaceae S B N

6 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Pedda manu Simaroubaceae T C&B M

7 Albizia amara (Roxb.) Boiv. Konda sigara Leguminosae T C&B M

8 Albizia thompsonii (L.) Benth. Bagichettu Leguminosae T B N

9 Alysicarpus monilifer (L.) DC. Amera Leguminosae H C&B M

10 Andrographis paniculata (Burm.f.) Wall.ex Nees. Nelavemu Acanthaceae H B N

11 Annona squmosa L. Seetaphalam Annonaceae T B N

12 Anogeissus latifolia Guill . & Perr. Sirimanu Combretaceae T C&B M

13 Apluda mutica L. Adavikorre gaddi Poaceae H C&B N

14 Aristida setacea Retz. Cheepuru gaddi Poaceae H C&B N

15 Aristolochia indica Gadidhagadapa Aristolochiaceae C B M

16 Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Vepa chettu Meliaceae T C&B N

17 Bambusa arundinacea (Retz.) Roxb. Veduru Poaceae H B N

18 Bauhinia racemosa Lam. Arichettu Leguminosae T B M

19 Blumea mollis (D. Don.) Merr. Kukkapogaku Compositae H C&B N

20 Boerhavia diffusa L. Atikimamidi Nyctaginaceae H C&B M

21 Bombax ceiba L. Burugududhi Malvaceae T C N

22 Borassus flabellifer L. Tati Arecaceae T B N

23 Boswellia serrata Roxb. Guggilum Burseraceae T C&B N

24 Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B.Clarke Cyperaceae H C M

25 Butea monosperma (Lam.) Taub. Modhuga Leguminosae C C&B M

26 Cajanus scarabaeoides (L.) Leguminosae C C N

27 Calotropis procera (Aiton) Dryand. Tella Jilledu Apocynaceae S C N

28 Calycopteris floribunda Lam. Putangiteega Combretaceae C C&B N

29 Capparis spinosa L. Capparaceae S C N

30 Careya arborea Roxb. Lecythidaceae T B N

31 Carissa carandus Lour. Apocynaceae S C N

32 Cassia fistula L. Rela, Semarela Leguminosae T C&B M

33 Cassytha filiformis L. Pasuputivva Lauraceae C B M

34 Catunaregam spinosa (Thunb.) Tirven. Manga Rubiaceae S C M

35 Ceiba pentandra (L.) Tella buruga Malvaceae T C M

36 Chloris barbata Sw. Jada kunchula gaddi Poaceae H C&B N

37 Chloroxylon swietenia DC. Billudu Flindersiaceae T C&B N

38 Cissampelos pareira L. Adivibanka teega Menispermaceae C C&B N

39 Cleistanthus collinus (Roxb.) Benth. Wodisiaku Euphorbiaceae S C&B M

40 Cleome viscosa L. Kukka vominta Cleomaceae H C N

41 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diers. Chinnadusar teega Menispermaceae C C&B N




42 Cocos nucifera L. Kobbari Arecaceae S B M

43 Coldenia procumbens L. Hamsapadhi Boraginaceae H C&B M

44 Combretum albidum G. Don Combretaceae L C M

45 Cordia dichotoma Forst.f Iriki Cordiaceae T B N

46 Cordia macleodii Hook.f. & Thomson Boraginaceae T B N

47 Croton bonplandianus Baill. Vanamokka Euphorbiaceae H B N

48 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Passi teega Cuscutaceae C C N

49 Cynodon dactylon (L.) Pers. Garika Poaceae H C&B M

50 Cyperus difformis Cyperaceae H C N

51 Cyperus rotundus L. Cyperaceae H C&B M

52 Dalbergia lanceolaria Leguminosae T C M

53 Dalbergia latifolia Roxb. Pachari Leguminosae T C&B M

54 Dalbergia sisso Roxb Sisso Leguminosae T C&B N

55 Dendrophthoe falcata (L.f.) Ett. Kukka naluka Loranthaceae S C&B M

56 Dichrostachys cinerea Leguminosae S C M

57 Dioscorea pentaphylla L. Monyakku pendalam Dioscoreaceae S C&B M

58 Diospyros chloroxylon Roxb. Ullinda Ebenaceae T C&B N

59 Diospyros melanoxylon Roxb. Beediakulu Ebenaceae T C&B N

60 Dodonea viscosa (L.) Jacq. Banderu Sapindaceae S C N

61 Dregea volubilis Apocynaceae C C M

62 Eragrostis viscosa (Retz.) Trin. Banka sigarantha Poaceae H B N

63 Erythroxylum monogynum Roxb. Devadaru Erythroxylaceae T C&B N

64 Eucalyptus globulus Labill. Neelagiri thylam Myrtaceae T C&B N

65 Euphorbia hirta L. Nanubalu Euphorbiaceae H C&B M

66 Euphorbia nivulia Buch.-Ham. Euphorbiaceae T B N

67 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) L. Vishnukrantha Convolvulaceae H C&B M

68 Ficus mollissima Ridl Moraceae T C M

69 Ficus racemosa L. Medi Moraceae T C&B M

70 Ficus religiosa L. Ragi, Ravi Moraceae T B M

71 Fimbristylis quinquangularis Cyperaceae H C N

72 Flacourtia indica (Burm.f.) Pullelaka Flacourtiaceae S C&B M

73 Fuirena ciliaris (L.) Roxb. Cyperaceae H C N

74 Gisekia pharnaceoides L. Giesekiaceae H C N

75 Gmelina arborea Roxb. Gummadi teku Lamiaceae T C M

76 Grewia flavescens Malvaceae T C&B N

77 Grewia hirsuta Vahl. Janichettu Malvaceae S C&B N

78 Hardwickia binata Leguminosae T C M

79 Helictres isora L. Gooba thada Malvaceae S C&B N

80 Hemidesmus indicus (L.) R. Br. Sugandhapala Periplocaceae C C&B M

81 Heteropogon contortus (L.) Beauv. Eddigaddi Poaceae H C&B N

82 Holarrhena pubescens (Buch.-Ham.) Wall.ex G. Don Kolamukhi Apocynaceae T C M

83 Holoptelia integrifolia (Roxb.) Planch. Tapase, Tambachi Ulmaceae T C&B N




84 Hugonia mystax L. Kakibeera Linaceae C B N

85 Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae H C M

86 Hyptis suaveolens (L.) Roit. Danthitulasi Lamiaceae H C&B M

87 Indigofera linifolia (L.f.) Retz. Baraputram Leguminosae H C&B M

88 Ipomoea carnea Jacq. Convolvulaceae S C M

89 Ipomoea obscura (L.) Ker-Gawl. Kisaraaku teega Convolvulaceae C B N

90 Ixora arborea Roxb.ex Sm. Korivi chettu Rubiaceae T C&B N

91 Lagerstroemia parviflora Roxb. Chennangi Lythraceae T C&B N

92 Lanneaa coromandelica (Houtt.) Mann. Gumpana chettu Anacardiaceae T C&B N

93 Lindernia antipoda (L.) Alston. Neella pundu Scrophulariaceae H C N

94 Lindernia dubia (L.) Pennell Linderniaceae H C N

95 Ludwigia perennis L. Onagraceae H C N

96 Madhuca longifolia var. latifolia (Roxb.) Cheval Ippa Sapotaceae T C&B N

97 Mangifera indica L. Mamidi Anacardiaceae T C&B N

98 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Palachettu Sapotaceae T C&B M

99 Maytenus emarginata (Willd.) Ding. Danthi Celastraceae S B M

100 Memecylon umbellatum Burm. f. Melastomaceae S B N

101 Merremia tridentata (L.) Hallier f. Convolvulaceae C C&B N

102 Miliusa tomentosa (Roxb.) J.Sinclair Annonaceae T C M

103 Morinda pubescens J. E. Smith Togaru, Pedda papidi Rubiaceae T C&B M

104 Naringi crenulata (Roxb.) Nicolson Kukka velaga Rutaceae T B N

105 Nesaea lanceolata Koehne Lythraceae H C M

106 Pavonia zeylanica (L.) Cav. Karubenda Malvaceae H C&B N

107 Peltophorum pterocarpum Baker ex Heyne Kondachintha Leguminosae T B M

108 Pergularia daemia (Forsk.) Chiov. Dustapa teega Apocynaceae C B M

109 Peristrophe paniculata(Forssk.) Burm. Chebera Acanthaceae H B M

110 Phoenis sylvestris (L.) Roxb. Etha chettu Arecaceae S C&B M

111 Phyllanthus amarus Schum.&Thonn. Nelausiri Phyllanthaceae H C&B N

112 Phyllanthus reticulatus Poir. Purugudu Phyllanthaceae S C&B N

113 Phyllanthus virgatus Forst. Gadhausiri Phyllanthaceae H C&B M

114 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Benth. Seemasinthaguddu Leguminosae T C&B M

115 Plumbago zeylanica L. Tellachitramulamu Plumbaginaceae S C&B M

116 Polygonum plebeium Polygonaceae H C N

117 Pongamia pinnata (L.) Pier. Ganuga, Kanuga Leguminosae T C&B M

118 Premna mollissima Roth Lamiaceae T C M

119 Psydrax dicoccos Gaertn. Balusa Rubiaceae S C N

120 Rhynchosia beddomei (L.) DC. Leguminosae C C N

121 Rivea hypocrateriformis Convolvulaceae C C M

122 Rungia pectinata Acanthaceae H B N

123 Sapindus emarginatus Vahl. Knkudu Sapindaceae T B M

124 Schoenoplectiella articulata Cyperaceae H C M

125 Senna auriculata (L.) Roxb. Thangedu Leguminosae S C&B M




126 Sida acuta Burm.f. Malvaceae H C&B N

127 Sida cordifolia L. Bala, Tellagorra Malvaceae H B N

128 Solanum surattense Burm.f. Challamulaka Solanaceae H C&B M

129 Soymida febrifuga (Roxb.) A. Juss. Meliaceae T C N

130 Spermacoce hispida L. Madhanakattu Rubiaceae H C&B M

131 Sphaeranthus indicus L. Bodasaramu Compositae H C&B M

132 Sterculia urens Roxb. Errapoliki Malvaceae T B N

133 Strebusus asper Lour Barraniki Moraceae T B N

134 Strychnos nux-vomica Busti chettu Strychnaceae T B M

135 Strychnos potatorum L.f. Chillanginja chettu Strychnaceae T C&B M

136 Symphorema involucratum Lamiaceae S B N

137 Syzigium cumini (L.) Skeels. Neredu chettu Myrtaceae T C&B N

138 Tamarindus indica L. Chinta Leguminosae T C&B N

139 Tectona grandis L. Teku Lamiaceae T C&B M

140 Tephrosia purpurea (L.) Pers. Vempali Leguminosae H B N

141 Terminalia alata Heyne ex Roth. Nllamaddhi Combretaceae T B N

142 Terminalia bellirica (Gaertn.) Roxb. Thandra Combretaceae T C&B M

143 Terminalia catappa L. Badham chettu Combretaceae T C&B M

144 Themeda triandra Forssk. Pedda yetra Poaceae H B M

145 Vanda spathulata Orchidaceae H B M

146 Vernnonia cinerea (L.) Less. Sahadevi Compositae H C&B M

147 Vitex negundo L. Nalla vavilli Lamiaceae S C&B N

148 Waltheria indica L. Nallabenda Malvaceae H C&B M

149 Woodfordia fruticosa Lythraceae S C M

150 Wrightia tinctoria (Roxb.) R. Br. Reppala Apocynaceae T B N

151 Xanthium indicum Koen. Marulamathangi Compositae H C&B M

152 Xylia xylocarpa (Roxb.) Taub. Bojja Leguminosae T B N

153 Ziziphus oenoplia (L.) Mill. Pariki kampa Rhamnaceae C B N

154 Ziziphus xylopyrus Gotiki Rhamnaceae S C N

Note: Ha - Habit; Zone: C- Core, B- Buffer, M U - Medicinal Uses; T - Trees; S-Shrub; H - Herb; C - Climbers; Y - Yes; N - No

Table No. 3.3.11.4.2: Phytosociological parameters of trees in core zone of KOC - III Project

Sl. No. Name of the species Frequency Density/ ha pi pi ln pi pi 2 A RF RD IVI

1 Diospyros melanoxylon 75.00 250.00 0.357 -0.368 0.128 3.33 18.75 35.71 54.46

2 Diospyros chloroxylon 50.00 50.00 0.071 -0.189 0.005 1.00 12.50 7.14 19.64

3 Cleistanthus collinus 100.00 200.00 0.286 -0.358 0.082 2.00 25.00 28.57 53.57

4 Azadirachta indica 25.00 50.00 0.071 -0.189 0.005 2.00 6.25 7.14 13.39

5 Anogeisus latifolia 25.00 25.00 0.036 -0.119 0.001 1.00 6.25 3.57 9.82

6 Boswellia serrata 50.00 50.00 0.071 -0.189 0.005 1.00 12.50 7.14 19.64

7 Ixora arborea 50.00 50.00 0.071 -0.189 0.005 1.00 12.50 7.14 19.64

8 Grewia flavescens 25.00 25.00 0.036 -0.119 0.001 1.00 6.25 3.57 9.82

Total 400 700 1.000 -1.718 0.232 12.33 100 100 200 Note: A-Abundance; RF-Relative Frequency; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important Value Index



Table No. 3.3.11.4.3: Phytosociological parameters of shrubs, shrubby climbers and tree

saplings in core zone of KOC -III project


1 Manilkara hexandra 75 1111.11 0.129 -0.264 0.017 1.333 16.667 12.903 29.570

2 Ipomoea carnea 25 555.56 0.065 -0.177 0.004 2.000 5.556 6.452 12.007

3 Chloroxylon swietenia 75 1944.44 0.226 -0.336 0.051 2.333 16.667 22.581 39.247

4 Cleistanthus collinus 100 1666.67 0.194 -0.318 0.037 1.500 22.222 19.355 41.577

5 Holoptelis integrifolia 25 277.78 0.032 -0.111 0.001 1.000 5.556 3.226 8.781

6 Diospyrus melanoxylon 100 1944.44 0.226 -0.336 0.051 1.750 22.222 22.581 44.803

7 Dodonea viscosa 50 1111.11 0.129 -0.264 0.017 2.000 11.111 12.903 24.014

Total 450 8611 1.000 -1.806 0.178 12 100 100 200 Note: A-Abundance; RF-Relative Frequency; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important Value Index

Table No. 3.3.11.4.4: Phytosociological parameters of herbs in core zone of KOC -III project


1 Alysicarpus monilifer 100.00 1.50 0.207 -0.326 0.043 1.50 22.22 20.69 42.91

2 Spermacoce hispida 50.00 0.75 0.103 -0.235 0.011 1.50 11.11 10.34 21.46

3 Aerva lanata 50.00 1.00 0.138 -0.273 0.019 2.00 11.11 13.79 24.90

4 Heteropogon contortus 25.00 0.50 0.069 -0.184 0.005 2.00 5.56 6.90 12.45

5 Hyptis suaveolens 25.00 0.75 0.103 -0.235 0.011 3.00 5.56 10.34 15.90

6 Aristida setacea 25.00 0.50 0.069 -0.184 0.005 2.00 5.56 6.90 12.45

7 Rhynchosia beddomei 50.00 0.50 0.069 -0.184 0.005 1.00 11.11 6.90 18.01

8 Hemidesmus indicus 25.00 0.25 0.034 -0.116 0.001 1.00 5.56 3.45 9.00

9 Evolvulus alsinoides 75.00 1.25 0.172 -0.303 0.030 1.67 16.67 17.24 33.91

10 Fimbristylis quinquangularis 25.00 0.25 0.034 -0.116 0.001 1.00 5.56 3.45 9.00

Total 450.00 7.25 1.000 -2.157 0.130 16.67 100.00 100.00 200.00 Note: A-Abundance; RF-Relative Frequency; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important Value Index

Table No. 3.3.11.4.5: Phytosociological parameters of trees in buffer zon e of KOC -III project


1 Terminalia bellirica 40 60.00 0.083 -0.207 0.007 1.500 10.000 8.333 18.333


3 Wrightia tinctoria 20 20.00 0.028 -0.100 0.001 1.000 5.000 2.778 7.778

4 Sterculia urens 20 20.00 0.028 -0.100 0.001 1.000 5.000 2.778 7.778

5 Dalbergia latifolia 40 100.00 0.139 -0.274 0.019 2.500 10.000 13.889 23.889

6 Lannea coromondalica 40 40.00 0.056 -0.161 0.003 1.000 10.000 5.556 15.556


8 Morinda pubescens 60 80.00 0.111 -0.244 0.012 1.333 15.000 11.111 26.111

9 Azadirachta indica 20 40.00 0.056 -0.161 0.003 2.000 5.000 5.556 10.556


400 720.00 1.000 -2.075 0.148 17.000 100.000 100.000 200.000 Note: A-Abundance; RF-Relative Frequency; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important Value Index



Table No. 3.3.11.4.6: Phytosociological parameters of shrubs, shrubby cli mbers and tree

saplings in buffer zone of KOC -III project





4 Grewia hirsuta 60 1111.111 0.143 -0.278 0.020 1.667 15.789 14.286 30.075

5 Cassia fistula 40 444.444 0.057 -0.164 0.003 1.000 10.526 5.714 16.241

6 Morinda pubescens 20 222.222 0.029 -0.102 0.001 1.000 5.263 2.857 8.120

7 Capparis spinosa 20 222.222 0.029 -0.102 0.001 1.000 5.263 2.857 8.120

8 Dodonea viscosa 20 222.222 0.029 -0.102 0.001 1.000 5.263 2.857 8.120

9 Woodfordia fruticosa 40 666.667 0.086 -0.211 0.007 1.500 10.526 8.571 19.098

Total 380 7777.778 1.000 -1.838 0.208 13.917 100.000 100.000 200.000 Note: A-Abundance; RF-Relative Frequency; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important Value Index

Table No. 3.3.11.4.7: Phytosociological parameters of herbs in the buffer zone of KOC - III


1 Andrographis paniculata 20 0.200 0.029 -0.102 0.001 1.000 5.263 2.857 8.120

2 Hyptis suaveolens 20 0.400 0.057 -0.164 0.003 2.000 5.263 5.714 10.977

3 Rungia pectinata 40 0.600 0.086 -0.211 0.007 1.500 10.526 8.571 19.098

4 Sida cordifolia 60 1.000 0.143 -0.278 0.020 1.667 15.789 14.286 30.075

5 Waltheria indica 40 0.600 0.086 -0.211 0.007 1.500 10.526 8.571 19.098

6 Aristida setacea 100 2.000 0.286 -0.358 0.082 2.000 26.316 28.571 54.887

7 Hemidesmus indicus 20 0.400 0.057 -0.164 0.003 2.000 5.263 5.714 10.977

8 Heteropogon contortus 20 0.600 0.086 -0.211 0.007 3.000 5.263 8.571 13.835

9 Evolvulus alsinoides 40 0.800 0.114 -0.248 0.013 2.000 10.526 11.429 21.955

10 Pavonia zeylanica 20 0.400 0.057 -0.164 0.003 2.000 5.263 5.714 10.977

Total 380 7.000 1.000 -2.108 0.148 18.667 100.000 100.000 200.000 Note: A-Abundance; RF-Relative Frequency; RD-Relative Density; IVI-Important Value Index

Table No. 3.3.11.4.8 List of fauna recorded in core and buffer zones of KOC - III Project

Sl. No. Common Name Scientific name Abundance

A. Odonata

1. Ditch jewel Brachythemis contaminata Least Concern

2. Ground Skimmer Diplacodes trivialis Least Concern

3. Green Marsh Hawk Orthetrum sabina Least Concern

B. Butterflies

1. Common crow Euploea core Least Concern

2. Common Evening Brown Melanitis leda Least Concern

3. Plain tiger Danaus chrysippus Least Concern

4. Common Grass Yellow Eurema hecabe simulata Least Concern

5. Common Jezebel Delias eucharis Least Concern

6. Common mormon Papillio polytes Least Concern

7. Glassy tiger Parantica aglea Least Concern

8. Common Sailer Neptis hylas Least Concern

9. Crimson Rose Pachliopta hector Least Concern




10. Crimson tip Butterfly Colotis danae Least Concern

11. Lemon Pansy Junonia lemonias Least Concern

12. White orange tip Ixias pyrens Least Concern

C. Reptiles

1. Forest Calotis Calotes rouxi Least Concern

2. Common Garden Lizard Calotes versicolor Least Concern

3. Rock Gecko Hemidactylus triedrus Least Concern

4. Common Indian Krait Bungarus caerules Least Concern

D. Birds

1. Common Myna Acridotheres tristis Least Concern

2. white breasted water hen Amaurornis phoenicurus Least Concern

3. Indian pond heron Ardeola grayii WPA Schedule IV

4. Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis WPA Schedule IV

5. Large egret Casmerodius albus Least Concern

6. Greater coucal Centropus sinensis WPA Schedule IV

7. Blue Rock Pigeon Columba livia Least Concern

8. House crow Corvus splendens WPA Schedule V

9. Black drongo Dicrurus macrocercus WPA Schedule IV

10. Little Egret Egretta garzetta WPA Schedule IV

11. Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea Least Concern

12. Common Moorhen Gallinula chloropus Least Concern

13. White breasted Kingfisher Hylcyon smyrnensis WPA Schedule IV

14. Green bee Eater Merops orientalis Least Concern

15. White Wagtail Motacilla alba Least Concern

16. Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica WPA Schedule IV

17. Rose-ringed parakeet Pasittacula krameri WPA Schedule IV

18. House Sparrow Passer domesticus Least Concern

19. Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus Least Concern

20. Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger Least Concern

21. Purple Moorhen Porphyrio porphyrio Least Concern

22. Plain prinia Prinia inornata Least Concern

23. Plum headed parakette Psittacula cyanocephala Least Concern

24. Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer WPA Schedule IV

25. White Throated Fantail Flycatcher Rhipidura albicollis Least Concern

26. Spotted Dove Streptopelia chinensis Least Concern

27. Little grebe Tachybaptus ruficollis Least Concern

28. Redwattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus Least Concern

29. Red-naped ibis Pseudibis papillosa Least Concern

30. Asian Openbill Stork Anastomus oscitans Least Concern

31. Pied bush chat Saxicola caprata Least Concern

E. Mammals

1. Duppi Axis axis Least Concern




2. Indian Palm squirrel Funambuus palmarum palmarum Least Concern

3. Monkey Macaca radiata WPA Schedule II

4. Adavi pandi Sus scrofa WPA Schedule III

5. Mangoose Herpestes edwardsi WPA Schedule II


Plants photographed during field survey of

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.1 Wrightia tinctoria

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.3 Aristolochia indica

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.5 Cordia macleodii



Plants photographed during field survey of KOC - III P

Wrightia tinctoria Figure No. 3.3.11.4.2 Albizia amara

Aristolochia indica Figure No. 3.3.11.4.4 Careya arborea

Cordia macleodii Figure No. 3.3.11.4.6 Dendrophthoe falcata



Project

Albizia amara

Careya arborea

Dendrophthoe falcata


Figure No. 3.3.11.4.7 View of core zone

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.9 Euphorbia

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.11 Evolvulus alsinoides



View of core zone Figure No. 3.3.11.4.8 Diospyros melanoxylon

Euphorbia nivulia Figure No. 3.3.11.4.10 Quadrat sampling

Evolvulus alsinoides Figure No. 3.3.11.4.12 Gisekia pharnaceoides



Diospyros melanoxylon

Quadrat sampling

Gisekia pharnaceoides



Figure No. 3.3.11.4.13 Gmelina arborea Figure No. 3.3.11.4.14 Grewia flavescens

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.15 Holarrhena pubescens Figure No. 3.3.11.4.16 Hugonia mystax

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.17 Hydrilla verticillata Figure No. 3.3.11.4.18 Lindernia dubia


Figure No. 3.3.11.4.19 Ludwigia perennis

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.21 Merremia tridentata

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.23 Polygonum plebeium



Ludwigia perennis Figure No. 3.3.11.4.20 Memecylon umbellatum

Merremia tridentata Figure No. 3.3.11.4.22 Miliusa tomentosa

Polygonum plebeium Figure No. 3.3.11.4.24 Rhynchosia beddomei



Memecylon umbellatum Burm.f

Miliusa tomentosa

Rhynchosia beddomei



Figure No. 3.3.11.4.25 Schoenoplectiella articulata Figure No. 3.3.11.4.26 Tephrosia purpurea

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.27 Sterculia urens Figure No. 3.3.11.4.28 Terminalia bellarica

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.29 Xylia xylocarpa Figure No. 3.3.11.4.30 Mango plantations


Figure No. 3.3.11.4.31 SCCL Official, Mr. Kumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in

E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member, Mr. Srinivas, Env Officer with EPTRI Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in

E&B and Dr. Veeranajeyulu, Botanist

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.33 EPTRI Official Dr. K. Jyothi, FAE Expert in E&B

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.35 EPTRI staff and SCCL Officials discussing on the study area



SCCL Official, Mr. Raghu

Kumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member, Mr. Srinivas,

Env Officer with EPTRI Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B and Dr. Veeranajeyulu, Botanist

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.32 SCCL Official, Mr. Raghu Kumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member with EPTRI

Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B and Dr. Veeranajeyulu, Botanist

EPTRI Official Dr. K. Jyothi,

FAE Expert in E&B Figure No. 3.3.11.4.34 SCCL

Ramana, FAE Expert in E&B

EPTRI staff and SCCL Officials

discussing on the study area Figure No. 3.3.11.4.36 EPTRI Official Dr. D.

Veeranjaneyulu, Botanist



SCCL Official, Mr. Raghu

Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member with EPTRI

Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B and Dr. Veeranajeyulu, Botanist

SCCL Official Dr. V.V.

Ramana, FAE Expert in E&B

EPTRI Official Dr. D.

Veeranjaneyulu, Botanist


Figure No. 3.3.11.4.37 SCCL Official, Mr. RaghuKumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member with EPTRI Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B, Dr. Veeranajeyulu,

Botanist and Mr. Edukondalu, Field Analyst



SCCL Official, Mr. Raghu Kumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member with EPTRI Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B, Dr. Veeranajeyulu,

Botanist and Mr. Edukondalu, Field Analyst

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.38 Quadrate Sampling at buffer zone during field survey with SCCL Official, Mr.

Raghu Kumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member with

EPTRI Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B and Dr. Veeranajeyulu, Botanist



Quadrate Sampling at buffer

field survey with SCCL Official, Mr. Raghu Kumar, EIA Coordinator, Dr. V.V. Ramana, FAE in E&B, Mr. Vinay Chand, Team Member with

EPTRI Officials Dr. Jyothi, FAE in E&B and Dr. Veeranajeyulu, Botanist



Fauna photographed during field survey of KOC - III

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.39 Calotes versicolor

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.40 Merops orientalis


Figure No. 3.3.11.4.



Figure No. 3.3.11.4.41 Anastomus oscitans

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.42 Macaca radiata




Figure



Figure No. 3.3.11.4.43 Saxicola caprata

Figure No. 3.3.11.4.44 Acridotheres tristis





3.3.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STATUS

3.3.12.1 Introduction

M/s Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) hired the services of EPTRI to carry out baseline socio economic study for Koyagudem OC-III Project at Bhadradri Kothagudem district. The study site is surrounded by 7 villages within 10 km radius. The socio economic aspects, demographic structure, economic status and livelihood pattern of the 16 villages were analyzed based on the primary data.

Primary data is generated by adopting a stratified random sampling method. This chapter contains the socio-economic analysis of 16 villages and the analysis of 208 sample households based on the primary data generated through field survey.

3.3.12.2 Methodology

Secondary data was collected from the Govt. departments/agencies, Census 2011 in respect of the proposed site Koyagudem OC-III project in Tekulapalli mandal of Bhadradri Kothagudem district. In this baseline study the respondents residing near the new mine area served as the unit of observation and relevant information was obtained from these respondents that is necessary for the socio-economic analysis.

The study included both primary and secondary data collection. The primary data was generated through formal scheduled interview with the respondents in the study area.

Keeping in view the objectives of the baseline study and the research model for the study, the following parameters were taken into consideration in the interview schedule to elicit the baseline information from the respondents residing within 10km radius of the proposed mine exploration area.

• Basic household profile: Housing, source of water, sanitation status, age, gender, marital status, religion, caste, occupation, sources of income, family size, educational status, communication and entertainment etc

• Occupation

• Annual income from various sources

• Information on family budget

• Savings & Family assets

• Existing social infrastructure facilities

• Quality of life

• Health status

• Cultural and aesthetic attributes

• Project awareness

• Solar energy awareness

Primary data has been generated from 208 households by door to door field survey through transact walk in all the 16 villages within the 10 km radius of the proposed mine. The baseline information has been presented by aggregating the findings of all the respondents from the project area in the form of tables, graphs and pie diagrams.

3.3.12.3 Demographic Profile of the study area as p er census report

To assess the anticipated impacts of the proposed activities on the socio economic aspects of people, it is necessary to study the existing socio-economic status of the local population, which will be helpful for making efforts to further improve the quality of life in the area. The sociological aspects of this study include human settlements, demography and social strata and literacy levels as well as infrastructure facilities available in the area. The economic aspect includes occupational structure of people. The baseline demographic and socio-economic characteristics with regard to demography, literacy have been described based on the data obtained from the Census of India 2011 is furnished in Table Nos. 3.3.12.3.1 to 3.3.12.3.5.



Table No. 3.3.12.3.1 Demographic structure with in study area of the Project

Sl. No. Name HH

Population Population Below 6

Years SC Population ST Population Literates Illiterates

Total Working Population

Non. Work TOT

Main Working Population Marg. Work TOT CLs ALs HHI OT

TOT M F TOT M F TOT M F TOT M F TOT M F TOT M F

1 Tekulapalle 12445 47879 24029 23850 4944 2579 2365 2971 1456 1515 37125 18663 18462 23525 13713 9812 24354 10316 14038 26722 23029 10516 10259 342 1912 3693 21157

2 Bodu 1140 4094 2041 2053 463 229 234 109 58 51 3421 1716 1705 1771 1042 729 2323 999 1324 2477 2222 1379 628 49 166 255 1617

3 Koppurai 948 3489 1778 1711 356 201 155 353 181 172 2770 1421 1349 1633 954 679 1856 824 1032 2215 1873 1463 277 46 87 342 1274

4 Gangaram 1306 5384 2729 2655 518 249 269 342 159 183 4422 2234 2188 2821 1669 1152 2563 1060 1503 3231 2647 1774 689 9 175 584 2153

5 Bethampudi 6619 25461 12747 12714 2615 1388 1227 1378 690 688 19303 9623 9680 12711 7368 5343 12750 5379 7371 13203 11264 3957 6003 175 1129 1939 12258

6 Pegallapadu 1098 4088 2060 2028 399 213 186 374 167 207 3176 1625 1551 2063 1221 842 2025 839 1186 2333 2072 617 1316 20 119 261 1755

7 Gollapalle 1334 5363 2674 2689 593 299 294 415 201 214 4033 2044 1989 2526 1459 1067 2837 1215 1622 3263 2951 1326 1346 43 236 312 2100

TOTAL 24890 95758 48058 47700 9888 5158 4730 5942 2912 3030 74250 37326 36924 47050 27426 19624 48708 20632 28076 53444 46058 21032 20518 684 3824 7386 42314

Note: HH - No. of Households; TOT - Total, M - Male; F - Female; SC - Scheduled Caste; ST - Scheduled tribe; CLs - Cultivators; ALs-Agricultural Labours; HHI-Household Industry Workers; Marg. Work - Marginal Workers; OT - Other Workers; Non. Work - Non Working



Table No. 3.3.12.3.2 Educational Facilities in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Name of the Village

Schools Intermediate College

Degree College

Engg. College VTC

Primary Middle Secondary

1. Bodu 10 1 1 0 0 0 0

2. Koppurai 9 0 0 0 0 1 0

3. Gangaram 6 3 1 1 0 0 0

4. Bethampudi 41 12 7 2 0 0 1

5. Pegallapadu 8 1 1 0 0 0 0

6. Gollapalle 8 1 1 0 0 0 0

Source: 2011 Amenities Census Data

Table No. 3.3.12.3.3 Medical Facilities within the Study Area

Sl. No. Name of the Village

*Facility Code Numbers

C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 C8 C9 C10 C11 C12 C13 C14 C15

1. Bodu 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 5 2 0

2. Koppurai 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 0

3. Gangaram 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 2 0

4. Bethampudi 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 9 13 1

5. Pegallapadu 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0

6. Gollapalle 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 3

Source: 20011 Census Data

*Facility code numbers

C1 - Community Health Centre C8 - Dispensary

C2 - Primary Health Centre C9 - Mobile Health Clinic

C3 - Primary Heallth Sub Centre C10 - Family Welfare Centre

C4 - Maternity And Child Welfare Centre C11 - Non Govt. Medical facilities Charitable

C5 - TB Clinic C12 - Non Govt. Medical facilities Medical Prctitioner with MBBS Degree

C6 - Hospital Allopathic C13 - Non Govt. Medical facilities Medical Prctitioner with other Degree

C7 - Hospiltal Alternative Medicine C14 - Non Govt. Medical facilities Medical Practitioner with no Degree

C15 - Non Govt. Medical facilities Traditional Practitioner & Faith Healer



Table No. 3.3.12.3.4 Land use and Cropping Patterns

Sl. No.

Name of the Village

Land use patterns (in Hectares) Roads

Total area

Forests Area

Agricultural land Paved Road Mud Road

Irrigated Irrigated

1. Bodu 6208 3574.69 127.12 1108.06 1 2

2. Koppurai 6889 4281.23 375.29 1033.18 1 2

3. Gangaram 8412 4385.52 216 2339.53 1 2

4. Bethampudi 13890 4327.88 376.91 4828 1 2

5. Pegallapadu 1440 0 4.03 1179.47 1 2

6. Gollapalle 3644 901.38 153.84 1730.87 1 2

7. Kothuru 518 0 0 112.5 2 1

8. Koyagudem 259 0 34.3 15.11 1 2

9. Lachigudem 54 3.11 0 34.4 2 1

10. Gollagudem 1678 0 0 0 0 0 Source: 2001 Amenities Census data

Table No. 3.3.12.3.5 Other Infrastructure Facilitie s Available in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Name of the Village

DWF

TP W T TW H

P R C L S O PO

TO

PT P B R

S NW

CB

COB

1 Bodu 1 1 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

2 Koppurai 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

3 Gangaram 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

4 Bethampudi 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 1

5 Pegallapadu 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 0 0 6 1 2 2 0 0

6 Gollapalle 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 0 2 0 1

7 Kothuru 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

8 Koyagudem 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 0 0

9 Lachigudem 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

10 Gollagudem 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Source: 2001 Census data

Note: Abbreviation of codes

DWF : Drinking Water Facility O : Others TP : Tap PO : Post Office W : Well TG : Telegraph T : Tank PT : Post & Telegram Offices TW : Tube Well P : Phone HP : Hand Pump B : Bus R : River

RS : Rail Services

C : Canal

NW : Navigable Waterwaste L : Lake CB : Commercial Bank S : Spring COB : Co-Operative Bank



3.3.12.4 Demographic Structure

The study area of the proposed mine has the total population of 95,758 (2011 census) from 24,890 households covering 7 villages. All villages are falls under Buffer zone. The details of the population and number of households in the study are shown in the table below.

Particulars Within 10 km of the project site

Population 95,758

No. of villages 7

No. of households 24,890

50.2 % population constitutes male population and 49.8 % female population. SC population is 5,942 (6.2 %) while the ST population is 74,250 (77.5 %) and the same is depicted in the adjacent figure.

3.3.12.5 Literacy Profile

As per the Indian census, any person who is able to read and write in any language with understanding is treated as literate. Literacy rate in the study area is about 38.8% and the illiteracy rate is 61.2% (Census 2011). Details on education and literacy profile are presented depicted in the adjacent figure. More males are literate than females.

3.3.12.6 Economic activity and Livelihood pattern

Working population is the one that participates in an economical productive activity. The persons working for at least 8 months or more in a year are considered as main workers, while all those working for less than 4 months in a year are treated as marginal workers. Persons engaged in household duties, students, dependents, retired persons and beggars are grouped as non-workers.

The working population in the project area includes cultivators, agricultural labourers, household industry workers, marginal workers and the other workers. As per 2011 census, 36.5% of the total population constitutes the working population and the remaining 63.5% constitute the non-working population and the same is shown below.

Details of workers and non workers are presented be low

S.No. Categories Numbers 1 Cultivators 21,032 2 Agricultural labourers 20,518 3 Household Industry Workers 684 4 Marginal Workers 7,386 5 Other Workers 3,824 6 Non Workers 42,314

Total 3,34,216

In the study area, among workers cultivators constitute about 22%, agricultural laborers constitute about 21.4%, marginal workers constitute about 7.7% and other workers constitutes 4% of the total working population. 0.7% of the population is engaged in industrial activity. Other work is the most available occupation as compared to the existing occupations in the study area as their major source of livelihood.


3.3.12.7 Socio- Economic

Socio-economic descriptions viz. population growth, density, sex ratio, health, work force participation, occupational structure, literacy etc, play an important role in determining the impact of the proposed project on human populationindirectly. These impacts may be beneficial or detrimental. Socio economic environment includes description of demography, available basic amenities like housing, food intake, drinking water, sanitation, health care servicesand cultural activities. The present section deals with the profile of the study area as per the 2011 census extract.

3.3.12.8 State Profile

Telangana is a State in the Southern region of India. It has an area of 1,12,077 and is the twelfth largest State on terms of both area and the size of the population in the country. The State is bordered by the States of Maharashtra to the North and Northand Chhattisgarh to the North, Karnataka to the West, and Andhra PrEast and North-East. According to 2011 Census, total population is 3,52,86,757 with overall growth of total population during the decade 2001 was 18.77% in the preceding decade. Female per 1000 male is 988. 307 persons per square kilometer. SC and ST population accounted for 15.45% and 9.03% respectively. Literacy rate is 66.46%.

A large number of people work in the agricultural sector as farmers and agricultural labourers. There are many industrial workers as well. The State has a high skilled labour force. Higher educated group prefers the occupation in nonagricultural sector earns more than the agricultural sector. Administratively, the state is divided into 31 districts, 464 revenue mandals and around revenue 10,761 villages.

3.3.12.9 Bhadradri Kothagudem

The district comprises 24 mandals and 2 revenue divisions Kothagudem and Bhadrachalam. The district headquarters is located at Kothagudem town. Kothagudem is well connected through Bhadrachalam Road railway station. There are bus services from Kothagudem to all important cities in Telangana and the other neighboring districts. The district has two bus depots at Kothagudem Manuguru and Bhadrachalam.

Kothagudem district boasts of some major industries. The district is endowed with a variety of important miner(SCCL), a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India, has its headquarters in Kothagudem. SCCL is currently operating 16 OC and 30 undergroumanpower around 58,837. Kothagudem Thermal Power Station, which located in Paloncha is one of the coal based power plants of Telangana Power Generation Corporation Limited (TSGENCO), ITCPSPD) which is amongst the leading names in the business worldwide is located at Sarapaka village near Bhadrachalam. Kothagudem district is also rich in forest reserves.

The University College of Engineering, Kakatiya University (KUCE)the Kothagudem School of Mines (KSM) is the first mining college in Telangana and the second in India. The Government Polytechnic Kothagudem (Formerly Government Mining Institute) was established in 1957 at Kothagudem Collieries to promEducation.



Economic Profile of the project area

economic descriptions viz. population growth, density, sex ratio, health, work force participation, occupational structure, literacy etc, play an important role in determining the impact of the proposed project on human population of the study area, directly or indirectly. These impacts may be beneficial or detrimental. Socio economic environment includes description of demography, available basic amenities like housing, food intake, drinking water, sanitation, health care services, transportation, communication, education and cultural activities. The present section deals with the profile of the study area as per

Telangana is a State in the Southern region of India. It has an area of 1,12,077 and is the twelfth largest State on terms of both area and the size of the population in the country. The State is bordered by the States of Maharashtra to the North and Northand Chhattisgarh to the North, Karnataka to the West, and Andhra Pradesh to the South,

East. According to 2011 Census, total population is 3,52,86,757 with overall growth of total population during the decade 2001 - 2011 is 13.58%, whereas it was 18.77% in the preceding decade. Female per 1000 male is 988. Population density is 307 persons per square kilometer. SC and ST population accounted for 15.45% and 9.03% respectively. Literacy rate is 66.46%.

A large number of people work in the agricultural sector as farmers and agricultural ny industrial workers as well. The State has a high skilled labour

force. Higher educated group prefers the occupation in non-agricultural sector. Nonagricultural sector earns more than the agricultural sector. Administratively, the state is

o 31 districts, 464 revenue mandals and around revenue 10,761 villages.

Bhadradri Kothagudem District

The district comprises 24 mandals and 2 revenue divisions Kothagudem and Bhadrachalam. The district headquarters is located at Kothagudem town. Kothagudem is well connected through Bhadrachalam Road railway station. There are bus services from

o all important cities in Telangana and the other neighboring districts. The district has two bus depots at Kothagudem

and Bhadrachalam.

Kothagudem district boasts of some major industries. The district is endowed with a variety of important minerals such as Coal. The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India, has its headquarters in Kothagudem. SCCL is currently operating 16 OC and 30 underground mines in 4 districts of Telangana with manpower around 58,837. Kothagudem Thermal Power Station, which located in Paloncha is one of the coal based power plants of Telangana Power Generation Corporation Limited (TSGENCO), ITC- Paperboards and Specialty Papers Division (ITCPSPD) which is amongst the leading names in the business worldwide is located at Sarapaka village near Bhadrachalam. Kothagudem district is also rich in forest reserves.

The University College of Engineering, Kakatiya University (KUCE), formerly known as the Kothagudem School of Mines (KSM) is the first mining college in Telangana and the second in India. The Government Polytechnic Kothagudem (Formerly Government Mining Institute) was established in 1957 at Kothagudem Collieries to prom



economic descriptions viz. population growth, density, sex ratio, health, work force participation, occupational structure, literacy etc, play an important role in determining the

of the study area, directly or indirectly. These impacts may be beneficial or detrimental. Socio economic environment includes description of demography, available basic amenities like housing, food intake,

, transportation, communication, education and cultural activities. The present section deals with the profile of the study area as per

Telangana is a State in the Southern region of India. It has an area of 1,12,077 sq.kms. and is the twelfth largest State on terms of both area and the size of the population in the country. The State is bordered by the States of Maharashtra to the North and North-West

adesh to the South, East. According to 2011 Census, total population is 3,52,86,757 with

2011 is 13.58%, whereas it Population density is

307 persons per square kilometer. SC and ST population accounted for 15.45% and

A large number of people work in the agricultural sector as farmers and agricultural ny industrial workers as well. The State has a high skilled labour

agricultural sector. Non-agricultural sector earns more than the agricultural sector. Administratively, the state is

o 31 districts, 464 revenue mandals and around revenue 10,761 villages.

als such as Coal. The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India, has its headquarters in Kothagudem. SCCL is

nd mines in 4 districts of Telangana with manpower around 58,837. Kothagudem Thermal Power Station, which located in Paloncha is one of the coal based power plants of Telangana Power Generation

Papers Division (ITC-PSPD) which is amongst the leading names in the business worldwide is located at Sarapaka village near Bhadrachalam. Kothagudem district is also rich in forest reserves.

, formerly known as the Kothagudem School of Mines (KSM) is the first mining college in Telangana and the second in India. The Government Polytechnic Kothagudem (Formerly Government Mining Institute) was established in 1957 at Kothagudem Collieries to promote the Technical



There are many places of interest in Kothagudem such as Bhadrachalam, Kinnerasani, Parnashala etc.

3.3.12.10 Soil Types

The major soil types found in the district are red chalka, black cotton soil, loamy soil and sandy loams.

3.3.12.11 Biodiversity

Bhadradri Kotahgudem has the largest area under Forests. The forest area spreads over Bhadrachalam, Manuguru, Bergampahad, Kothagudem, and Yellandu. Important forest produce are teak, bamboo, eucalyptus, beedi leaves, honey, tamarind, nux vomica etc.

3.3.12.12 Social Status

Demography

Total population of the study area of Bhadradri Kothagudem district has population of 10, 69,261 of which 5, 32,390 males and 5, 36,871 females. SC and ST population accounted for 1, 43,482(13.42%) and 3, 92,034 (36.66%) respectively. Literacy rate is 66.40%. The sex ratio is 1,008 females for every 1000 male populations. Population density is 143 persons per square kilometer. It has an average literacy rate of 66.40%, which is lower than the national India average of 74.04%.

3.3.12.13 Economic Status

Agriculture

The major crops found in this district cereals are rice, maize, Jowar. Pulses are Green gram, Black gram, Red gram and Bengal gram. Commercial crops are Sugarcane, cotton, chillies, sunflower, and Groundnut. Important horticulture crops are Mango, Sweet Orange, Guava etc.

Industries

Kothagudem district boasts of some major industries. The district is endowed with a variety of important minerals such as Coal. The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL), a Government coal mining company jointly owned by the Government of Telangana and Government of India, has its headquarters in Kothagudem. SCCL is currently operating 16 OC and 30 underground mines in 4 districts of Telangana with manpower around 58,837. Kothagudem Thermal Power Station, which located in Paloncha is one of the coal based power plants of Telangana Power Generation Corporation Limited (TSGENCO) , ITC- Paperboards and Specialty Papers Division (ITC-PSPD) which is amongst the leading names in the business worldwide is located at Sarapaka village near Bhadrachalam.

Tourism

There are many places of interest in Kothagudem such as Bhadrachalam, Kinnerasani, Parnashala etc.

Bhadrachalam, a key town of pilgrimage importance, is located in Kothagudem district. The temple town of Bhadrachalam is situated on the banks of Godavari River. The town shares its historical significance with Ramayana Era. The name Bhadrachalam is derived from the word Bhadragiri (The Mountain Abode of Bhadra, the child of Meru and Menaka). The famous temple at Bhadrachalam is home to the Archa Murthys of Rama, Sita and Lakshmana and their idols are believed to be swayambhu i.e. self-manifested ones.

The Kinnerasani project or the Dam is a storage reservoir constructed on the Kinnerasani River in the Godavari Basin at Yanamboil village of Palvoncha mandal. Kinnerasani River



is an important tributary of the river Godavari. The scenic beauty created by the landscape along the Kinnerasani River is a panoramic one abutted by lush green landscape. The Kinnerasani sanctuary, a part of the Dandakaranya Forests, is a haven of exotic wildlife and tourists enjoy their visit here by spotting several animals in their natural habitat.

Parnashala, a popular tourist place, is a village in the Dummugudem mandal. It is said to be the place where the evil-minded king Ravana abducted Goddess Sita. This place unfolds this part of the epic Ramayana by exhibiting the primary events with beautifully canvassed sculptures of Shri Ram, Sita, Laxman, and Ravan.

3.3.12.14 Socio-Economic Profile of the Study Area

This chapter contains the socio-economic analysis of 16 villages and the analysis of 208 sample households based on the primary data generated through field survey.

Socio-economic study was carried out both in the core zone and buffer zone of the 208 sampled households based on primary data generated through field survey is as under. The villages covered in this study area is furnished below.

List of the villages covered under field survey in the study area

Name of the Mandal Name of the Village No. of

Samples Name of the Village No. of Samples

Tekulapalle 1. China Thanda 12 9. Bommanapally 15

2. Koyagudem 15 10. Tekulapally 17

3. Danthala Thanda 06 11. Andugulagudem 15

4. Odugudem 07 12. Thummala Chelka 15

5. Lachagudem 16 13. Patramchilaka 10

6. Gangaram 10 14. Nandya Thanda 15

7. Kistaram 15 15. Bodu 10

8. Sampath Nagar 15 16. Bodu Kothagudem 15

Total 208 Demographic Feature

Demography and Socio-Economics

Any developmental activity will have impact on the socio-economic conditions and the quality of life of the population residing in the region. Socio-Economic survey helps to get an idea of changes in social, economic and cultural status due to the commencement of the project.

Random sample survey was conducted in 16 villages falling under Tekulapalli of Bhadradri Kothagudem District covering nearly 5% population from each of the villages totaling to about 208 households.

Field survey was carried out in different aspects of socio-economic indicators to know the people’s perception on the mining site and to determine the quality of life of the people living in the area. Quality of life in any area depends on availability to and accessibility for quality social infrastructure.

• Background information on the family: total number of members, age, sex, educational and occupational status, etc.

• Agricultural land: Total landholding, type of land,

• Agricultural equipments and Household amenities

• Animal wealth and associated income

• Crops: Various crops grown, income from crops



• Household expenditure: Monthly and yearly patterns of expenditure

Photographs during Socio-Economic Survey

Demographic Status

The detailed description of the socio–economic profile is highlighted in the following sub–sections, which give an overall summary of the socio-economic conditions of the people residing in the project area.

Family Status & Size and Sex

composition

The demographic profile of the study area constitute about 429 (53.8 %) male and 369 (46.2%) female and average sex ratio, i.e. the number of females per 1000 males is 860. Average family size of the total 208 sample households is 3.8 persons. As per census 2011 and the survey results are more or less similar in terms of population and the same is shown in the adjacent figure.

Age-wise Distribution

The age-sex structure of a population is an important demographic characteristic, since it reflects past fertility, mortality and migration trends as well as current birth and death rates. The socio-economic survey recorded relatively young population. 75.8 % were in the 11-50 years age group while 9.4 % were aged 51 years and older the same is shown in the adjacent figure.



Age-wise Distribution

Age Male Female Total Sex Ratio

0 - 10 64 54 118 844

11 - 20 92 77 169 837

21 - 30 99 102 201 1030

31 - 40 69 61 130 884

41 - 50 61 44 105 721

> 51 44 31 75 705

Total 429 369 798 860

Among the sample household, 41.5 % belong to working age group of 21 to 40. This was followed by those in the age group of less than 20 and above 41 with 36% and 22.6% respectively.

The proportion of age dependents (i.e. in the 0-14 and 61 and older age groups) from the survey was nearly 23.7%, giving an age dependency ratio 31%. The dependency ratio also varies among the population with more number of dependants in a family where usually the family head is the sole bread winner and wife & children were dependents. The children who are ranging between 15-23 years were also still depending on family head. The reason beyond this is they are very much passionate in educating their children for giving a better life.

Family Structure

Nuclear families are predominant in the project area with an incidence of 180 (87%) households while the remaining 28 (13%) households are observed to be living in joint families. The below table 10.5 and figure indicates the growing incidents of individualism and breaking down of traditional Indian joint family, which once enjoyed the status of a dominant social institution in the Indian social terrain.

Type of Family Number Percentage

Nuclear 180 87

Joint 28 13

Total 208 100

Religion

According to the survey, religious background in the project area is diverse, composed with 204 (98.1%) household belongs to Hindu and 4 (1.9%) household belongs to Muslim. In this survey no one belongs to Christian community.

Religion Number Percentage

Hindu 204 98.1

Muslims 4 1.9

Christian 0 0

Total 208 100

Caste Distribution

Caste-wise distribution of population is outlined in Table-10.7 as it is an important social structure in the Indian society. Out of the total 208 families it was observed that half of the percentage 18.3% (38) families are belong to backward caste, 77.4% (161) families are belong to schedule tribes, 2.4% (5) families are belong to schedule caste and least percentage 1.9% (4) families are forward caste people and the same is shown in the



below graph.

Marital Status

Marital status forms an important component in socio-economic survey in understanding the effect of marital status on socio economic outcomes. Out of 798 population from 208 sample households, it was observed that 431(54%) are married, 338(42.4%) are unmarried, 29(3.6%) are widowed and no one divorced as shown in below table and graph.

Marital status Number Percentage

Married 431 54.0 Unmarried 338 42.4 Widowed 29 3.6 Divorced 0 0 Total 798 100

Educational Profile

Educational profile among the surveyed population as collected through the primary survey is given in the belo table. As per the socio-economic survey, it was observed that about 15.2% of them are illiterate / not going to school, 78.4% are either literate or presently continuing with their education and the remaining 6.4% are the children below age 5 years.

Amongst the surveyed population, persons educated upto or pursuing the primary school level is about 12% of the total surveyed population. The percentage of population educated or undergoing their education in middle school and Intermediate is of the order of 23% and 8% respectively and the remaining 12% are educated or pursuing education in graduation level. As per 2011 census and the survey results shows literacy rate is more over illiteracy rate and among literates males are more literate over females.

As per socio economic survey, it was observed that more than half of household members i.e. 461 were completed five years of schooling and remaining 337 of household member weren’t completed five years of schooling. Almost all the school age children are enrolled in school. It indicates that everyone knows the importance of education.

Educational Profile

Education Male Female Total Education Male Female T otal Illiterate 118 160 278 Post graduate 7 7 14 Primary 53 38 91 Technical 17 3 20 Secondary 107 90 197 Professional 1 1 2 Intermediate 38 43 81 Polytechnic 0 1 1 Graduate 31 21 52 Below 5 years 24 20 44

Total 396 384 780

Caste Number Percentage

Forward Caste 4 1.9 Backward Caste 38 18.3 Schedule Caste 5 2.4 Schedule Tribe 161 77.4 Total 208 100



3.3.12.15 Living Conditions and Infrastructure Faci lities

Housing Status

Residential dwellings in study area were generally classified into Kutcha, Semi - Pucca and Pucca house.

Kutcha- thatched structures, walls constructed from un-burnt bricks or mud, floor material is primarily mud and dung.

Pucca house – cemented walls built with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, with RCC roof, classified into two categories as independent house or apartment in the study area.

• Independent house - a house registered in the name of the person who owns the house. The owner is the only one with the property rights unless it is assigned to another party in writing.

• Apartment - means a part of any property, intended for residential use, including one or more rooms or enclosed spaces located on one or more floors or any part or parts thereof, in a multi-storied building registered in the name of individual flat owner.

• Semi Pucca house - cemented walls built with cement bricks/ burnt bricks, without RCC roof.

The information collected on housing from the households has been presented in the Table 10.10. It was observed that 63% of the populations are dwelling in pucca house, 29 % are living in semi pucca house and the remaining 8 % are living in kutcha house as shown in the below table and the same is in the below graph.

Housing Status

Ownership of the Homestead

The adjacent figure shows 100% of the households enumerated in the study area owned their homesteads.

Number of dwelling rooms

According to the survey findings which were enumerated in the below table most of the households have separate dwelling rooms. It was observed that majority of the households 54% have two rooms and the least 1% have above 5 rooms in the study area and the same is depicted in the below graph.

Dwelling Rooms Number Percentage

One Room 22 11

Two Rooms 147 71

Three Rooms 15 7

Four Rooms 23 11

Five Rooms 1 0

Above five Rooms 0 0

Total 208 100

Type of House Number Percentage

Kutcha 10 5

Pucca 55 26

Semi Pucca 143 69

Total 208 100



Source of Drinking Water

Besides understanding the living conditions of the respondents in terms of an investigation of their housing conditions, an attempt was also made to assess the civic amenities in their houses. The survey results on water sources used by communities in the study area are shown in the table and graph. Half of the respondents (31.7%) attained their water from rural water supply scheme and other significant sources of water are bore well 56.7%, in combination of bore well and open well 0% and handpump 0% respectively. It is concluded almost all the villages having potable drinking water facility through rural water supply. People are using water filter at their residences.

Source of drinking water Number Percentage

Bore Well 118 56.7

Open wells 15 7.2

Rural Water supply 66 31.7

Bore Well + Open well 0 0.0

Bore Well + RWS 7 3.4

Open Wells + RWS 2 1.0

Hand Pump 0 0.0

Total 208 100

Sanitation

Sanitary conditions of the villages are poor, with marginal respondents (34.6%) having toilets at their premises, 9.1% of the people are using community toilets and 56.3% of the respondents don’t have access to toilet at their premises as shown in the below table and graph. This indicates a situation of open defecation, which causes several health and environmental related problems.

Sanitation Outlets Number Percentage Septic tanks 72 34.6

Open defecation 117 56.3

Community toilet 19 9.1

Total 208 100

Household Energy Sources

About 177 (85.1%) of the sample households have been using LPG connection, 29 (13.9%) of households use firewood and the remaining least families 1 (0.5%) are using both charcoal and Kerosene for cooking purpose as shown in the adjacent graph.

Food Intake

Adjacent graph shows 3% households consume very good food, 36% good food, 34% moderately and remaining 27% respondent’s consumption is poor in status. Thus in the study area consumption of food intake is good.

3.3.12.16 Economic Activity and Livelihood Pattern

The working population in the study area includes cultivators, agricultural labourers, and household industry workers, petty vendor, service sector and unorganized industrial sector. All workers i.e., those who have been engaged in some economic activity during



the last year, who are not cultivators or agricultural labourers or in household industry are other workers. Other workers include factory workers, plantation workers, those in trade, commerce, business, transport, mining, construction, political or social works, all Government & private sector employees, priests, entertainment artists etc.

Occupational Status

The below table shows, on the whole, the non-working group is 59.53% and remaining 40.47% are working group are main source of revenue generators for the family. Gender disparity is not extensive in the overall participation rate. It was observed that more women were limited to household work. On over all, overwhelming majority of the working women are engaged in agricultural labourers, the percentage engaged in organized sector is much higher among men workers. As per census, 2011 and the survey results show agricultural labour work is more dominant in the study area.

Non- working Male Female

0-5 Years 34 17

Above 60 years 20 16

Students 135 107

Home Maker 0 128

Others 8 10

Total 197 278 Working Male Female

Farming 62 9

AL/FL 44 21

Daily Labour 88 49

Business 13 1

Craft 2 1

Employee 10 5

Private Employees 16 2

Total 235 88

Agricultural Scenario

The contribution of the agricultural sector to sample household’s income is relatively less. Sample households have an agricultural holding size of the families 162. Subsistence agriculture is an important contributor to the livelihoods of 30% households of the study area’s households. A range of crops cultivated mainly on rain fed basis, of them paddy and mangoes being the most common crops. Ownership of houses in the sample population is little high and households enumerated in the socio-economic survey reporting that they owned fields as shown in the below table. Among these people around 38.9% are having their own houses where they live with their family members and also land holders out of 208 families 58.9% of the households were unknown of their details, as shown in below graph.

Category of farmer

No of Land Holders Percentage

Home Land 162 38.9 Agri. Land 9 2.2 Unknown 245 58.9 Total 416 100



Besides land, both in absolute acreage and quality, the possession of livestock and other items like plough, tractor, etc significantly affects the agricultural outcome. Even though many of them didn’t possess costly agricultural related items like trucks and tractors, yet they opined to have access to these services through payment/rental basis. In the study area less than 2% of the households possess agricultural related items like tractor and plough along with houses.

Live stock Farming

Livestock husbandry is an important component of economic activities in the study area, particularly in the rural settlements. Livestock kept by households includes cattle, goats, poultry and sheep with less proportion. Still cattle are an integral part of cropping activities in the study area, providing draught power and producing organic fertilizer. Livestock provides meat, milk, eggs and a cash income.

Even though animal husbandry is the major source of sustenance especially in rural villages a number of constraints reduce the dependency on the livestock husbandry in the study area in recent times.

These include

• Rapid urbanization and consequent engulfing of agricultural and grazing lands into urban sprawl

• Decreased dependency on agriculture and allied activities as primary livelihood

• Migration of labour force to the industrial areas for livelihood options

• Animal husbandry is derelict due to the ageing of the population caused by the drift of young people and those in their prime of life to the cities.

Livestock ownership details obtained in the study area during the socio economic survey for 208 households are shown in Table 10.17. A total of 8 households have cattle, goat and sheep. Interestingly, 96.2% of households owned no livestock. Furthermore, herd sizes were small, with few households owning more than four heads of any of the three livestock types.

Live stock Ownership in the study area

Herd Size HH Percentage Not having 200 96.2

1-3 4 1.9 4-7 2 1.0

8 & above 2 1.0 Total 208 100

Income and Expenditure

An assessment was made to understand the economic status of the respondents by understanding their income and expenditure pattern for the last one year. The assessment of income and expenditure of the respondents in the study area have been categorized into five groups taking into account 2015-16 as the base year. The income groups are (i) less than Rs 25,000, (ii) Rs 25,001-50, 000, (iii) Rs 50,001-75, 000, (iv) Rs 75,001-1 lakh (v) 1 lakh -1.25 (vi) Above 1.25 lakhs. Respondents were asked to indicate their households’ income sources. Sources of income and amounts show huge disparity. They were also asked to give a broad indication of their household’s average monthly income. The socio–economic condition of the respondents in the project area is shown in the below table and graph.

However, the figures of monthly income from business and home enterprises, crops and livestock of the sample households and their expenditure pattern showing lot of contradiction demonstrating inconsistency in reported incomes and expenditure.



Income levels Number Percentage

<25000 8 4

25001- 50000 119 57

50001-75000 39 19

75001-1 lakh 26 13

1-1.25 lakhs 9 4

Above 1.25 7 3

Total 208 100

It was observed that out of the total 208 respondents, 19% had an income between 50001-75000 per annum and another 13% of the respondents are within the range of Rs.75001 to 1, 00,000, 4% of the respondents are range of above Rs. 1, 25,000, 57% of the respondent are within the range of Rs 25001 to 50000, and least number of household 3% are having Rs 100000 to Rs 125000 per annum. There are 4% respondents, who are with low annual income i.e., less than Rs. 25,000 per annum. Such higher concentration of 57% is mariginal income groups owe to the very nature of the stratified random sampling.

Expenditure

The data on annual income of rural households, whose primary occupation is mostly agriculture, labour work, small scale business, in terms of a fixed figure may not always reveal the actual situation. Since these households do not have a fixed source of income like salary every month, it often becomes difficult on the part of the respondents to exactly estimate their annual household income. In such a situation, the researcher has to depend upon the memory of the respondents. To overcome such shortcomings, an attempt to assess their pattern of spending on essential items like food, cloth, health and education was made. It was observed that the average household records a monthly expenditure of Rs. 4000. Food and medical expenses are the most common, representing two of the most frequent expenditure items alongside food and personal items, children education and clothing.

Consumption standard

For inferring the consumption standard of the sample households, their possession of various consumer durables was recorded in the survey. Considering the transportation related durables, 23% possess only bicycles, 68% possess motorized vehicles and the remaining possess motorized as well as non motorized vehicles as shown in belo table.

Vehicle Number Percentage

Cycle 28 23

Two Wheeler 84 68

4 Wheeler 2 2

2+Cycle 7 6

4+2 2 2

Total 123 100 In the other group of consumer durables consisting of television, refrigerator and refrigerator, fan, mobile phone, it was observed that almost all the household possess fan as their minimum requirement, 41% of sample households possess television, 95% mobile phone for their communication and entertainment purpose and 16% of households are using refrigerator. This indicates chances of having access to information and connectivity with the outside village for the majority of the respondents.



Savings

As shown in adjacent graph, the sample households enumerated in the present socio economic survey, 8% of households possess savings and the remaining 92% households don’t having savings. It indicates that most of people are on daily wages.

Transport Facilities

Transport system comprises several modes including Road, Rail, and Waterways etc. When it was enquired about the transport facilities in the villages it was observed that all the surveyed villages have motorable road along with the RTC bus facilities and the villagers are also using autos and other sources for their conveyance purpose.

Health and Medical Facilities

When enquired about the health and medical facilities in the villages it was observed that most of the villages have the ANM’s (Auxiliary Nurse Midwife). In case of any serious problem they refer to the private and government hospitals which are available in the Sulanagar village which are near from the surrounding villages. It is inferred that medical facilities are good in the study area.

Recreational Facilities

Most of the villages in the study area don’t have recreational facilities, where as Kothagudem has facilities and is 15 km far from the study areas, as it provide some sort of entertainment for the people from their daily works. These facilities in Kothagudem town are in the form of Cinema hall, Auditorium, News and Magazines. The other villagers from the study area visit the above town for the entertainment purpose.

Solar Energy

The adjacent figure shows, more than half of the respondents 69% aware of solar energy and remaining 31% respondents are not aware of solar energy. Some of the people are already using solar lamps in their homes and petty business. Educated people are much aware on solar energy.

3.3.12.17 Quality of Life

The Quality Of Life index (QOL) has been computed for the sample households following the methods adopted by Saxena et al. (1998). The index has been modified to suit to the present investigation because of the variation present in the data. The parameters taken into consideration for the assessment of QOL of the respondents have been listed in Table No. 1. The scores used to assess the QOL have been presented in Table No. 2

Table No. 1 Parameters used for the computation of the Quality of Life Index

1. Housing (Type & Number of room) 8. Transport and communication facilities 2. Source of Water used 9. Fuel and energy availability 3. Sanitary facilities Available 10. Assets possessed 4. Food and nutrition intake 11. Own transportation means 5. Health and safety status 12. Per-capita income 6. Educational status 13. Recreational facilities 7. Medical facilities

The minimum desired level of score for the above parameters for a fair living condition was defined with a value of 0.5 on a scale of 0 to 01. All the parameters have been given an equal weightage and the total score of QOL Index is 13.



The classification on the basis of total score used for analysis is as follows:

1. <3 -Very poor, 2. >3-5-Poor, 3. >5-7-Fair, 4. >7-10-Good, 5. >10-13-Very good

Table No. 2 Method used for the assessment of Quality of Life Index

Parameters Considered V A Parameters Considered V A

1. Housing 2. Source of Water

Pucca – above 3 rooms 0.5 Bore well 1.0

Pucca -1-2 room 0.4 RWS 0.8

Semi pucca 0.3 Open wells 0.4

Kutcha 0.2 Water tanker 0.3

Values assigned according to availability of rooms High values for additional own source of water

3. Sanitary Facilities 4. Food Type

Open defecation 0 Very Good(Rice+Pulses+ Curry+ NV) 1

Community toilet 0.2 Good ( Rice+Pulses+curry) 0.5

Sanitation facility at home 0.5 Moderate (Rice+Curry+ Gruel) 0.3

Poor (Rice+ Onion+ Gruel ) 0.1

For additional facilities higher values are assigned Higher values are assigned as per availability of fruit consumption and other protein foods

5. Roads and Transport Facilities 6. Vehicles Possessed

No facility 0 Cycle 0.3

Motorable road 0.5 Motorcycle/Scooter 0.5

Good roads and proper bus facilities 0.75 Four wheeler >0.7

Good roads, bus and railway service 1. 0

7. Prevalence of Common Diseases 8. Medical Treatment Facilities

Suffering from Common diseases 0.3 No availability of medical facilities 0

Suffering from No major diseases 0.5 RMP Doctor 0.2

No diseases 1.0 MBBS Doctor 0.4

M.B.B.S Doctor + Dispensary 0.6

Doctor + Dispensary+ specialization 1.0

9. Fuel and Energy Used 10. Entertainment

Gas 1.0 Community recreations 0.2

Wood +gas 0.75 Only TV 0.3

Kerosene 0.3 Cinema + Community recreations 0.4

Coal/ wood 0.2 TV+ Cinema+ Community Recreations 1

11. Assets Possessed Amounting to 12. Educational Qualification

Rs.< 10,000 0.2 Illiterate 0

Rs.10,000-30,000 0.35 Primary 0.3

Rs.30,000-50,000 0.5 Secondary 0.5

Rs.50,000-1 lakh 0.75 Territory 0.7

Rs > 1 lakh 1.0 Professional courses 1

13. Per Capita Income per Anum

Rs. < 25000 0.2 Rs. 75000-100000 0.7

Rs. 25000-50000 0.3 Rs. 100000-125000 0.8

Rs. 50000-75000 0.5 Above 1250000 1

Note: V A = Values assigned

Source: N. C., Pal, A.K., Prusty, B.K. and Kumar, P: Quality of Life Index of the Mining area. In: Special issue on Environment of the Indian Mining and Engineering Journal. Centre of Mining Environment, Indian School of Mines, Dhanbad, July: 15-18 (1998).



On the basis of the value functions stated above, the QOL of different sample households were computed and the average QOL for all the sample households’ village wise was presented in Table No. 3.

Table No - 3 Average QOL

While the average QOL for all the sample households in village wise found to be 5.02. Highest in Tekulapally village (6.33) where living conditions are fairly good and lowest in Gangaram village (4.05) as

shown in above Table and graph.

It is noted that the Quality index broadly presents the status of the sample households in fair status (as per the gradation of scores mentioned earlier), Bodu, Thummala chelka, Tekulapally, Bommanapally, Sampathnagar, Kistaram and Koyagudem regions living condition and infrastructure facilities are fair compared to other villages, the individual resource base has been fair and resulting a fair Quality of Life index in these seven villages. While coming to other 9 villages the proportions were ranging between >3-5 to >5-7. When it is considered overall Quality of life index and individual resource base is fair. This indicates that life support system has been better and the social sector development has been at fair level.

3.3.12.18 Health Status

Health Status of people living in and around the mining area was collected from ANMs records(Annexure-IV). The health data revealed that large numbers of respondents are affected by BP, Diabatic and Asthma apart from common diseases like common cough and cold, general weakness and fever. The health status with in the 5 KM of study area is furnished in Table No. 3.3.12.18.1

Sl. No

Village Average

QOL 1. China Thanda 4.72

2. Koyagudem 5.6

3. Danthala Thanda 4.88

4. Odugudem 4.78

5. Lachagudem 4.64

6. Gangaram 4.05

7. Kistaram 5.17

8. Sampath Nagar 5.13

9. Bommanapally 5.45

10. Tekulapally 6.33

11. Andugulagudem 4.86

12. Thummala Chelka 5.3

13. Patramchilaka 4.62

14. Nandya Thanda 4.87

15. Bodu 5.29

16. Bodu Kothagudem 4.64

Total 3.73



Table No. 3.3.12.18.1 Baseline data of the health o f the people.

S. No

Name of the village Population TB

Cases Asthama

Cases Skin

Disease Leprosy Cases Remarks

1. Koyagudem 1472 0 09 12 -- --

2. Lachagudem 581 4 06 14 -- --

3. Andugulagudem 238 0 04 09 -- --

4. Petramchalaka 520 2 05 13 -- --

5. Bodu 738 1 06 15 -- --

6. Kistaram 839 6 07 14 -- -- Source: Primary Health Center & Sulanagar, Tekulapa lli Mandal

Morbidity pattern

Morbidity pattern mainly focuses on the nature of death and has been classified into two different categories i.e., natural and unnatural death. Unnatural death includes deaths by induced, homicide, accidents etc and natural death includes death by disease or old age. All unnatural deaths owed to accidents in the study area. Majority of the respondents (25.7%) in the study area had natural deaths in last ten years due to Diabetic, Malaria, Dengue, Old age and Heart Attack.

3.3.12.19 Cultural and Aesthetic Attributes

This component of the analysis mainly emphasizes the helpfulness of a green surrounding through various ways. An attempt was made to find out the major benefits of having a green cover in the nearby surrounding area.

All respondents agreed to the green cover surrounding the proposed coalmine. The above finding is an indication of the fact that all respondents are in favour of the green surrounding in the study area owing to its multiple benefits through various forms like Nature benefits in the form of food, source of income, pollution free environment, good heath and it also provides certain benefits in the form of fruits, shade, fresh air etc. In addition to the above replies the respondents have also expressed their support in favour of green cover owing to other reasons like if sufficient green cover is not there, there won’t be sufficient rains and they will face water shortage which is the most appreciable response from the respondents.

3.3.12.20 Project Awareness

The main aim of this study is to find out the level of awareness among the respondents about the proposed new mine in the study area.

In the project area 56 respondents expressed their ignorance about the proposed mine whereas 152 have come up with a positive reply. These 152 respondents are conscious of the proposed mine in the study area. Of these 152 respondents 75 respondents said they came to know about the project through project authorities.

An assessment was done to find out the respondents’ opinion about the benefit of the project. It was revealed that 152 respondents hope for economic benefits from the project through getting some sort of employment and good compensation from the authorities. Remaining 56 respondents do not hope for any kind of economic benefits from the project because their villages are very far from the proposed project and they won’t get any compensation as well as job from the project. Majority of the female respondents felt that with the intervention of the project the infrastructure facilities like water supply and hospitals will improve in their area.



3.3.12.21 Socio-Economic Assessment

The socio- economic impact assessment of the respondents falling in the study area of proposed Koyagudem OC-III Project is as under:

Social Division

Social division is playing a crucial role in influencing the respondent’s quality of life. This is evident from the fact that even though the percentage of the forward caste respondents in the study area is low as compared to the other marginalized social divisions and minority communities yet, these forward caste respondents are superior in terms of quality of life. Hence Social division is found to have a major influence on the quality of life of the respondents. Even though the percentage of forward caste respondents is less the individual land holdings of these respondents is more and hence the annual income is more among the forward caste people than marginalized communities like SC and ST. The prevailing social condition reflects that the marginalized communities are very poor in all aspects than forward categories and they are more socially privileged than the other castes in the study area.

Literacy and Occupational Assessment

Literacy is not much in the study area, majority of the respondents are un-skilled. Among illiteracy the major irrespective of caste and age group, agricultural labour and Daily labour work has been opted as the principal occupation followed by farming in large numbers. Further education is not found to have any significant influence on their choice of occupation.

Annual Income

Agricultural labour work and Daily labour is commonly preferred by majority of the respondents which is serving as a major source of livelihood. As the infrastructural facilities are very poor in the study area, the fields which are available to ground/borewell water source are getting more yield than other fields just away from the existing stream or pond are getting less yield and whatever the agricultural produce is there, that is sufficient only for the family consumption. So their annual income is very less with the existing source of Income.

Annual Expenditure

The expenditure pattern reflects the first preference for food followed by medicines and clothes. This bears testimony to the fact that their earnings through agriculture and labour work are meager and just meets the basic needs. This is also observed that little importance is also given to the traditional and cultural practices in everyday life of the respondents in the specified year. However education is gaining the priority as one of the basic requirement.

Health Assessment

Number of studies has revealed that there is an association between socio-economic disadvantage and health. The mechanisms by which socio-economic status influences the health status are complex and varied. Also the association between socio-economic status and health is not always straightforward; it is confounded by many factors. It is often hypothesized that a number of inter-related factors including education, place of residence, health beliefs and behavior, occupation, income, access to health services and the environment in which people live determine the socio-economic disadvantage and health. But here in the study area lack of access to the proper health facilities are the main reasons for mortality rates.



3.3.12.22 Conclusion

The proposed mining area is surrounded by 16 villages. China thanda village is in core zone and remaining villages are in buffer zone. Sample survey was carried out in Tekulapally Mandal.

Most of the village people were aware of the Expansion of Koyagudem OC-III project. In this project area almost all households belongs to Hindu religion. Schedule caste people are highly concentrated in buffer zone area and core zone area. It was observed that about 42% of them are illiterate/not going to school, 58% are either literate or presently continuing with their education. Education status has vastly improved from generation to generation in this region. Schooling is available upto primary education and an Aganwadi centre is also situated in these villages. Passable motorable road and communication facilities are not accessible. Agricultural labourers and day to day earners are high in numbers.

Main crops for cultivation are Paddy, Cotton and Mirchi. Many of them didn’t possess costly agricultural related items like trucks and tractors, yet they opined to have access to these services through payment or rental basis.

It is stated that most of the household having owned their homestead and 26% are dwelling in pucca houses, 55% are living in semi pucca houses and 10% people are dwelling katcha houses. It is observed that flooring condition of the villages is poor, 24% of households having mud/clay flooring, 52% people are having stone and 22% having cement concrete flooring and only 2% of households having marble flooring. With regards to water sources, 31.7% families are using water facility from rural water supply. It is concluded that villages are not having clean drinking water facility through rural water supply. In this study area sanitary status is poor and 56.3% of respondents do not access to toilets in their premises, indicating a situation of open defecation, which causes several health and environmental related problems. It is observed that 13.9% of households using firewood and 85.1% people are using LPG for cooking purpose and 36% food intake is moderate level in this study area.

In the area of consumer durables almost all the household possess fan as their minimum requirement, 41.6% of households possess television, 16.3% of households possess Refrigerator and 95% of households having mobile phone for their communication and entertainment purpose. Health and medical amenities are very poor in the study area, most of the villages having the Auxiliary Nurse Midwife (ANM) and Rural Medical Practitioners (RMPs). Recreation clubs are not available in all villages; hence people were travelling to nearby villages for entertainment. It was observed that in this area out of 208 families, only 69% of families are aware of solar energy.

The average Quality of Life (QOL) for all the sample households in village wise found to be 5.02. It is highest in Tekulapally village (6.33) where living condition and infrastructural facilities are fairly and lowest in Gangaram (4.05). It indicates living conditions and infrastructural facilities are fair in the region and also the individual resource base has been also fair resulting in a fair Quality of Life index. Infrastructure facilities observed in study area are poor due to which, Avg QOL is getting just fair (5.02).

It is observed that nearly 26.9% respondents who are far from the study area are not expecting any kind of social assistance from the proposed project because they think their villages are far from project and left out members are in hope that with the commencement of the project job opportunities will be increase and ultimately better living conditions will be provided by the authorities. Female respondents are expecting a good sanitation and drinking water supply facilities. The literate respondents expressed the hope that the project will increase the employment sources and most people are expecting increase in their land rates.

Most of the respondents perception is that improve in basic requirements and infrastructure facilities like Transportation, educational institutions, hospitals, roads, sanitation, and drainage systems and improve in employment opportunities, etc.



3.3.13 TRAFFIC DENSITY STUDY:

The traffic density study has been carried out at Koyagudem OC check post. The study has been done on working and non working days for 24 hrs. The vehicle details (type of vehicle, number of vehicles etc.) for non working and working days have been presented in Table Nos. 3.3.13.1 and 3.3.13.2 respectively.

Table No. 3.3.13.1 Vehicular Traffic Study

Location : Koyagudem Check Post

Duration : 24 hrs (hourly interval)

Date of monitoring : 11.05.2017 to 12.05.2017 (7.00 AM to 7.00 AM)Date of

Days of monitoring : (Thursday - Friday) (Working Day)

Date Time Two Wheelers

Three Wheelers

Light Motor Vehicles

Heavy Motor Vehicles

11/05/2017 7.00-8:00 11 02 10 06 11/05/2017 8.00-9:00 05 00 03 02

11/05/2017 9.00-10:00 04 02 07 06 11/05/2017 10.00-11:00 10 02 02 08

11/05/2017 11.00-12:00 02 00 02 10 11/05/2017 12.00-13:00 05 00 01 03

11/05/2017 13.00-14:00 15 02 10 03 11/05/2017 14.00-15:00 02 00 02 03

11/05/2017 15.00-16:00 20 02 10 02 11/05/2017 16.00-17:00 02 00 02 08

11/05/2017 17.00-18:00 04 02 02 07 11/05/2017 18.00-19:00 01 00 01 06

11/05/2017 19.00-20:00 02 00 01 03 11/05/2017 20.00-21:00 01 00 02 04

11/05/2017 21.00-22:00 02 00 01 04 11/05/2017 22.00-23:00 10 00 01 02

11/05/2017 23.00-0:00 07 02 06 02 12/05/2017 0.00-1:00 00 00 00 00

12/05/2017 1.00-2:00 00 00 00 00 12/05/2017 2.00-3:00 00 00 00 00

12/05/2017 3.00-4:00 02 00 00 00 12/05/2017 4.00-5:00 03 00 00 00

12/05/2017 5.00-6:00 04 02 04 00 12/05/2017 6.00-7:00 04 04 04 02

Total 116 20 71 81



Table No. 3.3.13.2 Vehicular Traffic Study

Location : Koyagudem Check Post

Duration : 24 hrs (hourly interval)

Date of monitoring : 12.05.2017 to 13.05.2017 (7.00 AM to 7.00 AM)Date of

Days of monitoring : (Friday - Saturday) (Non - Working Day)

Date Time Two Wheelers

Three Wheelers

Light Motor Vehicles

Heavy Motor Vehicles

12/05/2017 7.00-8:00 04 00 04 02

12/05/2017 8.00-9:00 02 02 02 00 12/05/2017 9.00-10:00 02 00 04 00

12/05/2017 10.00-11:00 02 00 02 00 12/05/2017 11.00-12:00 06 02 02 02

12/05/2017 12.00-13:00 02 00 00 00 12/05/2017 13.00-14:00 00 02 00 00

12/05/2017 14.00-15:00 00 00 02 00 12/05/2017 15.00-16:00 04 00 04 0

12/05/2017 16.00-17:00 06 02 02 00 12/05/2017 17.00-18:00 04 04 02 00

12/05/2017 18.00-19:00 03 00 01 00 12/05/2017 19.00-20:00 04 00 01 00

12/05/2017 20.00-21:00 02 00 02 00 12/05/2017 21.00-22:00 00 00 01 00

12/05/2017 22.00-23:00 00 00 02 00 12/05/2017 23.00-0:00 00 00 01 00

13/05/2017 0.00-1:00 00 00 00 00 13/05/2017 1.00-2:00 00 00 00 00

13/05/2017 2.00-3:00 00 00 00 00 13/05/2017 3.00-4:00 00 00 00 00

13/05/2017 4.00-5:00 04 00 01 00 13/05/2017 5.00-6:00 06 02 02 06

13/05/2017 6.00-7:00 06 02 04 10 Total 57 16 39 20



CHAPTER - 4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEAS URES

4.1 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS

Environmental impacts both direct and indirect on various environmental attributes due to proposed mining activity in the surrounding environment, during pre-operational, operational and post-operational are discussed. The impacts due to mining operations commence from the exploration activities, extend through extraction and processing of minerals, may continue up to post-closure of the operation, with the nature and extent of impacts varying throughout the stages of project development.

4.1.1 Project Location:

The following are the main environmental impacts due to location of the project.

4.1.1.1. Impact on Land Use:

The land required for the project will be initially put in use for quarry, OB dumping, pit head infrastructure, approach roads, etc. but the same will be reclaimed to economic / social use. Out of 1607.60 Ha, 724.05 Ha. will be for quarry area, 635.55 Ha will be for OB dumping, 127.53 Ha. will be for inspection roads, bunds etc, 57.55 Ha. will be for CHP and coal yard, 7.18 Ha. will be service buildings, 0.36 Ha. will be for magazine, 3.46 Ha will be for diversion of road, 38.96 Ha will be for diversion of nallah and 12.96 will be for belt conveyor and railway siding.

At the post-mining stage of the project, 969.28 Ha of area will be brought under plantation, 499.73 Ha will be left over as a water body, 138.59 Ha will be used for public and other purposes.

Concurrent reclamation with native species is also planned systematically to mitigate the impact. Thus, there will not be major impact on land use during the project life.

4.1.1.2. Impact on Surface Drainage:

Drainage is moderately developed in the core area. Northern part of the area drained to Parkela vagu, an ephemeral stream of Murredu vagu. The 1st to 3rd order streams which feed the Lachigudem tank are in northeast of the project. In southern part of the project no significant drainage is developed. No tanks are present in the project area but some tanks spread in the central and south eastern part of the buffer zone.

Effect of drainage diversion / removal

Considering the hillock on the S-W side of the external dump yard, it is proposed to divert inflow of water by constructing 40 m width nallah to handle the flash floods during rainy season for a length of 3.64 Km. Hence, it is assumed that there will be no reduction in the total quantity of flow in the downstream due to the diversion / alteration of the existing drainage in the project area (Figure No. 2.23.1 in Chapter 2).

Though there are no major nallahs flowing across the project area, small seasonal channels of water present over the proposed project area. Considering the surface topography of the area, a garland drain is planned around the quarry and external dump yard with intermediate settling provision to accommodate the inflow of water to handle the flash floods during rainy season. Hence, there will not be any effect on surface drainage due to diversion of existing drainage.

The quarry area will be surrounded by garland drains with intermediate settling provision and the mine seepage water will be pumped out & discharged into settling tanks where the coal fines will be settled and only clear water will be discharged into the natural surface water bodies.



The rainfall received in mine area during the mine life period will be accumulated in the mine pit instead of joining the natural drainage as runoff. It is needed to be pumped out to the surface to protect the mine workings. As the rain that falls over the project area will ultimately flow into the nearby nallas or tanks towards downstream side either by diversion or pumping from mine.

4.1.1.3. Impact on Socio Economic Environment:

In more than 125 years of coal mining in SCCL mining areas, no significant changes have been observed in the traditional way of life and occupation of the local people in coal mining areas. The local people are rather benefited due to the provision of more infrastructure facilities provided by the management. There are avenues for indirect employment facilities in the mine as well as other ancillary activities for the local people. As the present proposal is new opencast mine and manpower required will be catered from the other mines of SCCL and also by direct employment.

The proposed project involves R&R of 375 PDFs, 511 PAFs and 200 structures for which Rs. 143.55 Crores were allocated in the project capital cost.

SCCL has been formulating suitable Rehabilitation Package to the above PAFs & PDFs. The same would be finalized based on the socio-economic survey conducted by the Administrator appointed by State Govt in consultation with the District Administration.

SCCL has no separate Rehabilitation Policy. SCCL is ready to implement the R&R policy envisaged by the Government.

4.1.2 Possible Accidents

The following are the possible accidents in the project area due to various activities involved in the mining operations

• Spontaneous heating of stocked coal or coal bench.

• Slope failure in OB dumps during rainy season

• Slope failure of high wall benches during rainy season

• Accidents due to HEMM operation

• Accidents due to flying fragments from blasting operations and ground vibrations.

• Inundation from surface water

• Fires in HEMM

• Electrical accidents

• Lack of illumination

Due to the above listed possible accidents, the environmental impact will be on human beings, air and land including structures.

Project Specific Safety Management System (also known as Risk Assessment Plan) as per circular issued by Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS) vide DGMS (Tech) (S&T) Circular No. 13 of 2002 Dated 31.12.2002 is addressed in the Chapter - 7 in detail.

Emergency Organisation Plan prepared and approved by the Director General of Mines Safety, Dhanbad will be put in operation for dealing of situation in case of emergency if any occurs during operation. Preparedness including mock rehearsals will be made as per the guidelines of DGMS.

4.1.3 Impacts during Project Construction

The present proposal is for a new opencast project. The facilities like workshop, service buildings, effluent treatment plant etc. for the proposed project requirements need to be



constructed. The pollution arises during construction of these is addressed in Table No. 4.1.3.1.

The major environmental parameters which are affected during construction stage are noise and dust pollution. Continuous water spraying / dust extraction arrangements will be made to minimise dust level to a large extent. The effect due to construction stage is however, of temporary nature and will have no permanent impact on environment.

Table No. 4.1.3.1: Impact During Construction Stage

Construction Stage Activity Potential Environmental Impact

a) Pre-construction Activities

i) Soil investigation Negligible

ii) Environmental monitoring Negligible

b) Site work / other facilities

i) Clearing and grading Negligible

ii) Temporary facilities, such as, sheds, approach roads, sanitary facilities

Dust emission and change in traffic intensity

iii) Earth work comprising of excavation, garlanding and trenches

Soil erosion, run off, increase in traffic, Dust emission

iv) Foundation work, piling and drainage system or construction of check dams

Dust, visual and noise pollution

v) Construction of roads, Dust and noise pollution

vi) Equipment erection and utility systems. Dust, noise and visual impact

4.1.4 Regular Project Operations

The activities in the regular operations stage can be broadly classified into drilling, blasting, excavation, dozing, transportation, dumping and wind erosion of dumps. Environmental impacts associated in operational stage include dust, noise, visual, water pollution, etc. The various activities involved in the operational stage, which are likely to have impact on the environment and the potential environmental impact of the same, are given in Table No. 4.1.4.1.

Table No. 4.1.4.1: Impact during Regular Operations Stage

Regular Operations Stage Activity

Potential Environmental Impact

OB Excavation

and

Coal Extraction

i) Excavation Dust, soil erosion, waste water generation and noise

ii) Drilling and blasting in OB Dust and noise

iii) Dumping of OB Dust, noise and visual

iv) Coal handling arrangements (Including crushing, loading & unloading operations)

Dust, noise and visual

v) Transportation Dust, noise and visual

4.1.5 Final Decommissioning

The decommissioning stage consists of only one major activity i.e., Land reclamation in which productive use of the land will be taken up. In this stage, the activities involved are stabilization of over burden dumps and backfilled areas and plantation on the reclaimed area. Removal of temporary facilities like rest shelters, sheds, workshop, cleaning etc. is the main activity that may cause impact on the surrounding environment during decommissioning.

The likely potential environmental impacts during the project closure are due to dust and noise.



4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS

Environmental impacts both direct and indirect on various environmental attributes due to mining activity in the surrounding environment during various stages are described hereunder.

The impacts during Construction, Operation and Decommissioning stage are not widespread and are limited to the area of mining operations. The impacts of opencast mining on various environmental parameters are discussed in detail and efforts will be made to assess the degree of impact on the basis of past experience.

The following are the identified impacts on the environmental parameters and discussed in detail in the subsequent sections of this chapter.

• Air Quality

• Noise & Ground Vibrations

• Water Quality & Hydro-geology

• Land Environment

• Flora & Fauna

• Socio-economics

The impacts due to mining operations are felt from the exploration activities; extend through excavation and transport which will continue up to post-closure of the operations, with the nature and extent of impacts varying throughout different stages of project development.

It is necessary to analyse the nature of the impact on different environmental parameters in detail, in order to formulate an effective Environment Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed KOC - III Project.

4.2.1 Impact on Air Quality

Considerable amount of air pollution will be caused at various stages of mining operations as shown in Figure No. 4.2.1.1.

Figure No. 4.2.1.1 : Flow Chart showing Air Pollution at various stages

Considerable amount of air pollution will be generated at various stages of mining operations such as drilling, blasting, excavation, dozing, loading, crushing, transportation of material and wind erosion of dumps. Particulate Matter less than 10 microns (PM10) and less than 2.5 microns (PM2.5) are the main source of pollution due to the mining activities / operations. Most of the dust is generated from drilling, blasting, excavation, crushing and transportation operations. Large quantities of dust gets air borne and is carried away from coal stocks overburden dumps induced by wind blow.

The fugitive dust released from the mining operations may cause immediate effect on the mining workmen who are directly exposed to it. Simultaneously, the dust may travel to longer distances and some impact on the neighbouring villages.

Drilling Operation

Blasting Operation

Excavation Loading Crushing Transportation

Sources of fugitive dust emissions



4.2.1.1. Estimation of Emissions :

The emissions from the mining operations can be estimated either by sampling or direct measurement or using emission factors. Emission factors are being widely used for estimation of emissions from the proposed mining operations.

An emission factor is a representative value that attempts to relate the quantity of pollutant released in the atmosphere with an activity associated with the release of that pollutant. These factors are usually expressed as the weight of pollutant divided by a unit weight, volume, distance or duration of the activity emitting the pollutant. The parameters that are most likely to influence the particle emissions are measure of source activity, properties of the material being disturbed and climatic parameters.

United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) has developed emission factors for coal mining operation was published through AP - 42 (1998), based on these emission factors, National Pollution Inventory (NPI), Australian Government also developed emission factors for Suspended Particulate Matter (TSP) and Particulate Matter (PM10) and published the Emission Estimation Technique Manual (EET Manual) for mining and the version 3.1 is updated in January 2012.

4.2.1.2. Emission Sources and Strengths

The emissions are estimated using the USEPA, AP - 42 Emission factors and NPI emission factors for different mining operations such as drilling, blasting, dozing, loading, dumping, transportation, loading on to the trains, scarping, grading and wind erosion of dumps for both coal and OB operations separately.

As per the New National Ambient Air Quality standards notified vide GSR 826 (E), dated 16th November 2009, the monitoring parameters for Ambient Air Quality were prescribed as PM10 and PM2.5.

Hence, the emission estimation for PM10 is carried with equation of USEPA and NPI. Emission Factor Equations used for calculation of PM10 from Drilling, Blasting, Bulldozing, Excavation / Loading, Loading to trains, Transportation, Dumping, Grading, Wind Erosion, etc. for both coal and OB is discussed below:

4.2.1.2.1. Surface Miner for Coal

Surface Miner is the most widely used technology in now-a-days, for selective mining and effective quality control in opencast coal mines. Surface miner will cut the coal directly with the drum provided beneath it. The operation of cutting coal is same as the operation of primary crusher. The NPI EET Manual (2012) states that the default emission factor for PM10 for primary crushing of coal has given as 0.004 Kg/Ton. The same default factor was taken for estimation of emissions from surface miner operation also. EF PM10 = 0.004 Kg/Ton Where, EFPM10 = Emission Factor for PM10 Total Emission form Surface Miner in coal in Kg/day = EF PM10 x Coal cutting in Tons/ day Emissions from Surface Miner = 0.004 x 14545 = 58.18 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.2. Drilling in Overburden

USEPA (1998) has derived emission factor for TSP during drilling operation in Overburden is 0.59 Kg/hole. USEPA (1998) does not provide any emission factor for PM10 component. However, as per the NPI EET Manual (2012) the emission factor for drilling for PM10 is 0.31 Kg/hole.

Number of drilling machines in OB (150-160 mm) : 2 Nos. Number of hours of operation every day : 24 Type of source : Point



Peak OB removal per annum : 43.74 M.Cu.m OB removal / day : 132545 BCM (or) 265091 T Depth of the hole : 6.0 m Spacing : 6.0 m Burden : 5.0 m No. of holes drilled per day in OB : 737 Nos.

No. of holes in OB/day = Peak OB removal per day / (Depth of hole x Spacing x Burden) EF PM10 = 0.31 Kg/Hole Total Emission form drilling in OB in Kgs/day = EFPM10 x No. of holes/day Emissions from OB drilling = 0.31 x 737 = 228.47 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.3. Blasting Operations in Coal

There will not be any blasting in coal as it is proposed to excavate the coal by deploying Surface Miner.

Hence, emissions from blasting of coal = 0.00 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.4. Blasting Operations in OB

As per the USEPA and NPI, the emission factor for coal is also suitable for OB. As such, EFTSP = (344*A0.8)/(M1.9*D1.8) Kg/blast Where, EFTSP = Emission factor for TSP in Kg/blast A = Area of blasting in m2 (22091 m2 area is required to be blasted to produce 132545 Cu.m/day) M =Moisture content in OB (10%) D = Depth of the hole (6 m) For PM10 fraction, USEPA (1998) estimated that, it will be 52% of TSP (Ref: NPI EET Manual, 2012). Hence, EFPM10 = EFTSP x 0.52 EFPM10 = (344*220910.8)/(101.9*61.8) x 0.52 = 267.46 Kg/day Source type: Area

4.2.1.2.5. Excavation in Coal

The emission during the excavation i.e. loading of coal on to the trucks is mainly depending

on the moisture content.

Capacity of loader used for loading of the Coal : 4.60 Cu.m.

Peak Coal removal per day : 14545 Tons/day No. of loaders required : 4 No.s Type of source : Area

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual, 2012 the emission factor is: EFPM10 = k*0.0596/(M)0.9 EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg / ton k = 0.75 for PM10 concentration M = Moisture content in (%) = 5.06% Total emissions in Kg/day = EF x Peak coal production per day in tons Total emissions from coal loading = (0.75*0.0596/(5.06)0.9 ) x 14545 = 151.11 Kg/day



4.2.1.2.6. Excavation in OB

The emission during the excavation i.e. loading of OB on to the dumpers / trucks is mainly depending on the moisture content of OB and mean wind speed.

Capacity of shovels used for loading of the OB : 8.30 Cu.m. Peak OB removal per day : 132545 BCM (or) 265091 Tonnes No. of shovels required : 18 Type of source : Area

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual, 2012 the emission factor is: EFPM10 = k*0.0016*(U/2.2)1.3/(M/2)1.4 EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg / ton k = 0.35 U = Mean wind speed in m/sec = 2.45 m/sec near KOC - III Project M = Moisture content in (2%) Total emissions in Kg/day = EF X Peak OB removal per day in tons EFPM10 = 0.35*0.0016(2.45/2.2)1.3/(2/2)1.4 = 0.000644 Emissions from OB loading =0.000644 x 265091 = 170.75 Kg/day.

4.2.1.2.7. Bulldozing in Coal

The emission during the bulldozing operation in the coal is mainly depending on the moisture content and silt content of the material. As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual, 2012 the emission factor is:

EFPM10 = 6.33(s)1.5/(M)1.4 EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg/h s = Silt content in (%), M = Moisture content in (%) Total emissions in Kg/day = EF x No. of dozing hours of all the dozers/day Silt content = 7% Moisture content = 5.06 Dozing hours = 24 hrs/day (2 Dozers x 12 hrs/dozer) EFPM10 = 6.33(7)1.5/(5.06)1.4 = 12.1127 Kg/h Emissions from coal dozing = 12.1127 x 24 = 290.70 Kg/day Source Type: Area.

4.2.1.2.8. Bulldozing in Overburden

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual, 2012 the emission factor is:

EFPM10 = 0.34(s)1.5/(M)1.4

EFPM10 = emission factor for PM10 in Kg/h

s = Silt content in (%), M = Moisture content in (%), Silt content = 8%

Moisture content = 10%, Dozing hours = 120 hrs/day (10 Dozers x 12 hrs/dozer)

EFPM10 = 0.34(8)1.5/(10)1.4 = 0.3063

Total emissions in Kg/day = EFPM10 X No. of dozing hours of all the dozers

Emissions from OB dozing = 0.3063 x 120 = 36.75 Kg/day

Source type: Area



4.2.1.2.9. Transportation of Coal

When a vehicle travels an unpaved road, the force of the wheels on the road surfaces causes pulverization of the surface material, particles are lifted and dropped from the rolling wheels and the road surface is exposed to strong air currents in turbulent shear, with turbulent wake behind the vehicle continue to act on the road surface after the vehicle has passed. Various types of road surfaces and vehicle characteristics are likely to have an impact on the particulate emission from unpaved roads. The particulate emission is mainly depending on the weight of the vehicle and silt content on the road surface.

Carrying capacity of dumper used for Coal : 16 Cu.m Gross weight of the dumper : 31.00 (Tare) + 24.00 (Coal) = 51.00 T Type of source : Line

Dumper Speed : 25 KMPH Distance travelled per trip : 2.20 Km (lead 2.20x2) No. of trips to be made to achieve 14545 T/day : 606 Trips/day Total travelling distance of all dumpers : 1333 (Load) + 1333 (Empty) Km

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 is: EFPM10 = k*(s/12)0.8*(W/3)0.4/(M/0.2)0.3 EFPM10 = emission factor in Kg per vehicle per km (Kg/VKT) k = 0.733 for PM10 s = silt content of road surface (2%) W = Vehicle gross mass in tonnes (35 T dumper gross weight with coal - 55 T) M = Moisture content (10%) Total Km travelled by all coal dumpers with load = 1333 Km EFPM10 = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(55/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.1731*1333 = 230.74 Total Km travelled by all coal dumpers with empty = 1333 Km Empty = EFPM10 = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(31/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.1376*1333 = 183.45 Total emissions due to coal transport = 414.20 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.10. Transportation of OB

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 for OB is also same as coal:

Carrying capacity of dumper used for OB : 35 Cu.m Gross weight of the dumpers : 72 (Tare) + 70 (OB) T = 142 Type of source : Line Dumper Speed : 25 KMPH Distance travelling / trip : 4.50 Km (4.5 Kmx2) Total No of trips /day to remove 132545 BCM of OB : 3787 Nos Total travelling distance by 35T dumpers : 17042 (L) + 17042 (E)

*L - Loads, E - Empty EFPM10 = k*(s/12)0.8*(W/3)0.4/(M/0.2)0.3

EFPM10 = emission factor in Kg per vehicle per km travelled (Kg/VKT) s = silt content of road surface (2%) W = Vehicle gross mass in tonnes (142 T) M = Moisture content (10%) EFPM10 = emission factor in Kg per vehicle per km (Kg/VKT) EFPM10 for 35 Cum dumper with load = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(142/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.2529x17042 =4309.91 Kg/day



EFPM10 for 35 Cum dumper with empty = 0.733*(2/12)0.8*(72/3)0.4/(10/0.2)0.3 = 0.1927x17042 = 3284.62 Kg/day

Total emissions from OB transport = 4309.91 + 3284.62 = 7594.53 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.11. Dumping of Coal

The USEPA uses the same equation for unloading coal as it does for loading coal Coal to be dumped in a day = 14545 T Emission factor = 0.0104 Emissions from coal dumping = 0.0104*14545 = 151.11 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.12. Dumping of OB

The USEPA uses the same equation for unloading overburden as it does for loading OB EF = 0.000644 Kg/ton OB to be dumped in a day = 265091 T Emissions from OB dumping = 0.000644*265091= 170.75 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.13. Grading in Coal & OB

Grading of haul roads is required to carryout to sweep the loose material pilfered from the loaded dumpers, flying fragments during blasting, etc. As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012, the emission factor for PM10 for grading in coal & OB is:

EF= 0.0034*(S)2 kg/VKT S= Mean Vehicle Speed in Kmph (5 kmph) No. of Motor graders in operation = 4 Distance travelled by each grader = 30 Km /day Total distance travelled = 4x30 = 120 Km/day EFPM10 = 0.0034*(5)2 = 0.0850 Emissions due to Grading operation = 0.0850*120 = 10.20 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.14. Wind Erosion of Coal Dump (Stock Yard)

Dumping of coal in the coal stock yard is required to be carried as an alternate arrangement at the surface, when the bunker / pre-weigh bin is full of its capacity. Wind provides the mechanical energy for particle entrainment. A certain minimum wind velocity, often called threshold wind velocity is responsible for air borne of the dust from the dumps. For long term emission estimations, average soil moisture content or the number of rainy days, silt content of the dumping material, wind speed are influencing parameters. As per USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012, emission factor for PM10 for wind erosion of dump is as given below. EF = 1.9*(s/1.5)*365*((365-p)/235)*(f/15) EF = emission factor for TSPM kg/ha/Year Taking s = silt content in exposed area of the coal heap will be around 2% p = number of days when rain fall > 0.25 mm is 80 days f = At KOC - III Project, 0.6% of time that wind speed is > 5.40 m/sec at the mean height of

the dump EFTSPM = 1.9*(2/1.5)*365*((365-80)/235)*(0.6/15)/365 = 0.12 Kg/ha/day EFPM10 = 50% of TSPM = 0.12x0.50 = 0.0614 Kg/ha/day Total area of coal stock yards = 57.55 Ha Emissions due to wind erosion of coal stock yard = 0.0614 x 57.55 = 3.53 Kg/day



4.2.1.2.15. Wind Erosion of OB dumps

As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 for wind erosion of dump is: EF = 1.9*(s/1.5)*365*((365-p)/235)*(f/15) EF = emission factor for TSPM kg/ha/Year Taking s = silt content in exposed area of the coal heap will be around 2% p = number of days when rain fall > 0.25 mm is 80 days f = At KOC - III Project, 0.6% of time that wind speed is > 5.40 m/sec at the mean height of

the dump EFTSPM = 1.9*(2/1.5)*365*((365-80)/235)*(0.6/15)/365 = 0.12 Kg/ha/day EFPM10 = 50% of TSPM = 0.12x0.50 = 0.0614 Kg/ha/day Total OB dump area = 635.55 Ha (External + Internal) Average dump expose without plantation = 635.55/29 (Life of the project) = 21.92 Ha Emissions due to wind erosion of OB dump yards = 0.0614x21.92 = 1.35 Kg/day 4.2.1.2.16. Loading to Trains As per the USEPA (1998) and NPI EET Manual 2012 the emission factor for PM10 for loading on to the trains is: EFPM10 = 0.00017 Kg/ton Loading into Train = 7000 tons /day Emissions due to loading into Trains = 0.00017*7000 = 1.19 Kg/day

4.2.1.2.17. Summary of Emissions:

The summary of emissions for peak rated production capacity from different mining activities (without EMP) envisaged from Sections 4.2.1.2.1 to 4.2.1.2.16 are summarised and the multiplying factor for control measures was applied. After applying the control factor for each activity, the dust emission in grams/sec is given in Table No. 4.2.1.2.1.



Table No. 4.2.1.2.1: Emission of Particulate Matter (PM10) for Peak Production capacities from different mining activities

Activity Operation Coal / OB Unit Emission

Factor Day

Activity Emissions Control Method % of Control

Multiplying factor for % of

Emissions After Control

Emissions After

Control

Source wise

Emissions Remarks

Surface Miner Coal Kg/Ton 0.0040 14545 58.18 WC 95 0.05 2.909

149.831 Pit

Emissions (kg/day)

Drilling OB Holes 0.3100 737 228.47 WD 95 0.05 11.424

Blasting OB Area

22091 267.46 W, MB & DF 80 0.20 53.492

Loading Coal Tons 0.0104 14545 151.11 WS 90 0.10 15.111

OB Tons 0.000644 265091 170.75 WS 80 0.20 34.149

Dozing Coal Dozing Hours 12.1127 24 290.70 WS 90 0.10 29.070 1.734 (I) (gms/sec)

OB Dozing Hours 0.3063 120 36.75 WS 90 0.10 3.675

Transport Coal (Load) KM Travelled 0.1731 1333 230.74 WS, CMS & P 95 0.05 11.537

400.437

Pit & Haul Road

Emissions (kg/day)

Empty KM Travelled 0.1376 1333 183.45 WS, CMS & P 95 0.05 9.173

OB Dump Truck (Load)

KM Travelled 0.2529 17042 4309.91 WS, CMS & P 95 0.05 215.495

Empty KM Travelled 0.1927 17042 3284.62 WS, CMS & P 95 0.05 164.231 4.635 (II) gms/Sec

Dumping Coal Tons 0.0104 14545 151.11 WS 95 0.05 7.556

42.586

Poly Area Emissions

only (kg/day)

OB Tons 0.0006441 265091 170.75 P 80 0.20 34.149

Grader Coal & OB KM Travelled 0.0850 120 10.20 WS 95 0.05 0.510

Wind erosion Coalyard Area in Ha 0.0614 57.55 3.5363 Wetting 95 0.05 0.177

OB Dumpyard Area in Ha 0.0614 21.92 1.35 P 90 0.10 0.135 0.493 (III)

(gms/sec) Loading to train Loading to Train Tons 0.00017 7000 1.19 WP, DF 95 0.05 0.060

Total PM10 emissions in kg/day without any control measures 9550.289 Emissions after control measures, in Kg/day 592.853 W: Wetting, WC: Wet Cutting, WD: Wet Drillng, WS: Water Sprinkling, CMS: Continuous Mist Spray. MB: Muffle

Blasting, DF: Dust Fighters After Control Measures, Emissions in gms/sec 6.862 35.736

Emissions from Open Pit (I+(II/2) : 4.05

Pit Retention (5% for PM10) : 0.20

Net emission from open pit : 3.85

(Open pit sources are Drilling, Blasting, Loading, Dozing and 50% of Haul road Emissions) Net Emissions from Poly area Sources (III+(II/2) : 2.81

(Poly area sources are Dumping, Grading, Wind Erosion, Loading to Train etc and 50% of Haul road emissions)



4.2.1.3. Air Quality Modelling

An ISCST - 3 Latest AERMOD Air Dispersion Model was used to predict changes in air quality in and around the project site i.e., maximum ground level concentration (GLC’s) of particulate matter at the receptors (i.e. nearby villages, project area, sensitive areas if any) due to the various mining activities of the proposed mine. The model uses the steady state Gaussian plume equation for continuous source. 12000 m. X 11000 m, modelling block by reference point in the SW corner of the modelling block coordinates as (X = 3152924.3290; Y = 815498.9937) has been selected for modelling so as to include all the air quality baseline monitoring stations in the study area.

The inputs required for the model is:

• Hourly meteorological data consisting of year, month, date, hour, cloud cover, solar radiation, wind speed, wind direction, ceiling height, rainfall, relative humidity, etc.

• Meteorological data collected during March 2017 - May 2017.

• Source data such as open pit sources, area sources etc.

• Receptor data such as baseline AAQ was collected at 10 monitoring stations to compare the status of Air Quality after inception of the project.

• Programme control parameters, area characteristics like Albedo, Bowen ratio, Surface roughness based on land use type and season.

The emission rates have been taken considering the control measures proposed in Table No. 4.2.1.2.1. The emission rates were calculated for peak production achieved 4.80 MTPA. The total emissions from the proposed mining activities of KOC - III Project after taking the proposed control measures is coming around 6.66 Grams/sec.

Out of total emissions, 3.85 grams/sec emissions are coming due the activities in open pit and 2.81 grams/sec emissions are due to poly area sources and surface activities.

Taking consideration into the three months meteorological data collected during March 2017 - May 2017 and the PM10 emissions from different mining activities, the model was run for prediction of GLC’s with respect to PM10. Similarly, the model was run for prediction of GLC’s with respect to PM2.5. The PM2.5 emissions were arrived basing on the factor i.e., PM10 emission rate x 0.20.

4.2.1.4. Results and Conclusions:

The quarry area has been taken as a open pit source for all the dust emitting sources from different mining activities and the dump area and the road leading to dump yard from the quarry has been selected as poly area source for plying of dumpers / trucks and unloading of OB material. Appropriate emission factors, programme control parameters such as land use, UTM zone, Albedo, Bowen Ratio, Surface roughness, surrounding surface features, etc. and micrometeorological data was taken. The emission reduction by implementation of proposed control measures was also considered. The ground level concentrations are computed for HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR CONCENTRATION VALUES for all the baseline air quality monitoring stations by selecting them as discrete Cartesian receptors in the modelling area so that 10 receptors points taken for computation 24 -HR. AVERAGE CONCENTRATIONS of particulate matter and the predicted increment of PM10 concentration at receptors for peak production capacities of the project are furnished in the Table No. 4.2.1.4.1 and depicted in the Figure No. 4.2.1.4.1 . The total predicted concentration at the receptors after coming of this project are furnished in Table No. 4.2.1.4.2 and the same was graphically represented in the Figure No. 4.2.1.4.2.

Similarly, predicted increment concentrations of PM2.5 are furnished in the are furnished in the Table No. 4.2.1.4.3 and depicted in the Figure No. 4.2.1.4.3 . The total predicted concentration at the receptors after coming of this project are furnished in Table No. 4.2.1.4.4 and the same was graphically represented in the Figure No. 4.2.1.4.4.



Table No. 4.2.1.4.1 Predicted increment in Ground L evel PM 10 concentration of KOC - III Project

* AERMOD (16216r): C:\Users\env10\Desktop\AQIP\Aermod\Aermod.isc 06/06/17 * AERMET ( 16216): 12:23:47 * MODELING OPTIONS USED: NonDFAULT CONC FLAT RURAL * PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL * FOR A TOTAL OF 10 RECEPTORS. * FORMAT: (3(1X,F13.5),3(1X,F8.2),3X,A5,2X,A8,2X,A5,5X,A8,2X,I8) * X Y AVERAGE CONC ZELEV ZHILL ZFLAG AVE GRP RANK NET ID DATE(CONC) ____________ ____________ ____________ ______ ______ ______ ______ ________ ________ ________ ________

3157497.82000 820436.11000 3.10744 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST CA1 17052924

3159659.13000 817169.93000 12.03866 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST CA2 17042624

3153232.35000 820403.53000 1.99716 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA1 17052924

3155889.96000 815856.28000 4.05209 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA2 17052824

3153676.97000 817432.66000 3.56237 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA3 17042624

3160760.57000 824273.74000 6.67803 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA4 17042624

3159315.56000 824809.30000 2.52727 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA5 17041724

3163802.17000 824617.31000 9.93926 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA6 17040524

3160811.09000 816078.59000 8.11388 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA7 17042624

3153351.82000 825855.48000 0.17461 0.00 0.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA8 17031624

** CONCUNIT ug/m^3

** DEPUNIT g/m^2



Figure No. 4.2.1.4.1: Predicted GLCs of PM10 at the BLD stations



Table No. 4.2.1.4.2: Total concentrations of PM10 at Baseline AAQ Stations (Receptors)

Figures in µg/m3

Station

Code Location

Maximum Base Level

Concentration

Predicted Increment

Total Concentration Standard

CA1 Koyagudem OC - II 198 3.11 201.11 250

CA2 Koyagudem OC - III 77 12.04 89.04 100

BA1 Petram Chilaka 79 2.00 81.00 100

BA2 Andulagudem 78 4.05 82.05 100

BA3 Nandya Tanda 74 3.56 77.56 100

BA4 Lachigudem 79 6.68 85.68 100

BA5 Kistaram 82 2.53 84.53 100

BA6 Sampath Nagar 77 9.94 86.94 100

BA7 Koyagudem 79 8.11 87.11 100

BA8 Bodu 80 0.17 80.17 100

The above table and the figure indicate that, the concentration values at all the locations are within the stipulated standards. However, the control measures suggested for each activity shall be strictly complied to keep the concentrations within the limits.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

CA1 CA2 BA1 BA2 BA3 BA4 BA5 BA6 BA7 BA8

Figure No. 4.2.1.4.2 Total predicted concentration of PM 10 at the receptors

Maximum Base Level Concentrations

Predicted Incremental Concentrations

Total Ground Level Concentrations

Standard



Table No. 4.2.1.4.3 Predicted increment in Ground L evel PM 2.5 concentration of KOC - III Project

* AERMOD (16216r): C:\Users\env10\Desktop\AQIP\Aermod\Aermod.isc 06/06/17 * AERMET ( 16216): 12:23:47 * MODELING OPTIONS USED: NonDFAULT CONC FLAT RURAL * PLOT FILE OF HIGH 1ST HIGH 24-HR VALUES FOR SOURCE GROUP: ALL * FOR A TOTAL OF 10 RECEPTORS. * FORMAT: (3(1X,F13.5),3(1X,F8.2),3X,A5,2X,A8,2X,A5,5X,A8,2X,I8) * X Y AVERAGE CONC ZELEV ZHILL ZFLAG AVE GRP RANK NET ID DATE(CONC) ____________ ____________ ____________ ______ ______ ______ ______ ________ ________ ________ ________

3157497.82000 820436.11000 0.62142 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST CA1 17052924

3159659.13000 817169.93000 2.40766 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST CA2 17042624

3153232.35000 820403.53000 0.39944 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA1 17052924

3155889.96000 815856.28000 0.81043 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA2 17052824

3153676.97000 817432.66000 0.71135 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA3 17042624

3160760.57000 824273.74000 1.33561 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA4 17042624

3159315.56000 824809.30000 0.50532 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA5 17041724

3163802.17000 824617.31000 1.98752 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA6 17040524

3160811.09000 816078.59000 1.62272 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA7 17042624

3153351.82000 825855.48000 0.03489 130.00 130.00 0.00 24-HR ALL 1ST BA8 17031624

** CONCUNIT ug/m^3

** DEPUNIT g/m^



Figure No. 4.2.1.4.3: Predicted GLCs of PM2.5 at the BLD Stations



Table No. 4.2.1.4.4: Total concentrations of PM2.5 at Baseline AAQ Stations (Receptors)

Figures in µg/m3

Station Code Location

Maximum Level

Concentration

Predicted Increment

Total Concentration Standard

CA1 Koyagudem OC - II 84.2 0.62 84.82 NS

CA2 Koyagudem OC - III 37.6 2.41 40.01 60

BA1 Petram Chilaka 41.4 0.40 41.8 60

BA2 Andulagudem 40.2 0.81 41.01 60

BA3 Nandya Tanda 39.5 0.71 40.21 60

BA4 Lachigudem 38.7 1.34 40.04 60

BA5 Kistaram 42.7 0.51 43.21 60

BA6 Sampath Nagar 39.6 1.99 41.59 60

BA7 Koyagudem 37.7 1.62 39.32 60

BA8 Bodu 41.5 0.03 41.53 60

4.2.2 Impact on Noise Environment

The main sources of noise in this mine are the electrical and diesel-powered machines, pumps, drilling machines, dumpers, shovels, workshop, coal transportation trucks, coal handling at pit head, etc. Mining operations and CHP are the main sources of the noise pollution. Noise due to vehicular movement is intermittent, but also adds to the background noise level.

It has been observed that mechanization of mining technology generally leads to higher noise levels if not properly controlled. Operation of drills, shovels, dumpers, loaders, rock breakers and dozers involve noise generation above 90 dB(A), which is the prescribed threshold limit value. However these noise levels are not likely to have any effect on the occupational health point of view. The generation of noise levels due to operation of HEMM in KOC - II Project which is adjacent to the proposed KOC - III Project is given in Table No. 4.2.2.1.

Table No. 4.2.2.1 : Noise Levels from existing HEMM

HEMM Noise Levels dB(A) Drills 90 - 100

Shovels 85 - 95 Dumpers 95 - 100 Dozers 95 - 110

Crushers 85 - 95

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

CA1 CA2 BA1 BA2 BA3 BA4 BA5 BA6 BA7 BA8

Figure No. 4.2.1.4.4 Total predicted concentration of PM 2.5 at the receptors

Maximum Base Level Concentrations

Predicted Incremental Concentrations

Total Ground Level Concentrations

Standard



It is observed that at the mine site where the heavy earth moving machinery is in operation, it is more than 90 dB(A). However, the noise levels are observed within the tolerance limits at a distance of 15 m to 20 m. The protection measures for operators have to be planned.

The cabins will be made sound proof and the employees working in the vicinity of HEMM will be provided with ear plugs / muffs wherever required. Continuous exposure of workers to high level of noise may result in annoyance, fatigue, temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing and permanent loss of hearing. Noise levels for damage risk criteria for hearing loss as given by Central Pollution Control Board is furnished in Table No. 4.2.2.2

Table No. 4.2.2.2 : Permissible Limits of Noise levels (in dB(A) Leq)

Area code Category of area Day time Limits Night t ime dB(A) Leq A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence zone 50 40

Note: Day time is reckoned in between 6 AM and 10 PM Night time is reckoned in between 10 PM and 6 AM

Silence zone is an area comprising not less than 100 meters around hospitals, educational institutions, religious places or any other area, which is declared as such by competent authority. (Source: Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000)

4.2.2.1 Noise Generation Due to Blasting

There will not be blasting in coal as it is proposed to deploy Surface Miner for coal excavation. However blasting will be done for OB removal. The noise generated by blasting is neither continuous nor shorter duration, but it is instantaneous. It takes less than 5 seconds to occur. Noise of blast is site specific and depends on type of blast, quantity of explosive, dimensions of drill hole, degree of compaction of explosive in the drill hole, nature of rock, Velocity of Detonation (VOD) of the explosive used, charge per delay, mode of ignition, sequence of blasting, depth level of blasting site, etc. Noise levels generated due to blasting are studied in the existing KOC - II Project to evaluate the impact of blasting and results are presented in Table No. 4.2.2.1.1.

Table No 4.2.2.1.1: Existing Noise Levels and Ground Vibration Due to Blasting (April 2015)

Day OB

Place RL

Holes Qty in kg

Ppv in

mm/s

Instrument Distance

(m)

Sound in

Db(A)

Day Place Holes Qty in

kg

Ppv in

mm/s

Instrument Distance

(m)

Sound in Db

(A) 01 825 158 6216 0.65 600 66 15 820 290 11949 0.66 600 65

02 825 160 5416 0.64 600 65 16 820 278 10498 0.62 600 63

03 825 240 9104 0.67 600 69 17 820 303 11210 0.69 600 68

04 825 181 7538 0.68 600 60 18 820 295 13430 0.68 600 67

05 825 205 8040 0.64 600 64 19 820 297 11310 0.67 600 68

06 825 266 11467 0.65 600 66 20 820 266 11017 0.67 600 64

07 825 176 5618 0.63 600 64 21 820 248 11404 0.69 600 66

08 825 357 13636 0.64 600 67 22 820 271 11647 0.64 600 66

09 825 227 10243 0.65 600 64 23 820 291 11759 0.65 600 67

10 825 291 12089 0.66 600 67 24 815 235 10574 0.68 600 64

11 820 163 6946 0.67 600 62 25 815 144 7524 0.67 600 62

12 820 325 12473 0.69 600 68 26 815 41 1224 0.61 600 60

13 820 269 10837 0.67 600 64 27 815 409 16540 0.67 600 68

14 820 214 6331 0.63 600 62 28 815 281 11198 0.63 600 66

Source: KOC - II Project



The noise levels during OB blasting operations are found to be in the range of 60-69 dB(A) at 600 m. distance from the blast site. Generally, the noise levels tend to decrease with increase in distance from the blast site. The ppv values are well within the limits in all the observations. Generally, blasting operations are being carried out in between 12.00 PM on to 2.00 PM in SCCL Opencast mines. As the blasting is likely to last for very short duration, depending on the charge, the noise levels over this time are instantaneous and short in duration.

It is observed that, most of noise generated from contributed by cord relays, detonating fuse and secondary blasting if any, etc. Covering of detonating fuse with OB material, down the hole initiation system, avoiding of secondary blasting by better blast design and using of rock breakers, etc. will drastically reduce the noise levels. When the blast site is at a depth of more than 100 m, the impact observed is very minimum.

4.2.2.2 Noise Due to Air Blast

Blasting operations will be carried out in opencast mining for loosening the in-situ strata making it amenable for excavation through various equipment. Air blast and ground vibrations are the undesirable features associated with blasting. It is subjective to environmental problems.

Air blast is a pressure wave transmitted through the atmosphere from the blast site. The resulting shock wave has a steep shock front, followed by a rapidly decreasing pressure. Air blast wave consists of a wide range of frequencies, some of which are audible (noise, whose frequency ranges from 20 Hz. to 20,000 Hz) while rest is inaudible (concussion, having frequency content either below 20 Hz or above 20,000 Hz). The lower frequency below 20 Hz portion excites structures, which in turn causes a secondary and audible rupture within the structure, giving rise to secondary noise, due to rattling of window panes etc. Human response to a blast is often more intense inside than outside a structure. This difference may be caused by the sound produced inside the structure by structure itself. There has been little attempt to quantify blast over pressure for damage.

This is due to the fact that the standard for limiting the air blast due to mining are not important, as the charge contributing damage due to air blast is much higher than for limiting the ground vibration. Hence, in a normal blast when ground vibration are limited to safe value, the over-pressure created due to air blast is automatically restricted within the safe limits.

The major concern for air-over pressure or air blast is that it causes annoyance for a very short duration to the nearby residents but it would not result in structural damage.

4.2.2.3 Physiological Impacts of Noise Exposure

Exposure to the high noise levels for a prolonged period will have impact on the worker’s health. Mine workers working more than 4 to 4½ hours per shift at active working face will be affected unless suitable mitigation measures are taken. The adverse effects of high noise levels on prolonged exposed workers may result in:

• Annoyance • Fatigue • Temporary shift of threshold limit of hearing • Permanent loss of hearing and • Hypertension and high blood cholesterol, etc.

Noise pollution poses a major health risk to the persons working in the mine. When noise in the form of waves, impinges the eardrum, it begins to vibrate, stimulating other delicate tissues and organs in the ear. If the magnitude of noise exceeds the tolerance limits, it is manifested in the form of discomfort leading to annoyance and in extreme cases to loss of hearing. Detrimental effects of noise pollution are not only related to sound pressure level and frequency, but also on the total duration of exposure and the age of the person.



Frequency levels and associated mental and physical response of humans are given in Table No. 4.2.2.3.1.

Table No 4.2.2.4: Noise Exposure Levels and Effects Noise

Levels dB(A) Exposure Time Effects

<85 Continuous Safe

85 - 90 Continuous Annoyance and irritation 90 - 100 Short term Temporary shift in hearing threshold, with complete recovery

100 - 110 Continuous Permanent loss of hearing

Short term Permanent hearing loss can be avoided

100 - 110 Several years Permanent deafness

110 - 120 Few months Permanent deafness

120 Short term Extreme discomfort

140 Short term Discomfort with actual pain

>150 Single exposure Mechanical damage to the ear Source: Hand Book of EIA, Rao & Wootel

4.2.2.4 Noise Due to Traffic

The traffic study has been conducted to know the prevailing traffic volumes on the existing approach roads to the ML area. It is essential to consider these details for assessing the anticipated future traffic volumes as a part of overall impacts assessment for the project.

The variations of traffic densities depend upon the working days, time and also vary in day and night times. In order to assess the prevailing traffic volumes on the roads, the survey was conducted at the existing KOC - II Project during normal working and non working days of the week to reflect the true picture of the traffic densities. The traffic study was conducted for 24 hours.

The rated production capacity of KOC - III is 3.60 MTPA (Peak 4.80 MTPA). A Pit Head CHP is proposed to be installed near the Box cut at the entrance of the Main Haul road. KOC - III is planned to produce G13 to G17 grades. These grades will be handled and dispatched by providing one no. of pre-weigh bin for truck loading system at pit mouth and also another pre-weigh bin for railway wagon loading system at south eastern side of quarry where new railway siding including CHP is proposed.

It is proposed to shift the quarry hopers further in by of quarry as quarry progresses dip side to reduce the average coal lead for truck operations.

A new railway siding & CHP is planned at a distance of 7.5 KM from Pit mouth on the south eastern side of the quarry and it is proposed to install 3 number of series of belts to transport the coal. The CHP is designed with railway siding, GL bunkers of capacity 6000T, plough feeder and pre-weigh bin wagon loading system. The length of the proposed railway line from Betampudi railway station to proposed KOC-III CHP is 8.5 Km. The noise levels may increase due to CHP activities and coal transport.

4.2.2.5 Noise Levels around the Project Site

The baseline noise data indicates that the values in core zone as well as in buffer zone are well within the prescribed limits for respective zones. Most of the machineries like shovels, dumpers, drills, dozers, etc. will work only in the quarry which is below ground level. Hence, the noise generated inside the quarry will not propagate to the surface. Moreover the existing external dump and proposed external dumps will act as a barrier for noise propagation to nearby villages. There may be marginal increase in the background noise levels due to the proposed opencast project due to plying of HEMM and other mining operations.



4.2.2.6 Impact due to Ground Vibrations

Ground vibration, fly rock, air blast, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious effects of blasting on environment. The explosive energy sets up a seismic wave in the ground, which can cause significant damage to structures and disturbance to human occupants. It causes major damages to the pit configuration too. When an explosive charge is fired inside the blast hole, it is instantly converted into hot gases, which exert intense pressure on the blast hole walls. High intensity shock waves propagate radially in all the directions and cause the rock particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground vibration . The existing mining operations using deep hole drilling and blasting using delay detonators produce ground vibrations.

Blasting, in addition to easing the hard strata, generates ground vibrations and instantaneous noise. Ground vibration from mine blasting is expressed by amplitude, frequency and duration of blast. The parameters, which exhibit control on the amplitude, frequency and duration of the ground vibration, are divided in two groups as follows:

(a) Non-controllable Parameters

(b) Controllable Parameters

The non-controllable parameters are those, over which the Blasting Engineer does not have any control. The local geology, rock characteristics, type and depth of overburden and distances of the structures from blast site are the non-controllable parameters. However, the control on the ground vibrations can be established with the help of controllable parameters. The same have been produced below:

1. Charge weight per delay 2. Burden, spacing and specific charge 3. Delay Interval 4. Coupling 5. Type of Explosive 6. Confinement 7. Direction of blast progression 8. Spatial distribution of charges

The oscillation of rock particles is called Particle Velocity and its maximum value is called Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) , which is measured in milli meter per second. The standards for safe limit of PPV are established by Director General of Mines Safety for safe level criteria through Circular No. 7 dated 29th August 1997. The safe level criteria PPV as mentioned in Circular No. 7 of DGMS is presented in Table No. 4.2.2.5

Table No. 4.2.2.5: Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (mm/sec)

Type of Structure Dominant Excitation

frequency, Hz < 8 8 - 25 > 25

(A) Buildings / Structures not belonging to the own er

(i) Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick and cement) 5 10 15

(ii) Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 10 20 25

(iii) Objects of historical importance & sensitive structures 2 5 10

(B) Buildings belonging to the owner with limited s pan of life

(i) Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick and cement) 10 15 25

(ii) Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29th August 1997

As the distance from blast site increases, the PPV value is likely to reduce. The ground vibrations generated by blasting during the mining operations will be within the standards prescribed by DGMS by adopting controlled blasting technique including suitable blast design.

The impacts will also be minimized by choosing proper detonating system, optimising



total explosive charge and explosive charge / delay. Noiseless trunk delays to minimize the noise due to air blast, non-electric (NONEL) system of blasting for true bottom hole initiation, muffling mats to arrest the dust and fly rock are being adopted in the existing project. Hence, the impact due to ground vibration will be significantly reduced. Thus, by keeping the ground vibrations under control, the impact on the structures in the vicinity of mine lease area can be avoided.

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT

Hydro geological Environ

4.2.3.1 Executive Summary

I. General 1. Project : KOC - III Project 2. Location of the project : Latitude N 17°35’56” to N 17°39’15”

Longitude E 80°28’13” to E80°30’54” 3. Area of the project : 16.076 sq.km. 4. Geographical area of 10 km buffer zone : 526.66 sq.km. 5. Villages in buffer zone area : 15 Villages

II. Rainfall 1. Normal annual rainfall : 1116.20 mm 2. Monsoon rainfall : 77.60% 3. Non-monsoon rainfall : 22% 4. Average number of rainy days : 58

III. Hydrogeology 1. Aquifer properties

a. Hydraulic conductivity: : 9.4x10-2 m/day b. Transmissivity: : 10.73 m2/ day c. Storativity: : 5.13 x10-4

2. Number of observation wells : 14 3. Depth to water levels

a. Pre-monsoon : 2.65 m to 8.90 m bgl b. Post-monsoon : 1.00 m to 7.80 m bgl

IV. Cropping 1. Irrigation through ground water

a. Kharif : 368 ha b. Rabi : 382 ha

2. Irrigation through other sources

a. Kharif : 875 ha b. Rabi : 113 ha

V. Ground Water Resource Estimation 1. Methodology applied : GEC-1997 2. Gross annual ground water recharge : 47.18 MCuM/ year 3. Unaccounted losses : 4.71 MCuM/ year 4. Net annual ground water recharge : 42.47 MCuM/ year 5. Annual ground water draft : 9.86 MCuM/ year 6. Stage of groundwater development : 23.21% 7. Categorisation of area : Safe



4.2.3.2 INTRODUCTION

The hydro geological environ in 10 km buffer zone from the edge of the proposed KOC - III Project (526.66 sq.km.) has been studied with the objective of estimating the net recharge, current gross ground water draft, net surplus water availability and the impact of the proposed project on ground water environ of the area. For this purpose, the groundwater potentiality of the study area has been estimated as per Groundwater resource Estimation Committee (GEC) -1997 methodology.

4.2.3.3 MORPHOLOGY

Physiography:

Core zone : The area is undulatory, covered by brown sandy and black cotton soil. The elevation varies from 140 m in the South to 180 m in the North side with a gradient of 12.8m/km with a general slope towards North, East and South-East. A hillock, Bairenigutta is located on the N-W side of the quarry area which is proposed to be excavated.

Buffer zone : The area is gently undulating terrain with a NW-SE trending hill range on the western side. The general topographic elevation of the plains varies from 160 m above MSL in the northern part to 100 m in the southeastern periphery of the buffer area. The isolated hills are Peddagutta (410 m) and Chinnabusi (405 m) in N-E, Madrasigutta (345 m) and Paralagutta (384 m) are in the N-W and few unnamed hillocks are located in southwestern and central part of the buffer area. The topographical map showing surface features is presented in Figure No. 4.2.3.3.1.

Drainage:

Core zone: Drainage is moderately developed in the core area. Northern part of the area drained to Parkela vagu, an ephemeral stream of Murredu vagu. The 1st to 3rd order streams which feed the Lachigudem tank are in northeast of the project. In southern part of the project no significant drainage is developed. No tanks are present in the project area but some tanks spread in the central and southeastern part of the buffer zone.

Buffer zone: The area is drained by north-easterly flowing Murredu vagu and easterly flowing Nalla vagu. Nalla vagu joins with Murredu vagu in the south east near Bommanapalli village. The Murredu vagu confluence with Kinnerasani river (a tributary of river Godavari), which is outside the buffer area. Some part is in the catchment of Kinnerasani River in the north side of the buffer area. Kinnerasani reservoir is located at about 16 km distance from the project in the north east. The regional drainage is of dendritic type with a density of 2.51 km/sq.km.

A nallah (drain) flowing between KOC - I dump and Pit - II of KOC - II from north to south is to be diverted to facilitate merging of proposed external dump yard and the internal dump yard to minimize the requirement of land for external dump. The length of proposed diversion is around 3.64 km.

Another nallah, a seasonal one, situated in north side of Pit - II was already diverted for the workings of Pit - II and the same will be utilized for the proposed KOC - III. The drainage map showing surface features is presented in Figure No. 4.2.3.3.2

Meteorology The area experiences typical tropical climate of a distinct hot summer from March to June with occasional dust storms, a good monsoon between middle of June and September and a pleasant winter from December to February. The temperature varies between 9.10 C to 48.60 C.

4.2.3.4 Rainfall

The nearest rain gauge station in the study area is at Tekulapally mandal. The variations in the annual rainfall are conspicuous. The rainfall varied widely from 580.2 mm (2009) to



1843 mm (2010) with a mean of 1116.2 mm. The monsoon rainfall contributes 77.6% while non-monsoon rainfall contributes 22.4% of rainfall.

The records of daily rainfall data show that, the maximum monthly rainfall during this period is 609 mm (September, 2005), while the maximum daily rainfall is 134.2 mm (30th August 2010). The most severe storm of 266 mm over a period of 12 days had occurred between 20th to 31st July 2008. The perusal of rainfall data indicates that, moderate draught conditions are prevailed during 2009 and 2014

The annual rainfall, percent deviation of rainfall from the mean and rainfall variability is presented in Table No. 4.2.3.4.1 . The trend of annual rainfall and mean is depicted in annual rainfall data plot (Figure No.4.2.3.4.1).

Figure No. 4.2.3.3.1: Topographical map showing the surface features with in 10 KM



Figure No. 4.2.3.3.2 .Drainage plan of the study area



Table No. 4.2.3.4.1. Annual Rainfall data and Percent of Deviation from Mean

Year Annual rainfall (mm)

% deviation from avg. Status

2004 1158.0 3.7 Normal

2005 1291.1 15.7 Normal

2007 863.9 -22.6 Below normal

2008 1314.2 17.7 Normal

2009 580.2 -48.0 Moderate Drought

2010 1843.0 65.1 Excess

2011 896.2 -19.7 Normal

2012 1366.0 22.4 Above Normal

2013 1065.4 -4.6 Normal

2014 784.0 -29.8 Moderate Drought

(Source: India Meteorological department)

Figure No.4.2.3.4.1. Trend of annual rainfall and mean is depicted in annual rainfall data

4.2.3.5 LAND USE PATTERN

Within the buffer zone of the study area, 31,310 ha is covered by Chatakonda, Komararam, Yellandu and Chimalpad reserved forests of Bhadradri Kothagudem dist. 6083 ha area is barren and un-cultivable land, 2034 ha is land put to non-agricultural uses, 350 ha is cultivable waste, 475 ha is permanent pastures & grazing lands, 325 ha is covered by miscellaneous tree crops and about 1416 ha area is fallow land. The cultivation is being carried out in this area in two seasons viz., Kharif (17002 ha) and Rabi (586 ha). Kinnerasani Wild life sanctuary exists within 10 Km radius northeast of the buffer zone of the project boundary.

The buffer zone of the project area covered in Tekulapalli, Yellandu and Laximidevipalli mandals of Bhadradri Kothagudem District of Telangana state.

Cropping: The irrigated crops in this area during Kharif season are 1243 ha and 494 ha during Rabi season. The main crops cultivated in this area are Paddy, Chillies, Maize, Cotton, Grams etc. The details of season-wise and source-wise area irrigation in buffer area are furnished in Table No. 4.2.3.5.1 .

400

600

800

1000

1200

1400

1600

1800

2000

2004 2005 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Year

Rai

nfal

l in

mm

Annual RF Mean



Table No. 4.2.3.5.1 . Village-wise, Season-wise and Source-wise details of cultivation

Sl.No. Name of the Mandal/village Kharif Season Rabi Season

SW GW Total SW GW Total

I Laximidevipalli Mandal

1 Punukuduchelaka 10 0 10 0 0 0

2 Kunaram 8 10 18 8 13 21

3 Karukonda 476 353 829 100 147 247

4 Saravaram 65 207 272 10 35 45

5 Chunchupalli 20 68 88 10 50 60

II Tekulapally Mandal

6 Bodu 195 0 195 0 11 11

7 Koppurai 150 10 160 31 97 128

8 Gangaram 168 0 168 27 34 61

9 Bethampudi 800 150 950 63 391 454

10 Pegallapadu 25 40 65 2 9 11

11 Gollapalle 70 0 70 16 14 30

III Yellandu Mandal

12 Sudimalla 175 72 247 11 142 153

Total (in acres) 2162 910 3072 278 943 1221

Total (in ha.) 875 368 1243 113 382 494

4.2.3.6 GEOLOGY

Godavari Valley coalfield, a store house of non-coking coals in South India, is a linear basin belt trending NNW-SSE resting on Precambrian platform and covers an area of about 17,000 sq.km. The strike length is about 350 km with an average width of about 50 km passing through Komram Bheem (Asifabad), Mancherial, Peddapalli, Jaya Shankar Bhoopalpalli, Bhadradri Kothagudem and Khammam of Telangana State & West Godavari District of Andhra Pradesh state.

The Lingala-Koyagudem Coal belt is situated along the southwestern margin in the southeastern part of Godavari Valley Coalfield. This Coal belt is bounded by North Latitudes 170 31’ 00’ -180 00’00’ and East Longitudes 80018’40” - 80032’30” and is situated in the south western extremity of Godavari sub-basin separated by Paloncha neck from Kothagudem sub-basin. This belt extends over a strike length of about 50 kms from Lingala in the northwest to Koyagudem in the southeast. A brief account of the regional geology of Lingala-Koyagudem Coalbelt is presented below as deciphered from detailed mapping and interpretation of sub-surface data (Figure No. 4.2.3.6.1). The stratigraphic succession of this coal belt is furnished in Table No. 4.2.3.6.1 .



Table No. 4.2.3.6.1 Stratigraphic succession in Lingala-Koyagudem Coal belt

Age Group Formation General Lithology Recent Reddish & Reddish yellow sandy soils

Lower

Triassic UP

PE

R

GO

ND

WA

NA

Upper Kamthi

Alternating sequence of pebbly sandstone, pebble bed, medium to coarse grained yellowish, ferruginuous sandstone, fine to medium grained, white quartzitic sandstone, pink and purple laminated sandstone with intervening pebble beds, and micaceous reddish brown haematite bands/beds

PERMIAN

UP

PE

R G

ON

DW

AN

A

Middle Kamthi

Alternating sequence of red, green, white and grey clays, shales and siltstones interbedded with fine to coarse grained argillaceous and ferruginous sandstones

Lower Kamthi

Coarse, pebbly, feldspathic, highly kaolinished sandstone with alternating thick clay and sandy clay beds

Barren Measures

Alternating sequence of grey, immature feldspathic sandstone. Mg. to Cg. ferruginous sandstone hard and compact reddish brown to brown iron stone bands with green and grey clays and shales

Barakar Coarse to very coarse, pebbly, poorly sorted grey white sandstones alternating with siltstones, grey and white clays, shale and coal seams

Talchir

Fg. greenish sandstone, siltstones, greenish and brown clays and dark green needle shales interbedded with dark grey, parallel bedded compact Fg. sandstone (Rhythmites)

--------Unconformable contact ----------

Proteorizoic Pakhal Quartzites, Phyllites, Slates, Dolomitic limestone with quartz veins

--------Unconformable contact ---------- Archaean Granite gneisses, biotite gneisses, amphibolites,

quartz chlorite schists



Figure No. 4.2.3.6.1 . Geological Map of the Lingala-Koyagudem Coal belt

4.2.3.7 HYDROGEOLOGY

Surface water potentiality The area is drained by Murredu vagu and Nalla vagu. These ephemeral streams flow south-easterly and easterly and Nallavagu joins Murredu Vagu near Bommanapalli Village in the southeastern side of the buffer area. The drainage in general is of dendritic to sub-parallel with a density of the area is 2.51 km/sq.km. (Figure No. 4.2.3.3.2 )

Murredu vagu: The northern part of the buffer area is drained by Murredu vagu. The Murredu vagu confluence with Kinnerasani river about 30 km away from the project area.



Nalla vagu: The southern part of the buffer area is drained by nalla vagu and joins with Murredu vagu in the south east near Bommanapalli village.

Tanks : Few ephemeral tanks are strewn in the central and south-eastern part of the area. Kinnerasani reservoir is located at about 16 km distance from the project in the north east.

Groundwater potentiality

Groundwater occurs in unconfined and semi-confined to confined conditions in the buffer zone of the project area. On the south and western parts, ground water occurs in the water table conditions in the geological units such as Archaen and Proteorzoic group of formations, where as in the remaining parts it occurs in water table as well as semi-confined to confined conditions in the sand stones of Gondwana formations.

In this area, the attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored periodically on long term basis. It varies from 2.65 m to 8.90 m below ground level (bgl) during pre-monsoon period (May-2014) and 1.00 m to 7.80 m bgl during post-monsoon period (November-2014). Depth of these shallow wells is in the range of 6.5 m to 13.0 m bgl with a dia. of 1.0 m to 4.5 m. The water level fluctuation varies from 0.55 m to 3.75 m with an average of 2.15 m. The attitude of phreatic surface around the project is furnished in Table No. 4.2.3.7.1 The Hydrograph of long term monitoring in this area are shown in Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1.

Twelve piezometric wells were constructed around existing Koyagudem OCP, at a distance of 50 m to 800 m from the edge of the mine. The attitude of piezometric surface in these wells is being monitored during four seasons in a year (i.e., winter, pre-monsoon, monsoon and post-monsoon). It varies from 1.00 m to 23.05 m bgl. The data generated so far is presented in Table No. 4.2.3.7.2. Hydrographs of the piezometers are shown in Figures No. 4.2.3.7.2.

Aquifer Performance Test: An Aquifer Performance Test (APT) was conducted in Koyagudem OC Block. The data is used to assess the probable inflow of water into the workings of the proposed project. During the test, the maximum draw down recorded was 31.10 m in the test well, 8.16 m in the observation well - 1 and 7.85 m in observation well - 2. The hydraulic parameters are as given below.

Transmissivity : 10.73 m2/ day

Hydraulic Conductivity : 9.40X10-2 m/ day

Storativity : 5.13 x10-4

Presently, KOCP - II is the only the operating coal mine in the buffer zone. About 2760 m3/day of water is being pumped from the mine. The excess mine water being discharged into near by streams / tanks will be used for irrigation of down stream side agricultural lands and also continuously augment the ground water recharge in the region.

The depths to water level contours during (2014) pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons are depicted in Figures No. 4.2.3.7.3. Figures No. 4.2.3.7.4 respectively



Table No. 4.2.3.7.1 Attitude of phreatic surface in the buffer area

Well No.

Name of village

Location Owner's

name

Total depth (m)

Geology Period Depth to water (m) Nearest

mine & dist. (km) 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

1 Andula gudem

Dr.Pasha Hospital 17°35'29.35", 80°28'5.46"

Dr.Pasha 11.50 Gneisses

Winter 6.9 7.00 5.18 5.20 6.67 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 8.63 8.25 9.39 9.87 8.82 8.3 7.25 5.2

Monsoon 1.32 8.05 0.85 1.85 1.65 2.65 2.10 3.00

Post-monsoon 2.90 2.79 9.00 3.24 4.00 3.95 1.90 4.65

2 Lakyathanda

Village centre 17°39'50.57", 80°26'33.05"

Badavath Mohanlal

10.00 Pakhal Fm

Winter 6.00 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 6.60 6.80

Monsoon 4.00 3.80 4.80

Post-monsoon 3.65 4.30

3 Bodu

Before Bodu Police station 17°40'19.32", 80°26'27.17"

Private well

7.00 Pakhal Fm

Winter 1.73 1.50 1.80 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 3.15 2.30 2.65

Monsoon 0.50 0.30 0.50 6.40

Post-monsoon 1.44 1.00 0.75 1.00

4 Bodu

Entrance of the village 17°40'28.90", 80°26'28.17"

Torlikonda Bhadraiah

6.50 Pakhal Fm

Winter 3.60 4.36 KYG-OC


Monsoon 1.67 2.40 1.75 6.50

Post-monsoon 3.00 2.15 3.00

5 Modugula gudem

Road side 17°40'59.40", 80°26'58.05"

Punem Papaiah

8.65 Barran

measures Fm

Winter 6.45 KYG-OC


Monsoon 3.10 3.40 6.30


6 Patha Koppurai

Opp.Primary school lane 17°41'5.00", 80°27'11.08"

Govt.well 7.50 Barran

measures Fm

Winter 4.40 4.80 5.70 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 6.90 5.60 6.55

Monsoon 1.80 2.35 2.30 6.00

Post-monsoon 3.60 3.55 2.00 3.00

7 Koppurai

Opp.Grampanchayath Office 17°41'10.20", 80°27'28.37"

Goggala Sri

Ramulu house

8.20 Barran

measures Fm

Winter 6.00 5.90 7.10 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 8.00 7.00 6.85

Monsoon 2.95 4.10 4.15 5.90

Post-monsoon 5.15 4.50 3.45 4.50

8 Barlagudem

Opp.Primary school 17°43'46.44", 80°28'31.82"

Punem Ramulu

13.00 Kamthi

Fm.

Winter 7.50 6.95 10.20 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 9.55 12.30 8.90

Monsoon 1.30 3.15 4.30 9.50

Post-monsoon 5.60 4.85 2.10 6.35

9 Gangaram Anganwadi school 17°39'3.43", 80°32'12.06"

Govt.well 8.65 Kamthi

Fm.

Winter 8.10 7.20 8.25 KYG-OC

Pre-monsoon 8.60 8.20 8.50

Monsoon 3.65 7.10 5.20 4.17

Post-monsoon 7.80 6.00 6.20 7.80

10 Sampath nagaram

Junction raod side 17°39'34.97", 80°32'28.89"

Koditheti Ramulu

7.25 Kamthi

Fm.

Winter 4.75 6.20 KYG-OC


Monsoon 5.12 4.10 5.00


11 Patha Lachigudem

X Road 17°39'24.73", 80°30'37.81"

Karsa Buchaiah

7.75 Kamthi

Fm.

Winter 5.72 KYG-OC


Monsoon 3.55 3.10 1.80


12 Lachigudem

Gadde Cheruvu Gumpu 17°38'49.05", 80°30'16.19"

Danchuri Bojjaiah

6.85 Kamthi

Fm.

Winter 4.58 KYG-OC


Monsoon 2.40 2.20 1.00


13 Koyagudem Village end 17°35'19.75", 80°30'23.06"

Suryapalli Sitaramay

ya 7.60 Gneisses

Winter 3.20 KYG-OC


Monsoon 1.70 1.40 3.30


14 Koyagudem Village centre 17°35'15.14", 80°30'19.86"

Koteshwarrao

7.65 Gneisses

Winter 4.13 KYG-OC


Monsoon 1.50 0.90 3.50




Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1 Hydrographs (Attitude of Phreatic surface)

Well no 1 at Andulagudem village

y = -0.3968x + 805.95

y = -0.0785x + 161.78

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014Year

Dep

th t

o w

ater

(m

)

Pre-monsoon Post-monsoon Linear (Pre-monsoon) Linear (Post-monsoon)



Table No. 4.2.3.7.2 Attitude of piezometric surface around KOC- III Project Area

Piezometric well no.

Location Depth

(m) Period Geology Period

Depth to water (m)

2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

KOC-PW1

About 500m from NE edge of the quarry in the sub-station. 17°37'32.39"N, 80°29'7.12"E

30.00

Winter 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014

Pre-monsoon 2.40 1.77 2.82 2.56 6.41 5.14 4.92 2.84 4.14

Monsoon 2.88 5.16 3.67 6.06 7.60 4.88 5.20 3.98 3.95

Post-monsoon 2.80 2.98 2.09 5.59 5.51 4.06 2.04 2.67 2.73

KOC-PW5

About 350m North of the Western Pit near hill 17°37'48.95"N, 80°28'21.27"E

50.00

Winter 1.95 2.39 2.15 7.14 4.41 4.87 1.50 2.72 3.65

Pre-monsoon 6.41 7.04 11.40 10.89 13.58 13.42 12.06 9.15 10.15

Monsoon 8.55 10.43 12.79 13.45 15.31 12.68 15.50 10.40 10.95

Post-monsoon 6.85 11.63 7.98 14.00 13.80 12.59 8.25 9.00 9.56

KOC-PW6

Behind Central Pit Sub-station, 50m from quarry edge 17°36'38.46"N, 80°29'8.55"E

50.00

Winter 14.57 16.39 14.50 14.45

Well Abandoned Pre-monsoon 17.60 17.70 14.45 15.00

Monsoon 14.83 13.40 8.73 AB

Post-monsoon 15.10 11.49 10.35 AB

KOC-PW7

About 170m south of PIT-II, side of proposed way to Mutyalam padu 17°36'47.67"N, 80°29'32.71"E

50.00

Winter - 3.82 3.00 2.28 3.83 2.80

Pre-monsoon 3.50 3.25 3.55 4.49 4.75 5.15

Monsoon 0.71 0.51 0.93 2.05 2.13 1.95

Post-monsoon 0.81 1.17 1.68 3.10 2.36 3.06

KOC-PW8

About 140m East of PIT-II along the strike side Quarry.(Near hill) 17°37'20.00"N, 80°29'55.94"E

50.00

Winter - 23.83 22.46 23.69 22.36 23.00

Pre-monsoon 22.08 23.90 23.84 23.41 22.90 23.05

Monsoon 21.64 14.17 20.40 13.25 15.33 16.39

Post-monsoon 23.02 19.84 19.92 20.56 14.35 22.05

KOC-PW9

About 225m North west of PIT-II towards pit III (Near coal yard) 17°37'49.49"N, 80°29'21.27"E

50.00

Winter - 4.48 2.22 2.85 2.87 2.84

Pre-monsoon 6.84 5.96 3.94 4.13 2.56 3.13

Monsoon 3.74 4.71 1.95 1.00 1.19 1.61

Post-monsoon 3.78 1.41 1.35 1.25 1.27 2.00

KOC-PW10

About 200m West of PIT-III near Tamarindtree.( 17°38'36.89"N, 80°29'33.85"E

50.00

Winter - 2.47 0.87 1.28

Well Damaged

Pre-monsoon 2.63 2.72 2.20 WD

Monsoon 2.25 0.31 0.20 WD

Post-monsoon 1.92 0.25 0.74 WD

KOC-PW11

About 190m North of PIT-III.(Near cheruvu) 17°38'44.68"N, 80°29'54.86"E

50.00

Winter - 9.74 7.88 6.32 9.53 14.70

Pre-monsoon 9.98 10.06 9.23 9.95 12.07 16.50

Monsoon 9.72 8.51 7.17 6.60 13.13 18.30

Post-monsoon 9.17 6.97 7.85 7.96 13.40 18.78

KOC-PW12

About 800m East of PIT-I on the right side towards Kistaram 17°39'44.31"N, 80°29'33.23"E

50.00

Winter - 0.97 1.97 1.26 1.98 2.95

Pre-monsoon 3.74 3.30 3.12 3.53 2.82 3.06

Monsoon 3.13 0.93 1.10 1.00 1.17 1.00

Post-monsoon 3.14 1.19 1.95 1.55 1.30 1.58



Figure No. 4.2.3.7.2 Hydrographs of these piezometeric wells

Figure No. 4.2.3.7.3 Depths to water level contours during (2014) pre-monsoon

HYDROGRAPHS OF PIEZOM ETRIC WELLS-KOYAGUDEM OCP0

5

10

15

20

25

30

PERIOD

KOC-PW1 KOC-PW2 KOC-PW3 KOC-PW4 KOC-PW5 KOC-PW6 KOC-PW7 KOC-PW8 KOC-PW9 KOC-PW10 KOC-PW11 KOC-PW12



Figure No. 4.2.3.7.4 Depths to water level contours during (2014) post-monsoon

4.2.3.8 GROUND WATER RESOURCE ESTIMATION

The ground water potential in the 10km buffer zone area of the proposed quarry has been estimated as per the methodology given by the Ground Water resource Estimation Committee (GEC)-1997. Rainfall is the major source of recharge in this area, besides local streams and tanks.



I. CURRENT GROSS GROUND WATER DRAFT

a. Domestic consumption

Within the buffer zone of the KOCP-III, there are 12 revenue villages falling in Tekulapalli, Kothagudem and Yellandu Mandals of Bhadradri Kothagudem district. As per 2011 census the population of this area is 1,03,336 of which 19,944 are living in urban and 83,392 are living in rural areas. The projection of rural population by 2035 will be 1,15,325 at the growth rate of 1.36% (Source: National Commission of Population) for Telangana state. They draw groundwater from open wells/bore wells. At the per capita consumption rate of 60 lit./day as per GEC-97 procedure, this amounts to 6919 m3/day or 2.52 MCuM/year.

b. Cattle Consumption

Cattle consumption is assumed to be of 10% of domestic consumption, which works out to 0.25 MCuM/year..

c. Agricultural requirement

In the buffer zone of the project, cultivation is being carried out in two seasons during a year. The season-wise and source-wise utilization of water for irrigation (Source: A.P. Agricultural census data) is as follows:

Season Source of water Groundwater Surface water

Kharif ( Ha ) 368 875 Rabi ( Ha ) 382 113 Total ( Ha ) 750 988

The important irrigated crops are Paddy, Chillies, Cotton, Maize etc., the crop-wise; season wise area irrigated by groundwater is as follows:

Crop

Water requirement

(cm )

Area irrigated (Ha) depend on

groundwater

Groundwater requirement

(MCuM)/Year Kharif Rabi Total

Paddy 105 224 44 268 2.81

Chillies 65 15 164 179 1.16

Cotton 105 106 0 106 1.11

Total Veg. 60 23 38 61 0.37

Maize 45 0 103 103 0.46

Ground nut 50 0 33 33 0.17

Total 368 382 750 6.09

d. Inflow of water into the coal mines

Koyagudem OC - II Project is in operation in the buffer zone. The quantum of water being pumped from these mines and its utilisation is as follows:

Sl. No. Name of the mine

Total quantity of water (m3/day)

Pumped per day

Mine requirement

Domestic use

For plantation

Let out into

streams 1 KOC-II 2760 620 80 160 1900



The total water being pumped from the above mine is 2,760 m3/day or 1.00 MCuM/year and the let out water 1900 m3/day discharged in to near by tanks.

Domestic consumption: 2.52 MCuM/year

Cattle consumption 0.25 MCuM/Year

Agricultural requirement 6.09 MCuM/Year

Pumping from coal mine 1.00 MCuM/Year

Total 9.86 MCuM/Year

II. RECHARGE

1A. Recharge from water table fluctuation

The attitude of phreatic surface is monitored in 14 observation wells in the buffer area of the project, during pre and post-monsoon seasons. It varies over a wide range from 2.65m to 8.90m bgl during pre-monsoon period and 1.00m to 7.80m bgl during post-monsoon period. The water level fluctuation ranges from 0.55m to 3.75m with an average fluctuation of 2.15m. The buffer area is 526.66 sq.km is plain and undulatory terrain with local hillocks with an area of about 90 sq.km. The hilly area is not considered for the estimation of groundwater recharge.

Recharge = Geographical area X water table fluctuation X sp. yield. = 436.66 sq. km. x 2.15 m x 0.03 = 28.16 MCuM / Year.

1B. Recharge from rainfall infiltration

The mean annual rainfall of this area is 1116.2 mm. Within the buffer zone, an area of 275.51 sq.km is underlain by sedimentary formations, 251.15 sq.km is covered by the hard rock formations of this 39 sq.km under sedimentary hills and 51 sq.km area is occupied by hard rock hills.

In the buffer zone area of the project:

i. Recharge in sedimentary terrain (of semi-consolidated sandstone formation) = 236.51 sq.km x 12% of rainfall = 28.38 MCuM / Year

ii. Recharge in hard rock terrain

= 200.15 sq.km x 11% of rainfall = 22.01 MCuM / Year

Comparison of recharge :

A. Recharge from water table fluctuation method = 28.16 MCuM/ Year

B. Recharge from Rainfall infiltration method = 50.39 MCuM/ Year

PD = ((A-B)/B) X100 = ((28.03-50.39)/ 50.39) X100 = -44.11%

Since, the Percentage of deviation is <–20%, the recharge component obtained by rainfall infiltration factor method multiplied by 0.8.

Recharge from rainfall = 40.31 MCuM / Year

2. Recharge from other sources

a. Recharge from return flow from surface water applied for Paddy irrigation::

= 50% of (105cm X 833 ha) = 4.37 MCuM/Year

b. Recharge from return flow from surface water applied for Non Paddy irrigation:

= 30% of (65cm X 155 ha) = 0.30 MCuM / Year



c. Recharge from return flow from groundwater applied for Paddy irrigation:

=45% of (2.81 MCuM)/Year) = 1.26 MCuM / Year

d. Recharge from return flow from groundwater applied for Non Paddy irrigation:

= 25% of (3.27 MCuM)/Year) = 0.81 MCuM/Year

e. Recharge from Return flow of mine water let out into streams:

= 20% of (0.69 MCuM / Year) = 0.13 MCuM / Year

Total Recharge from other sources (a+b+c+d+e) = 6.87 MCuM / Year

Gross recharge = Recharge from rainfall+ Recharge from other sources= 47.18 MCuM/Yr

III. GROUNDWATER ALLOCATION FOR DOMESTIC AND INDUST RIAL USE

For the domestic needs within the buffer zone of proposed project, projected by the year 2035, an allocation of 6919 m3/day or 2.52 MCuM/year of groundwater is made.

IV. TREND OF PHREATIC SURFACE

SCCL is monitoring to study the impact of mining on groundwater regime. The pre-monsoon and post-monsoon trend of phreatic surface of observation wells of buffer area are shown in the hydrograph as Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1.

V. NET ANNUAL GROUNDWATER AVAILABILITY

This is obtained by deducting 10% of total groundwater resources from the gross groundwater recharge as = 47.18 - 4.71= 42.47 MCuM / year

VI. CURRENT STAGE OF GROUND WATER DEVELOPMENT

The gross annual groundwater availability within the buffer zone area of proposed project is arrived at by adding recharge from rainfall and recharge from other sources. This amounts to 47.18 MCuM/Year. After deducting unaccounted losses (10% of gross recharge), the net available groundwater is 42.47 MCuM/ year. The current annual gross groundwater draft of all uses in this area is 9.86 MCuM/Year. This leaves a net balance of 32.61 MCuM/ year.

Stageofgroundwaterdevelopment =CurrentannualgrossgroundwaterdraftX100

Netgroundwateravailable

VII. CATEGORISATION OF AREA FOR GROUND WATER DEVELO PMENT

As per GEC 97, the stage of ground water development is less than 70% and water table at least one season does not show a falling trend, the category can be considered as Safe.

The present stage of ground water development in the buffer zone area of proposed project is 23.2 %. The long term monitoring of water levels reveal that the water table during pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons are not showing a falling trend (Figure No. 4.2.3.7.1). Hence, based on this information the area is categorised as “Safe”.

Summary of ground water resource estimation: Gross annual ground water recharge 47.18 McuM/ year Unaccounted losses 4.71 McuM/ year Net annual Ground water recharge 42.47 McuM/ year Annual ground water draft 9.86 McuM/ year Balance groundwater available 32.61 McuM/ year Stage of groundwater development: 23.21 % Categorisation of area “Safe”

A flow diagram of hydrologic system of the area is shown in Figure No. 4.2.3.8.1 .



Figure No. 4.2.3.8.1 . Flow Diagram of Hydrologic System in Natural Condit ions

Precipitation: 587.85 MCuM/Year

Zone of aeration

Cap

illar

y ris

e

Total Draft: 9.86 MCuM/ Yr

Let out into streams / tanks: 0.39 MCuM/Yr

Surface water out flow

Dow

nward

Percolation

Evaporation

Domestic consumption

2.52 MCuM/ Yr

Surplus ground water available: 32.61 MCuM/Yr

Land surface Infiltration:

40.31 MCuM/Yr

Bodies of surface water Direct run off

Zone of saturation (Net ground water available): 42.47 MCuM/Yr

ATMOSPHERE

Natural discharges & other losses:

(-) 4.71 MCuM/Yr

Recharge from other sources: 6.87 MCuM/Yr

Seepage S

eepa

ge a

nd

sprin

g

Infiltration

Cattle consumption

0.25 MCuM / Yr

Agriculture consumption:

6.09 MCuM/ Yr

Mine water Pumping:

1.00 MCuM/ Yr

Sedimentation Tank

Mine use: 0.22 MCuM/Yr

Domestic use: -0.03 MCuM/Yr

Plantation use: 0.05 MCuM/Yr

Oil & grease

trap Soak Pit



165

4.2.3.9 INFLOW OF WATER INTO THE PROPOSED PROJECT

The seepage of water into the quarry is from three sources:

1. Rainfall over the excavated quarry area. 2. Surface run-off water. 3. Ground water seepage from the aquifers exposed in the quarry side.

1. Rainfall over the excavated quarry area:

The normal rain water intake will be during the period of about four months in a year. The normal mean rainfall on a rainy day at Tekulapally (the nearest rain gauge station) is considered as 19.17 mm (with an average number of 58.23 rainy days). The excavated quarry area of the project, during the mine life period varies as a function of time in a phased way. All the rainfall occurring over the excavated quarry area is taken for computation of the quantum of inflow and of water, which varies from a minimum of 23,303 m3/day to a maximum of 96,989m3/day as shown below.

1. Year Inflow of water in

a rainy day (m3/day)

2. Year -1 23303 3. Year -2 30406 4. Year -3 36691 5. Year -4 44106 6. Year -5 51385 7. Year -10 82789 8. Year -15 86531 9. Year -20 90291 10. Year -25 96989 11. Year -29 90904

2. Surface run-off water:

Run-off from slopes of internal dumps, in-pit slopes and access road of KOC - III Project shall be channelled to flow through a common drain into the surface drains. To avoid the flow of surface water towards and into the quarry, suitable precautionary measures like changing the gradient of the topography to be away from the quarry area and OB dumps as barrier and garland drains around them shall be provided. General topography and moderate development of drainage net work in the project area shows that the surface drainage is not likely to pose any problem. Hence this component of water flow into the quarry can be ignored.

3. Ground water seepage from the aquifers exposed i n the quarry:

The inflow of groundwater into the quarry is estimated based on the aquifer parameters. The hydraulic conductivity of the aquifer system is assessed as 9.4x10-2 m/day. The maximum depth of the proposed project is 175 m. The cumulative saturated thickness of the aquifers in this area is 120 m. From this, the average ground water inflow into the quarry is estimated as: Q = 2πKh2/w (u) = 1545 m3 /day.

Q is the quantum of inflow, K is hydraulic conductivity, h is hydraulic head of aquifers, and w(u) is a well function.



166

4.2.3.10 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS OF MININ G ON WATER REGIME AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES

This project area covers a total area of about 1607.60 ha. (i.e., including dump yards, quarry, service buildings and diversion of road etc). The project area falls in the Murredu vagu watershed. The anticipated impacts of the proposed project are discussed below.

I. Impact on topography:

The topographic elevation of the block area varies from 140 m is south to 180 m above MSL in the North side with undulatory, covered by brown sandy and black cotton soil. A hillock, Bairenigutta is located on the N-W side of the quarry area which is proposed to be excavated. Due to mining operations the topography & landscape and its immediate vicinity in the mine lease area will be affected and the area will become a depression in mine working zone.

During the life span of the project, the external overburden dumps (external dump of KOC - III and voids of KOC - II) will attain a maximum height of about 120 m in the northwest of the lease area, and the mine pit will reach to a maximum depth of about 175 m in the project. Due to the mining operations and OB dumps, the drainage network alters and the flow path gets re-adjusted, as such, there will be no reduction in the total quantity of the flow in this area.

With the advance of mining operations, the void area of KOC - III quarry will be back filled with the OB generated from the KOC - III to the maximum height 90 m above ground level. At the time of mine closure, 643.81 M.Cu.m (462.25 Ha.) of void will be left.

II. Impact on surface water regime

The area is drained by the 1st and 2nd order streams of Murredu vagu and Nalla vagu. The drainage is of dendritic pattern. Lachigudem tank is located in the north east of the project. During the course of mining, the nallahs / streams / vagus in and around the project area are envisaged to be disturbed. In the northern side of the project (existing Pit –III) area a nala was already diverted during the initial stage of the Pit - III operations. Further, there is one more nallah will be diverted and realigned to original course over a length of 3.64 km..

Garland drain will be made all along the proposed external dump yards with intermediate settling provision and all along the surface edge of the pit yard, so that only clear water flows into the down stream side. The mine seepage water will be pumped out & discharged into settling tanks where the coal fines will be settled and only clear water will be discharged into the down stream side water bodies.

It is assumed that there will be no reduction in the total quantity of flow in the down stream due to the above diversions / removal of the existing drainage in the project area. As the rain that falls over the area will ultimately flow into the nearby nallas or tanks either by diversion or pumping from mine towards down stream side. The diversion of streams will not affect the gradient or velocity of the flow in the downstream side

Effect of drainage diversion / removal

There is no major nallah flowing across the project area, but small seasonal channels of water present over the proposed project area. Considering the surface topography of the area, a garland drain is planned around the quarry and external dump yard to accommodate the inflow of water to handle the flash floods during rainy season.

Considering the hillock on the S-W side of the external dump yard, it is proposed to divert inflow of water by constructing 40 m width nallah to handle the flash floods during rainy season for a length of 3.64 Km.



167

Another seasonal nallah, situated towards north side of Pit - III was diverted for the workings of Pit - III of KOC - II and the same will be utilized for the proposed KOC - III.

Hence, it is assumed that there will be no reduction in the total quantity of flow in the down stream due to the diversion / removal of the existing drainage in the project area (Figure No. 2.23.1 in Chapter 2) .

III. Impact on Groundwater regime

The impact of mining on local ground water regime depends on the mine parameters like mine depth and rate of expansion, groundwater recharge and hydraulic parameters of the aquifers intercepted in the quarry.

The project is planned to extract the coal from dip side property of Pit-II, Pit-III of existing Koyagudem OCP-II and the maximum depth of the proposed quarry is 175 m.

Presently KOCP-II is the only mine in operation in the buffer zone area. The average quantity of water being pumped out from this mine is about 2760m3/day. After meeting the mine requirements about 1900 m3/day is being discharged into near by streams / tanks.

SCCL is monitoring the piezometric heads around the existing KOC project, which were constructed at a distance of 100 m to 800 m from the quarry. The piezometric heads vary from 1.00 m to 23.05 m bgl. (Table No. 4.2.3.7.2). Hydrographs are shown in Figure No. 4.2.3.7.2. This monitoring is aimed at studying the impact of coal mining on ground water regime.

Radius of influence

The continuous pumping of ground water from the project will result the depletion of water table around the project area. The radius of influence of water withdrawing from the proposed open pits has been determined by Thiem’s equation

Q =2∏kb(H0– hw)

2.3 logR'/rw

Where, Q is Discharge (m3/sec) k is Coefficient of permeability (m/sec)

b is Thickness of the aquifer (m)

H0 is Initial piezometric head in the aquifer (m)

Hw is Target drawdown level in the equivalent well (m)

Ro is Radius of influence (m)

rw is radius of the well/sump/pit

At the end of final year, taking the value of ‘k’ as 1.087x10-6 m/sec, ‘b’ as 65m, ‘(H0 – hw)’ as 60 m, ‘rw’ as 1229 m (assumed as the void of mine area being about 474.2 ha at final stage) and ‘Q’ as 2760 m3/day, the value of “Ro” is calculated as

0.03194 =2x3.14x1.087x10./x65x60

2.3 log2'/1229

Radius of influence Ro = 2833 m from centre of the project or 1604 m from the surface edge during the final stage of the project.

Thus, the stage wise the assumed radius of influence from centre of the project and quarry surface boundary on the water regime is given below.



168

Sl.No

Period Ro from

centre of mine in m

Ro from edge of mine in m

1 Year -1 745 123

2 Year -2 935 224

3 Year -3 1081 300

4 Year -4 1283 427

5 Year -5 1545 621

6 Year -10 2277 1085

7 Year -15 2764 1565 8 Year -20 2823 1598 9 Year -25 2926 1657

10 Year -29 2833 1604

Due to stratification, the permeable beds act as individual units and develop multi-aquifer system. As such, the propagation of drawdown cone is limited to a small distance from the edge of the project. Due to prominent boundaries / faults, the propagation of the cone of influence is further restricted. The mine water discharged into the local drainage net work / tanks act as constant source of recharge and improves the water levels around the mine.

After cessation of mining, due to increased permeability in the backfilled area, the infiltration of rain water increases and the water levels recoup in a short time. At the final stage of the mine, the void left in the dip-side area will be gradually filled with rain water and surface run off and become a good reservoir and acts as constant source of recharge to the groundwater regime and improves the water levels around the mine.

IV. Impact of Structural features

Faults are areas of disturbance which pose a threat to safety. Special care needs to be taken while approaching a fault. The heave zone of the fault often consists of unconsolidated strata which tend to collapse/slide resulting in slope/bench failure. If a fault forms the boundary of the quarry floor, the high wall benches will be formed cutting across the fault plane i.e., excavating the entire heave zone in the process.

As far as possible, benches will not be formed parallel to and abutting against a fault plane since they are likely to fail/slide. Thus, the safer method is to align the benches perpendicular/oblique to the fault plane while approaching a fault. Wherever benches are aligned parallel to fault plane, the excavation of benches would be from top-downward.

The abutting faults within the property will also be cut and kept properly benched. The working benches are designed at an angle of 450 to the fault plane to ensure proper working gradient and to avoid benches parallel to the fault plane.

Water requirement

The mine discharge water will be stored in settling ponds for removal of suspended solids. About 1388 m3/day water is required for various requirements of the mine like dust suppression (1260 m3/day), work shop (95 m3/day), plantation (9 m3/day) and domestic consumption (24 m3/day). After meeting the mine requirements the remaining mine water will be discharged into near by streams/tanks after necessary treatment, which may act as constant source of recharge to the groundwater regime and improves the water levels around the mine.



169

Mitigation measures

Garland drains are to be provided all along the periphery of quarry area. The streamlets that originate out side the proposed project and flow across the quarry are to be re-oriented through garland drains along the periphery of the project / quarry, so that, the flow should meet the original course in the down stream and the impact on regional hydrology will be negligible.

Pollution of surface water is mainly due to soil erosion and wash off from loose overburden, coal yards and associated material in monsoon season. Hence, check dams and sedimentation tanks are to be constructed around the OB dump and the lease area to reduce soil erosion and arrest suspended solids before discharging the run-off water into the natural water regime. The water that stored in the quarry during rains and mine seepage will be discharged into the local tanks / streams after conventional treatment.

Pollution of Groundwater takes place where the mine rejects contain toxic chemical substances. As coal mine is not a chemical industry, no such pollution takes place. Excess water from opencast mine is to be pumped into a settling pond before letting out into the local drainage net work. Water from the workshops is to be circulated through oil and grease trap before letting out into the local drainage so that there will be no pollution or contamination of ground water due to coal mining.

The total groundwater draft in the buffer zone area is about 9.86 MCuM/Year. Of this, from existing mines it is about 1.00 MCuM/Year and cultivation requirements is about 6.09 MCuM/Year.

The monitoring of water levels around the coal mines will be continued, to observe the adverse impact on ground water regime

4.2.3.11 CONCLUSIONS

In this area, the attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored in the observation wells located at a distance of 1 km to 9.5 km from the existing coal mine. The phreatic surface varies from 2.65 m to 8.90 m bgl during pre-monsoon season and from 1.00 m to 7.80 m bgl during post-monsoon season. The piezometric heads also being monitored in these wells constructed around the project which vary from 1.00m to 23.05 m bgl.

From the analysis of phreatic and piezometric data in the buffer zone of the existing mine scenario, it is observed that, there is no considerable impact of mining on groundwater regime in this area.

As per the Groundwater Resource Estimation, the present stage of groundwater development is 23.21%. The total quantum of water pumped out from the existing mine is about 1.00 MCuM/Year, while the ground water used for cultivation it is about 6.09 MCuM/Year. The probable seepage in to the project will be about 1545 m3 /day

The streamlets that originate out side the quarry and flow across the project area will be diverted to flow through garland canal and subsequently, connect them to original course in downstream side. It is assumed that there will be no reduction in the total quantity of flow in the down stream due to the diversion / removal of the existing drainage in the project area.

From the available hydro geological information, it is assumed that the mining influence of project on the ground water regime is about 1604 m from the surface boundary of the mine during the final stage.

After cessation of mining, the rain water infiltrates rapidly in to the back filled unconsolidated material in the mine pit and the water levels will recoup in a short time. This void will become a reservoir in the area to cater the requirements of local communities and augmenting recharge to the ground water regime.



170

In view of the above, it can be inferred that there will be no impact on water regime in this area. The impact of mining on groundwater system, if any, will only be a temporary phase and localised phenomenon.

However, it is proposed to continue the monitoring of phreatic and piezometric surfaces around the project periodically on long term basis, to observe the adverse impact, if any that may arise. In the event of any adverse impact on the surrounding area, conservative measures will be taken up.

4.2.4 Impact on Land Environment

The opencast mining operations like quarrying, dumping of overburden, approach roads and service facilities etc. will result in change of landscape and topography. Mining operations have entailed uprooting of existing vegetation in the project area diverted / acquired for the project. The total land requirement for the project is 1607.60 Ha. in which 1158.93 Ha. is forest land. Out of the total forest land, 464.77 Ha. of land is already diverted for mining purpose and the same is under possession of SCCL. The balance 694.16 Ha. Forest land is to be diverted for mining purpose and 448.67 Ha. of private land is to acquired for mining purpose. The private land required for the project will be acquired as per LA Act by paying suitable compensation to land losers. Opencast mining involves removal of large quantity of overburden and dumping outside the quarry in the initial years till sufficient void is created in the quarry for backfilling. The external dumping of overburden is minimised to the extent possible in order to reduce the disturbance to the landscape. The details of present land use, proposed change in land use and post mining land use are furnished in Table No. 4.2.4.1 to Table No. 4.2.4.3 respectively.

Table No. 4.2.4.1: Present Land Use of the Project

Forest land diverted for mining purpose i.e, KOC - II (Pit I & Pit - II) 464.77 Forest Land (to be diverted) 694.16 Agricultural Land (Single Crop) (to be acquired) 448.67 Total Project Area 1607.60 Ha.

Table No. 4.2.4.2: Proposed change in Land Use of t he Project

Sl. No.

Description

Total Land Requirement in Ha.

Forest Non-Forest Total

1 Quarry area 379.30 344.75 724.05 2 External Dump Area 635.55 0.00 635.55 3 Inspection road, bund, transmission line &

for lighting and safety zone 59.67 67.86 127.53

4 CHP and Coal Yard 41.96 15.59 57.55 5 Mine Service Facilities 0.00 7.18 7.18 6 Magazine 0.00 0.36 0.36 7 Diversion of Public road 0.00 3.46 3.46 8 Nallah Diversion including settling tanks 36.30 2.66 38.96 9 Belt Conveyor and railway siding 6.15 6.81 12.96

Grand Total 1158.93 448.67 1607.60



171

Table No. 4.2.4.3: Post Mining Land Use of the Proj ect Sl. No. Description Plantation

Water body

Public / other use

Total Land

1 Quarry area 261.80 462.25 0.0 724.05 2 External Dump Area 627.19 * 08.36 0.0 635.55 3 Inspection road, bund, transmission

line & for lighting and safety zone 64.97 0.0 62.56 127.53

4 CHP and Coal Yard 1.77 * 29.12 26.66 57.55 5 Mine Service Facilities 2.99 0.0 4.19 7.18 6 Magazine 0.0 0.0 0.36 0.36 7 Diversion of Public road 1.38 0.0 2.08 3.46

8 Nallah diversion including settling tanks

0.0 0.0 38.96 38.96

9 Belt Conveyor and railway siding 9.18 0.0 3.78 12.96

Grand Total 969.28 499.73 138.59 1607.6

*The area will also be left as water body at the closure stage as it was the quarry area of KOC-II.

4.2.5 Impact on Forest

Core Zone:

Coal mining is a site-specific activity and has to be carried out economically wherever coal deposits occur. Forest land required for this project is 1158.93 Ha. Out of this forest land, 464.77 Ha. of land is already diverted for mining purpose. The balance 694.16 Ha. of forest land is to be diverted for mining purpose. The forest areas proposed for fresh diversion for mining purpose basically comes under scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type. The density of the trees is low which is depicted in the adjacent photograph which was taken during BLD collection. It was observed during BLD collection, that there are Mango Orchards and Eucalyptus plantations in forest area proposed for diversion.

During mining operations, this forest will be removed. Out of the above forest land (1158.93 Ha), 824.63 Ha. (71.15%) of forest land will be reclaimed at the end of mining operations. The land use status of 115.68 Ha. (9.98%) of forest land utilized for safe barrier, roads, bund etc., which will remain same at the end of mining operations and the balance 1218.62 Ha. (18.86%) of forest land will be left as void area which can be utilised as a water body.

Buffer Zone:

The forest areas around the project i,e. buffer area of Koyagudem Opencast - III mining project come under scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type. The forest areas present in the study area are under six reserve forests namely Chimpalli, Komaram, Yellandu, Chatakonda, Chimalpad and Kanchipalli.

There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Bio Sphere Resreve, Tiger Reserve and Elephant Reserves in the core zone of project. However, the periphery of Kinnerasani Wildlife Sanctuary is at a distance of 2.50 Km. from the project boundary. The project is not falling in the Eco-Sensitive zone of Kinnerasani Wildlife Sanctuary.



172

Further, quarry area is surrounded by external dump yard on west side and a hilly terrain on the eastern side. Hence, there will not be any impact of mining operation on the adjoining project.

Studies on biological environment conducted by ENVIS Division of EPTRI, Hyderabad indicated that there are no endangered, threatened and endemic species in the study area of proposed KOC - III Project. Hence, preparation of comprehensive conservation plan for protection and conservation of endangered flora and fauna is not required.

In addition, SCCL conducted a case study by Experts from Department of Botany, Kakatiya University, Warangal in one of its opencast (JVR OC - I, Sathupalli) where forestland is involved in the Project. The study concluded that there will not be any impact of mining operation on the adjoining forest. The similar situation prevails in the proposed project site.

4.2.6 Rehabilitation and Resettlement

Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are falling within the 500 m of proposed quarry surface. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package for these villages with a cost of Rs. 143.55 crores. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are 125, 100 and 150 respectively. In the Project Affected Families (PAFs), Rural Artisans/ small traders are 41 and RoFR persons are 470 as per initial survey.



In compliance to the specific condition (xxxvii) of ToR, Feasible and time bound plan for rehabilitation of Project affected people has been furnished in Chapter No. 7.

4.3 MEASURES FOR MINIMISING / OFFSETTING IDENTIFIED ADVERSE IMPACTS

4.3.1 Measures Against Air Pollution

While complete elimination of dust due to mining operations may not be possible, the following measures will be taken to mitigate the fugitive dust from different operations:

• Coal seam exposed for cutting will be mad wet before cutting by Surface Miner to avoid dust generation.

• To avoid the dust generation from the drilling operations, wet-drilling will be adopted.

• There will not be any blasting in coal as it is proposed to deploy Surface Miner for excavation of coal. However, Use of appropriate explosives for blasting and avoiding overcharging of blast holes in OB will be followed while blasting.

• The volume of dust rising from dumps by the action of wind will be controlled significantly by planting grasses on slopes and native plants on dumps soon after their formation / attaining final profile.

• Haul roads will be the major source of dust in the opencast mines. To overcome the problems of dust generation from mine haul roads, the following steps will be taken.

- Black topping of permanent roads like routes to coal handling plant, permanent internal roads, railway siding etc.,

- OB & Coal transport vehicles shall pass through sensor operated water sprinkling network.



173

- Continuous water spray arrangements along haul roads , routes to coal handling plant, permanent internal roads, railway siding etc

- Regular water spraying on haul roads and permanent transport routes at required frequencies. It is proposed to procure ten 28 KL water sprinklers for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works.

- A time gap of minimum 5 minutes will be maintained between dumper to dumper during transportation of coal and OB in order to allow settlement heavier dust particulates.

- Mechanical sweeping or grading of the haul roads with help of motor grader is proposed. Six motor graders of 145 HP capacity is proposed for this project.

- Avenue plantation along roads.

• Taking up plantation around the quarry and OB dumps in three rows, which will serve as a barrier to prevent the dispersion of dust and with a fund provision of Rs.130.00 Lakhs.

• Effective dust suppression measures will be taken up at pit head coal handling plant (CHP). The crusher house will be enclosed to the extent possible and dust suppression arrangement will be provided at suitable locations in the CHP. All conveyors, screens, crusher etc. will be provided with covers to avoid fugitive dust during operation. Mobile mist generating machines will be deployed for dust suppression at CHP at a cost of Rs. 64.00 Lakhs. Some of the measures proposed to be adopted at CHP in order to control dust emission include:

i) Height of fall to be minimized at all coal transfer points,

ii) Internal lining of chutes and bins will be done to take care of abrasion & dust and

iii) Continuous water spraying arrangements will be made for dust suppression.

• The exhaust emissions from HEMM containing CO, SO2 & NOx will be controlled by strictly adhering to the scheduled maintenance that includes periodical tuning of engines.

• The additional control measures on dump like thick plantation, stabilization and additional green belt along the boundary is recommended to control the dust concentrations.

• Coal transportation dumpers will be passed through tyre washing system before coming on to the public roads in order to reduce the deposition of dust on the roads resulting in air born dust.

Proposal for Dust Suppression at Various Points

• At Mine: 10 water sprinklers of 28 KL is proposed for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works.

• At Crusher : Static water sprinkling arrangements will be provided all around the crusher so as to suppress dust generation.

• At Transfer Points : Height of fall will be kept minimum and it is proposed to provide continuous water sprinkling arrangements.

• At loading and unloading bunkers : Effective mist spray or water spraying arrangement to suppress dust generation and with a fund provision of Rs 72 Lakhs .

• From CHP to consumer : Coal will be transported by road with tarpaulin covered trucks and rail system of transportation. The maximum quantity of coal raised from the proposed project will be supplied to Thermal Power Plant located at a distance of 40 km. and minimum quantity through basket linkage to minor industries.



174

• Flow chart showing mineral transportation from mine to CHP along with preventive measures to minimise the impact due to mineral transportation is shown hereunder.

4.3.2 Measures Against Noise and Ground Vibrations

4.3.2.1 Measures Against Noise Pollution

Noise level in mine premises will be kept within the occupational noise exposure limit as prescribed by DGMS. The following strategy will be adopted for controlling undesirable noise:

• Prevention at source

• Isolation of source

• Administrative control

4.3.2.2 Mitigation Measures to Reduce Ambient Noise Levels

The following control measures are proposed to be taken for noise reduction which

includes:

• Controlled blasting techniques using milli-second delay detonators & relays will be adopted in this project for minimizing noise and blast vibrations.

• Secondary blasting is one of the major sources. Avoiding the secondary blasting with proper blast design, spacing and burden. Using of rock breakers proposed for sizing if required.

• Consuming minimum quantity of detonating fuse by using alternatively EXCEL non-electric initiation system.

• Carrying out blasting during favourable atmospheric conditions and less human activity timings.

• Creation of green belts of dense foliage in three rows between mine areas and around the land limit line and residential colonies, if any, which will act as noise attenuator in phased manner.

• Proper maintenance of machinery (including transport vehicles) including fine tuning of engines to reduce noise.

• Avenue plantation along the coal transportation roads.

• Practice of keeping some coal in the bunkers so that, the coal directly does not hit on the sides of the bunkers and also minimizing the height of fall.

• Providing adequate silencers to the dumpers and other vehicles.

Coal transport to pit head

bunker

Coal Loading

into trucks

Coal Transportation

to CHP

Dispatch to consumers

by rail

Dispatch to Customers

by road

Water sprinkling at bunker

Covering of trucks with tarpaulin

Covering of trucks with tarpaulin



175

4.3.2.3 Measures to Protect Workers from High Noise Levels

• Protective devices like acoustic wool, earplugs and earmuffs will be provided to the workers working in HEMM where noise levels are above 90 dB(A). Sound and dust proof cabins will be provided in the machines like surface miner, dozers, shovels, dumpers and feeder breakers at CHP etc.

• Reducing the exposure time of the workers to the high noise levels including job rotation. Conducting of audiometric test as a part of PME and corrective actions if required.

With the noise abatement measures as indicated above, it is expected that the noise levels will be maintained in compliance to the prescribed limits. The various steps involved in the noise management strategy is illustrated as Figure No. 4.3.2.3.1

Figure No. 4.3.2.3.1 : Noise Management Strategy

4.3.2.4 Measures against Ground Vibrations.

There will not be blasting in coal as it is proposed to deploy Surface Miner for coal excavation. However, blasting for OB removal may give rise to ground vibrations which may cause damage to nearby structures. Fly rock is another problem that deserves attention. In order to control noise and blast vibrations, suitable control measures are

Noise Survey

No Risk

Noise Hazard Zone

Reduce Leq

Reduce Working Life

Personal Ear

Protection

Isolate Person

Reduce Noise Level

Job Rotation

Noise Reduction At Source

Interrupt Transmission

Path

Noise Attenuating

Refuges

Reduce Exposure Time

Monitoring Audiometry



176

being adopted in the adjacent KOC - II Project. The ground vibrations are being continuously recorded in the existing project by using seismograph instruments (Minimate / NOMIS) and the recorded ppv and noise level are within stipulated limits.

Based on the ground vibration studies made earlier in the existing KOC - II Project, similar precautions will be taken while carrying out blasting operations in proposed KOC - III Project for controlling the ground vibrations. DGMS circular No.7 dated. 29.08.1997 stipulates permissible standards for blast induced ground vibrations.

The following precautions are proposed to be taken up at the proposed project site as the same have been found adequate in controlling noise and blast vibrations in adjacent project.

• Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in this project for reducing blast vibrations substantially.

• Further, charge per delay is to be regulated to minimise blast vibrations. Charge per delay will be restricted to less than 2 Tonnes. However the charge per delay is controlled by:

- Reducing the blast hole depth

- Using small diameter holes

- Delay initiation of deck charges in the blast holes

- Using more numbers of delay detonators in series

- Using sequential blasting machine.

• Optimum delay sequence and stem to column ratio will be maintained to minimise the fly rock distance and ground vibration intensity.

• Basing on the distance of the nearest sensitive areas from the epicentre of the blast, charge weight will be altered to meet the stipulated standards.

• Design of optimum blast hole geometry considering bench height, diameter of hole, type of explosive, nature of rock, level of fragmentation required etc.

• Divide total charge / blast in several parts so as to keep minimum explosive per delay i.e. use of milli - second delay detonators & relays.

• Avoid concentration of explosive by using deck charging.

- Reducing excessive burden and spacing.

- Removing buffers in front of the holes.

- Reducing stemming but not to the degree of increasing air-blast and fly rock.

- Limiting sub-drilling just to tear-off the bench bottom.

- Reducing sub-grade drilling.

- Allowing at least one free face.

- Using decoupled charges.

- Drilling holes parallel to the bench face.

- Accuracy in drilling.

• The explosives of following quality will be used

- High Velocity of Detonation

- Density suited to its particular application (Based on nature of over burden, inter parting, coal, shale, etc.)



177

- Good fume characteristics

- Good water resistance

- Good storage qualities and resistance to atmospheric parameters.

4.3.2.5 Fly Rock Control Measures There are a large number of factors that influence fly rocks. Most important of these factors are long explosive columns with little stemming at the mouth of the hole, irregular shape of face, long water column in holes, loose stones on face of the surface blasting area, and strong wind. However, certain preventive measures will be taken to minimise the risks arising from flying fragments. These are:

• Maintaining optimum explosive column to stemming ratio.

• Muffle blasting.

• Pilot holes / satellite holes.

• Dozing / muffling the loose boulders.

• Density of explosive charge based on nature of the blast hole rock.

Other Measures to avoid accidents to the persons

Marking of Danger Zone : The area falling within 500 m of the blasting area will be marked off as danger zone with red flags, or other appropriate signs, and entry of any unauthorized person into this zone will be prohibited during blasting operation.

Warning Signals : An audible warning signal will be given, fifteen minutes before actual firing of blast so as to enable the persons to move out of danger zone. For this purpose, a set of sirens / hooters will be provided at appropriate places.

Providing Blasting Shelters : In order to protect the personnel engaged in blasting operations, blasting shelters will be provided in close proximity to the site of blasting for taking shelter during blasting.

Air Blast Control Measures: The release of explosive energy though the air and movement of fragmented rocks are primary cause for noise and Air Over Pressure (AoP) during blasting. Adoption of following measures while carrying out blasting operations will help in reducing the intensity of air blast and will also minimize the noise levels associated with air blast. The measures suggested are:

• Avoiding overcharging of blast hole

• Adequate stemming

• Maintaining proper inter-hole & inter-row delays.

• Burying of relay card by muck or OB

4.3.3 Measures against Water Pollution and Waste Wa ter Generation

During quarry operations, strata water seeps into the quarry area, which will be pumped out as mine discharge. A part of the mine discharge water will be utilized for meeting water requirement of the project like dust suppression, washing of HEMM, plantation etc. The excess water from opencast mining activity, if discharged without appropriate treatment, will cause deterioration of quality of receiving water body mainly due to the presence of suspended solids in mine discharge water.



178

Other sources of water pollution are run off during the rainy season, effluents from the workshop, sewage from the office complex and residential colony. Some of the control measures proposed for controlling water pollution in the proposed project are as follows:

4.3.3.1 Proposed Water Pollution Control Measures

• Garland drains of proper size and length will be made and maintained along the quarry and external dump to prevent the surface run-off water from entering into quarry, adjoining forest and to dispose properly to the natural drains / tanks after channelizing through settling ponds. One diesel backhoe shovel is provided for preparation of garland drains, settling ponds, etc.

• The excess water which will be let out will be utilized for irrigation by nearby villagers.

• Check dams / rock fill dams and toe walls will be constructed wherever necessary to reduce siltation.

• Water accumulated due to rain as well as seepage will be led to the main sump of the pit and will be subsequently pumped to the surface.

• The mine water will be utilized for dust suppression, washing, drinking, fire fighting, plantation etc.

• Workshop effluents will be treated suitably in sedimentation tanks followed by Oil & Grease traps.

• One Sewage Treatment Plant of 1.00 MLD capacity is already existing in Tekulapalli Colony for treating domestic sewage. There is no proposal for construction of a new colony for this project as the required manpower will be drawn from the existing manpower of the other mines of the area.

• The Sewage generated from mine office and other surface buildings will be small quantities and treated in septic tanks followed by soak pits.

4.3.3.2 Details of Effluent Treatment Plant

The effluents generated from the washing of HEMM at the Base Workshop and at Pit Head CHP of the proposed KOC - III will be treated in the ETP proposed for the project. Provision of Rs. 50.00 lakhs and Rs. 10.00 lakhs have been made to construct Oil and Grease Trap (ETP) at the Base Workshop and at Pit Head CHP respectivley. The flow chart of effluent treatment plant is as shown in Figure No. 4.3.3.2.1.

Figure: 4.3.3.2.1: Flow Chart of Effluent Treatment Plant Proposed at Project.

4.3.3.3 Details of Sewage Treatment Plant

The technology adopted in the STP is Activated Sludge Process (ASP) with extended aeration. It is a biological treatment process in which organic matter of the sewage is being



179

oxidized in the metabolic activity being provided by mechanical surface aerators. Solid liquid separation in the secondary clarifier is provided for separating sludge, which is mostly bacterial culture from treated sewage. Most of the separated sludge recycled to aeration tank and balance is disposed in the drying beds, which can be used in OB plantation, nursery, etc. Treated effluent is free from solids and organic matter. The flow chart of sewage treatment plant is as shown in Figure No. 4.3.3.3.1.

Figure: 4.3.3.3.1: Flow Chart of Sewage Treatment Plant.

4.3.3.4 Details of Measures against the Run-off

Runoff is one of the major sources of the water pollution contributes siltation in the natural water bodies, Total Suspended Solids, Total Dissolved Solids, Turbidity, PH, etc. Precipitation in the area either recharges into the ground or evaporates or runoff. The runoff factor can be taken as 0.4 in the dump areas.During the span of last 10 years (2004-2014), rainfall varied widely from 580.2 mm (2009) to 1843 mm (2010) with a mean of 1116.2 mm.

Based on the rainfall intensity, profile of the ground, proposed profile of external dumps, quarry surface, other parameters, sufficient size & length garland drains along with Toe wall / Earthen embankment, Settling ponds, greens in between, gabions, RFDs, Check dams, etc. are proposed to control the soil erosion and siltation into the natural water bodies.

The external dumps are designed in such a way to avoid the runoff along the slopes of the external dumps by backward sloping of the terraces, deck drains and safe disposable drains at predetermined interval. The schematic diagram of the disposal of runoff is given in the Figure No. 4.3.3.4.1.

Figure: 4.3.3.4.1: Schematic Diagram of Proposed Bio-engineering Structures.

The design and schematic diagram of the garland drain around the external dump, Toe wall, inspection road, boundary plantation, etc for control of the siltation and arresting the eroded material if any is given in Stage wise reclamation plans.

4.3.3.5 Scheme for Rainwater Harvesting for Groundw ater Recharging

Recommendations suggested by State Ground Water Department while according ground water clearance to KOC - III Project for groundwater withdrawal will be implemented. Measures will also be taken to construct rain water harvesting structures in

Garland Drain Deck Drain Runoff Slope Drain Settling Pond Natural Drain Reuse



180

residential colony, nearby villages, office buildings, etc. for augmenting ground water recharge.

4.3.4 Measures against Land Degradation

Any mining activity may alter the land use pattern in the lease area. In order to minimise the adverse effects, land reclamation shall be carried in concurrent with mining operations. At the end of the mining operations, quarry area and dumps left will be acceptable to the society and surrounding environment.

The following measures are proposed to be undertaken in the project. The detailed measures for land degradation are addressed in Solid Waste Management and Land Reclamation.

• Plantation on the over burden dumps with native, regenerative and self sustaining species.

• Plantation along the boundary of the lease area so as to minimise the visual impact.

• Top soil excavated from the site will be dumped separately at predetermined place for spreading subsequently on external dumps and backfilled areas for plantation.

• Back filling of the mine pits concurrently with the mining operations (land reclamation).

• Monitoring of reclamation, plantation, land use, land cover using high resolution satellite imageries with the time series of 3 years till the end of the project is proposed.

4.3.5 Measures to Reduce Impact on the Adjoining Fo rest Area and Conservation Plan for the Endangered / Endemic Flora and Fauna

The proposed mining operation involves 1158.93 Ha of forest land. Out of this forest land, 464.77 Ha. of land is already diverted for mining purpose and the balance 694.16 Ha. of forest land is proposed for fresh diversion for mining purpose. The forest areas present in the study area are under six reserve forests namely Chimpalli, Komaram, Yellandu, Chatakonda, Chimalpad and Kanchipalli. Hence, the following necessary safeguards will be taken up in the proposed project to protect adjoining forestland.

• Afforestation practices will be taken up concurrently with the progress of mining operations which helps in restoring and enhancing the vegetative cover in and around the immediate vicinity of the mine area

• Plantation will be done on vacant project land around the pits, CHP and along the coal transport road. Mixed species and native species will also be planted on overburden dump and reclaimed quarry area to ensure enrichment of the flora and fauna of project area.

• Efforts will be made to take up gap plantation in the adjoining degraded forest with the consent of State Forestry Department to conserve the flora & fauna in the immediate surroundings of mining area. Plantation of fruit bearing trees will also be taken up on dumps to attract the fauna and avi-fauna.

• The following activities will also be taken up in non-forest area coming within 5 km zone under social forestry

- Avenue Plantations: It is proposed to take up multiple row avenue plantations in the non-forest area coming under in this 5 Kms zone with species like peltoform, Neem, Pongamia, Ficus, Albazia etc., at an space of 5 m.

- Distribution of Seedlings: It is proposed to raise and distribute the seedlings, such as Teak, Nerudu, Pongamia etc., for Agro-Forestry to the farmers and Vegetable species like Drumstick, curry leaf etc. and fruit seedlings like Papaya, Jama,



181

Dhanimma, Panasa, Mango, Lemon etc., to the public for homestead planting in the non-forest areas coming within 5 Km zone.

• The noise & vibration, transportation and associated activities will be planned in such a way that it will have minimum or negligible impact on the wild life in the adjoining area.

• Blasting operations will be carried out at suitable time with control blasting techniques.

• Mine dust should be suppressed by regular water sprinkling on the mine overburden dumps and haul roads so as to avoid accumulation of dust on trees in the forest area.

• Soil erosion from the OB dumps and silt deposition in nearby water bodies and forest area will be prevented by taking suitable measures like planting soil binding species on dump slopes and constructing deck drains, garland drains, gabions, cribs, toe walls.

• The following Soil & Moisture Conservation works will also be taken up in the buffer zone of the project:

- Creating Water Holes: It is proposed to create water holes where ever it is feasible for the animals.

- Percolation Tanks (P): It is proposed to form Big Percolation Tanks (P) across the existing streams in the lower reaches.

- Continuous Contour Trenches: It is proposed to take up CCTs along the contour of 10 m length and 2.00 m top width and 1.00 m. depth leaving septa in between the trenches, to store water and to avoid runoff of rainfall and to stop fire.

- Check Dams (C): It is proposed to construct Check Dams in the existing streams in higher reaches

• Mine seepage water will be optimally utilised for various activities like dust suppression, plantation, washing of HEMM etc. and the excess water will be discharged into nearby tanks after channelling through settling ponds, which helps in maintaining hydrological balance in this area.

• Studies on biological environment conducted by ENVIS Division of EPTRI, Hyderabad indicated that there are no endangered, threatened and endemic species in the study area of proposed KOC - III Project. Further, SCCL conducted a case study by Experts from Department of Botany, Kakatiya University, Warangal in one of its opencast (JVR OC - I, Sathupalli) where forestland is involved in the Project. The study concluded that there will not be any impact of mining operation on the adjoining forest. The similar situation prevails in the proposed project site also.

4.3.6 Solid Waste Management

4.3.6.1 Dumping Strategy

Solid waste in the project mainly consists of overburden material obtained during mining operations at different stages and a negligible quantity of shale / rejects separated from the excavated coal. During the process of coal excavation, overlying strata consisting of topsoil and sedimentary rock formation will be removed separately as an overburden.

The quarrying of KOC - III produces 111.98 MT (63.63 M.Cu.m) of Coal and 866.60 M.Cum of OB with an average stripping of 7.71 cum /T. The total volume of excavation of overburden and coal is estimated as 930.23 M.Cum. Out of 866.60 M.Cum of OB excavation, 6.35 M.Cum is Top soil and 860.25 M.Cum is hard OB (including 1.20 M.Cum. of rehandled OB). The life of the project is 29 years at a rated production capacity of 3.60 MTPA (Peak 4.80 MTPA).



182

Out of total 866.60 M.Cum. of OB (including 6.35 M.Cu.m. of top soil), 464.89 M.Cum. (53.65%) will be dumped in the external dump yard (void area of KOC - II and external dumping area of KOC - III) earmarked for the proposed project, located western side of the quarry area and raised up to 120 m height. The balance 401.71 M.Cu.m. of OB (46.35%) will be accommodated in the in the void area of KOC - III and raised upto 90 m above ground level by leaving a void of 643.81 M.Cum in an area of 462.25 Ha.

Out of 6.35 M.Cu.m topsoil to be excavated, 4.63 M.Cum. will be spread over finished external dump yard and the balance quantity of 1.72 M.Cu.m will be spread over internal dump yard area.

4.3.6.2 Production of Coal and OB Dumping Schedules

The coal production of 111.98 MT and 866.60 M.Cum. of OB (inc. 6.35 M.Cum. of top soil) will be excavated during life of the mine. Year-wise calendar program of coal production (grade wise), OB and top soil excavation along with stripping ratio is given in Table No. 4.3.6.2.1 . Stage wise production of coal, OB removal and dumping of OB including top soil is shown in Table No. 4.3.6.2.2.



183

Table No. 4.3.6.2.1. Year-wise Calendar Program of Coal Production & OB Excavation.

Coal (Mt) Total OB (M.Cu.m)

Stripping Ratio Year

Grade Total

G13 G17 Topsoil from Quarry

Topsoil from External Dump Hard OB Total

1 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.72

*34.67 35.39 9.50

2 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.22 0.79 42.73 43.74 11.93

3 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.23 0.00 40.51 40.74 11.32

4 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.23 0.37 42.94 43.54 11.99

5 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.20 0.32 40.20 40.72 11.22

6 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.20 0.13 32.21 32.54 9.00

7 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.20 0.13 32.21 32.54 9.00

8 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.20 0.13 32.21 32.54 9.00

9 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.20 0.13 32.21 32.54 9.00

10 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.20 0.13 32.21 32.54 9.00

11 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

33.70 33.78 7.04

12 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

33.70 33.78 7.04

13 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

33.70 33.78 7.04

14 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

33.70 33.78 7.04

15 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

33.70 33.78 7.04

16 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

25.08 25.16 5.24

17 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

25.08 25.16 5.24

18 4.00 0.80 4.80 0.08

25.08 25.16 5.24

19 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.08

25.19 25.27 7.02

20 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.07

25.19 25.26 7.02

21 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.14

27.91 28.05 7.79

22 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.14

27.91 28.05 7.79

23 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.14

27.91 28.05 7.79

24 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.14

27.91 28.05 7.79

25 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.14

27.91 28.05 7.79

26 3.00 0.60 3.60 0.13

16.21 16.34 4.54

27 3.00 0.60 3.60

16.08 16.08 4.47

28 2.60 0.40 3.00

16.08 16.08 4.47

29 2.01 0.17 2.18

16.11 16.11 5.26

Total 93.61 18.37 111.98 4.22 2.13 860.25 866.60 7.71

(*34.67 M.Cu.m of Hard OB includes 1.20 M.Cu.m. of Rehandled OB)



184

Table No. 4.3.6.2.2. Stage wise Coal, OB and Topsoil Removal Schedules

At the end of

Coal Production

OB Removal (M.Cu.m) (Bank) Total

Excavation M.Cu.m

Hard OB Placement

(M.Cu.m) (Bank) Top soil Placement (M.cu.m) (Bank)

Void Left

(M.cu.m)

Void Area Left

(Ha) Top Soil

Hard OB Total Internal

Dump External

Dump Total

Spreading Over

Dumps Temp. Storage

Total

M.T M.Cu.m From Quarry

From Dump Total Internal External

1st Year 3.60 2.05 0.72 0.00 0.72 * 34.67 35.39 37.44 1.00 33.67 34.67 0.00 0.00 0.72 0.72 36.24 152.77

3rd Year 10.80 6.14 1.17 0.79 1.96 116.71 119.87 126.01 5.86 110.85 112.05 0.00 0.53 1.43 1.96 124.03 221.52

5th Year 18.00 10.23 1.60 1.48 3.08 199.85 204.13 214.36 5.86 193.99 195.19 0.00 1.76 1.32 3.08 201.70 298.17

10th Year 36.00 20.45 2.60 2.13 4.73 360.90 366.83 387.28 18.63 342.27 343.47 0.00 4.20 0.53 4.73 376.89 457.30

15th Year 60.00 34.09 3.00 2.13 5.13 529.40 535.73 569.82 140.19 389.21 390.41 0.50 4.51 0.12 5.13 469.94 475.83

20th Year 81.60 46.36 3.39 2.13 5.52 655.02 661.74 708.10 205.79 449.23 450.43 0.84 4.62 0.06 5.52 562.73 521.68

25th Year 99.60 56.59 4.09 2.13 6.22 794.57 801.99 858.58 335.51 459.06 460.26 1.40 4.63 0.19 6.22 621.21 492.57

29th Year 111.98 63.63 4.22 2.13 6.35 860.25 866.60 930.23 399.99 459.06 460.26 1.72 4.63 0.00 6.35 643.81 462.25 At Closure 111.98 63.63 4.22 2.13 6.35 860.25 866.60 930.23 399.99 460.26 460.26 1.72 4.63 0.00 6.35 643.81 462.25

Note: ( *34.67 M.Cu.m of Hard OB includes 1.20 M.Cu.m. of Rehandled OB



185

4.3.6.3 Design Criteria

Sequential mining suited for achieving the objective of placing maximum possible overburden in the internal dumps is planned. Internal dumping will start from 1st year itself which continues throughout the life of the Project (except in 3rd, 4th and 5th years). External dumping is required primarily till 10th year; but continues till 25th year with the year wise dumping quantities ranging from 1.97M.Cum to 12.01M.Cum. From 26th year to final year there will be only internal dumping.

The following design criteria have been considered for waste dumps.

i) Separate spoil dumps for topsoil and hard overburden ii) Maximum height of top soil dump is 10 meters. iii) Hard overburden will be dumped in 30 m high decks up to a maximum height of 120 m

and for internal dump it is planned with a maximum height of 90 m above GL. iv) 30 m. berm width for safe transport. v) Dump slope for each deck to be at natural repose of 37½0 and overall slope at 26.50. vi) Track dozers will be deployed for shaping the dumps and dozing of overburden. vii) Top soil will be spread over dump slopes and non-active dump area for reclamation.

4.3.6.4 Location of Dump Yards

A total quantity of 865.40 M.Cum of overburden (including 6.35 M.Cum top soil (4.22 M.Cum for quarry area and 2.13 from external dump area)) will be removed from the project during the life of the project. It is also proposed to re-handle 1.20 M.cum of OB from KOC-I dump to facilitate excavation from dip side of Pit-II. Total hard OB to be dealt with is 860.25 M.Cum.

It is proposed to accommodate the overburden in the following dump yards:

• External Dump yard to the north west side of the proposed Koyagudem OC-III area

• Temporary storage of topsoil on the central part of the proposed external dump • Internal dump yard

4.3.6.5 Overburden Management

In addition to the proposed external dump area, it is also proposed to use existing voids of KOC - II for external dumping. The placement of OB excavated during the total life of the project is as furnished below.

Sl. No Location of Dump yard Hard OB

(M.Cum) Top Soil (M.Cum Total Percentage

of total OB Area (Ha.)

Height (m agl)

1. External dump yard 460.26 4.63 464.89 53.65 635.55 120

2. Internal dump yard 399.99 1.72 401.71 46.35 415.18 90

Total 860.25 6.35 866.60 100.00

4.3.6.5.1 External Dump Yards

The external dump yard includes dump and voids of KOC-I and KOC-II (Pit-II & III) is located on N-W side of the proposed quarry. Hard OB quantity of 460.26 M.Cum will be accommodated in the external dump yard from 1st year to 25th year of coal production. External dump yard occupies an area of 635.55 Ha. The existing height of the dump i.e. 50 m above GL will be raised to the maximum height of 120 m above GL.



186

4.3.6.5.2 Internal Dump Yard

Internal dumping, in the voids of Koyagudem OC-III, will start from 1st year itself and will continue till the end of the project (except in 3rd, 4th and 5th years). The total quantity of Hard OB that is accommodated in the internal dump yard is 399.99 M.Cum. Internal dump yard occupies an area of 415.18 Ha. The maximum height of internal dump yard is 90 m above Ground Level.

In order to optimize the lead of the dumpers, every effort is made to maximize the internal dumping. To reduce the lead and lift, OB produced in a horizon is dumped at the nearest available deck of internal dump yard. Regarding external dumping, to the extent feasible, the OB produced from the lowest horizon is dumped in the lowest deck of the external dump yard and successively upper horizons are accommodated in the upper decks of the external dump yard.

The details of Hard OB, Top soil spreading in the external and internal dumps at the end of project operations is indicated below:

(Figures in M.Cum)

Internal Dump Yard External Dump Yard Grand Total Hard OB Topsoil

spreading Total OB Hard OB Topsoil spreading Total OB

460.26 4.63 464.89 399.99 1.72 401.71 866.60

Only 53.65 % of overburden produced during the project life is deposited in the external dump yard (includes dump and voids of KOC-I and KOC-II (Pit-II & III)). At the end of project life, void of 643.81 M.Cum in an area of 462.25 Ha.

4.3.6.6 Topsoil Management

The temporary storage yard is located at North West side of the proposed KOC-III during initial nine years of operations, which will be re-handled from 3rd year onwards to spread over the finished decks of dump yard. Top soil will be stored on South East side of the proposed quarry area from 10th year onwards. The total area occupied by temporary storage yards is 22.00 Ha. NW side) and 6.51 Ha. SE side. The height of top soil dump is 10 m.

About 6.35 M.Cum of top soil will be excavated (4.22M.Cum from quarry area and 2.13M.Cum from proposed external dump yard area) throughout the life of the project. Out of the total topsoil produced, 1.73 M.Cum will be stored in a temporary storage yard covering an area of 22 Ha on N-W side of the proposed KOC-III during initial nine years of operations, which will be re-handled from 3rd year onwards to spread over the finished decks of dump yard. By 10th year of operation, a quantity of 0.53 M.Cum of top soil will be at temporary storage of top soil dump with an area of 6.51 Ha on S-E side of the proposed quarry area.

The details of top soil removal, spreading on the dumps, storage at different stages is indicated below:



187

Top soil placement (in M.Cum) (cumulative)

Stage at the end of

Year

Top soil removal (M.Cum) Top soil placement (M.Cum)

From Quarry Area

From External

Dump Area Total

Spreading Over Dumps Temporary

Storage Total External Dump

Internal Dump

1st year 0.72 0.00 0.72 0.00 0.00 0.72 0.72 3rd year 1.17 0.79 1.96 0.53 0.00 1.43 1.96 5th year 1.60 1.48 3.08 1.76 0.00 1.32 3.08

10th year 2.60 2.13 4.73 4.20 0.00 0.53 4.73 15th year 3.00 2.13 5.13 4.51 0.50 0.12 5.13 20th year 3.39 2.13 5.52 4.62 0.84 0.06 5.52 25th year 4.09 2.13 6.22 4.63 1.40 0.19 6.22 Final Year 4.22 2.13 6.35 4.63 1.72 0.00 6.35

4.3.6.7 Final Void

The depth of the void at the final stage of mining operations i.e. by the end of 29h year (excluding construction period) is varying from 30 m to 175 m. The volume of the void is estimated as 643.81 M.Cum. in an area of 462.25 Ha. The post mining land use pattern is furnished Table No. 4.3.6.7.1.

Table No. 4.3.6.7.1. The post mining land use pattern of project area:

Sl. No. Description Plantation

Water body

Public / other use

Total Land

1 Quarry area 261.80 462.25 0.0 724.05

2 External Dump Area 627.19 * 08.36 0.0 635.55

3 Inspection road, bund, transmission line & for lighting and safety zone 64.97 0.00 62.56 127.53

4 CHP and Coal Yard 1.77 * 29.12 26.66 57.55

5 Mine Service Facilities 2.99 0.00 4.19 7.18

6 Magazine 0.00 0.00 0.36 0.36

7 Diversion of Public road 1.38 0.00 2.08 3.46

8 Nallah diversion including settling tanks

0.00 0.00 38.96 38.96


Grand Total 969.28 499.73 138.59 1607.60


4.3.7 Land Reclamation

Out of the total OB 866.60 M.Cu.m. 464.89 M.Cu.m will be accommodated in external dump and the balance OB of 401.71 M.Cu.m will be accommodated in internal dump. The plan showing initial stage is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.1. Phase wise reclamation programme has been formulated for the proposed project and the details are explained hereunder.



188

Presently, 102.686 M.Cu.M. is existing in the external dump area of KOC - III which was removed while working KOC - II mine.

4.3.7.1. Stage - I (at the end of 1 st Year)

During 1st year of the project, 2.05 M.Cu.m (3.60 MT) of coal will be excavated by removing 34.19 M.Cu.m of overburden including 0.72 M.Cum. of top soil and 1.20 M.Cu.m of hard OB will be rehandled. Out of the 34.67 M.Cu.m of hard OB, 34.67 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and the balance 1.00 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. The top soil of 0.72 M.Cu.m removed during the first year will be stored in temporary storage yard.

The existing plantation is 204.18 Ha. from which 166.95 Ha. will be removed during external dumping of OB. The plantation area at the end of 1st year including earlier plantation (37.23 Ha.) will be about 43.82 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 1st year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.1.1. The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 1st year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.1.1 and 4.3.7.1.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.1.1 : Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - I Coal

Production Overburden Removal in M.Cu.m (Bank)

Total Excavation M.Cu.m

MT M.Cu.m Top Soil From Hard OB

Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

3.60 2.05 0.72 0.00 0.72 33.47 1.20 34.67 35.59 37.44

Placement of OB

Void left Hard OB M.Cu.m (Bank) Top Soil in M.Cu.m (Bank)

Internal Dump

External Dump Spreading Over

Dumps Temp. Storage

Total Hard OB

Rehan-dling Total

Internal Dump

External Dump M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

1.00 32.47 1.20 33.67 0.00 0.00 0.72 0.72 36.24 152.77

Table: 4.3.7.1.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - I

Stage Plantation during the stage in Ha.

Cumulative Plantation in Ha.

Area brought under plantation

End of 1st Year 6.59 43.82 Along inspection road, bund, CHP & Coal yard premises, Service buildings area and diverted road

4.3.7.2. Stage - II (at the end of 3 rd Year)

At the end of 3rd year of the project, 6.14 M.Cu.m (10.80 MT) of coal will be excavated and 119.87 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 117.91 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 1.96 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 112.05 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump including voids of KOC - I & KOC - II and 5.86 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. The total top soil generated is 1.96 M.Cum. and 0.53 M.Cum. will be spread over external dump and the balance 1.43 M.Cum. will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried during 2nd & 3rd year is 132.08 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 3rd year is 175.90 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 3rd year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.2.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of



189

3rd year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.2.1 and 4.3.7.2.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.2.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - II Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

10.80 6.14 1.17 00.79 1.96 116.71 1.20 117.91 119.87 126.01

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage

Total Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

5.86 110.85 1.20 112.05 0.00 0.53 0.72 1.43 124.03 221.52

Table: 4.3.7.2.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - II




End of 3rd Year 132.08 175.90 Along inspection road, bund, external dump and CHP & Coal premises

4.3.7.3. Stage - III (at the end of 5 th Year):

At the end of 5th year of the project, 10.23 M.Cu.m (18.00 MT) of coal will be excavated and 204.13 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 201.05 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 3.08 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 195.19 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 5.86 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. The total top soil generated i.e., 3.08 M.Cum., 1.76 M.Cum will be spread over external dump and the balance 1.32 M.Cum will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried during the 4th &5th year is 164.38 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 5th year is 340.28 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 5th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.3.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 5th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.3.1 and 4.3.7.3.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.3.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - III Coal




Total OB From

From External

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

18.00 10.23 1.60 1.48 3.08 199.85 1.20 201.05 204.13 214.36

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage Total

Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

5.86 193.99 1.20 195.19 0.00 1.76 1.32 3.08 201.70 298.17



190

Table: 4.3.7.3.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - III




End of 5th Year 164.38 340.28 Over external dump area

4.3.7.4. Stage - IV (at the end of 10 th Year):

At the end of 10th year of the project, 20.45 M.Cu.m (36.00 MT) of coal will be excavated and 366.83 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 362.10 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 4.73 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 343.47 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 18.63 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. Out of the total top soil of 4.73 M.Cum. 4.20 M.Cu.m will be spread over external dump and the balance 0.53 M.Cum will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried between 6th to 10th year is 243.01 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 10th year is 583.29 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 10th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.4.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 10th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.4.1 and 4.3.7.4.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.4.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - IV Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump Total

Hard OB

Reha-ndling Total

36.00 20.45 2.60 2.13 4.73 360.90 1.20 362.10 366.83 387.28

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage

Total Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

18.63 342.27 1.20 343.47 0.00 4.20 0.53 4.73 376.89 457.30

Table: 4.3.7.4.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - IV




End of 10th Year 243.01 583.29 Over external dump area

4.3.7.5. Stage - V (at the end of 15 th Year):

At the end of 15th year of the project, 34.09 M.Cu.m (60.00 MT) of coal will be excavated and 535.73 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which,530.60 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 5.13 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 389.21 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 140.19 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. Out of the total top soil of 5.13 M.Cum. 4.51M.Cu.m. will be spread over external dump, 0.50 M.Cu.m will be dumped over internal dump and the balance 0.12 M.Cum will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried between 11th to 15th year is 106.72 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 15th year is 690.01 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 15th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.5.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground



191

profile at end of 15th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.5.1 and 4.3.7.5.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.5.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - V Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

60.00 34.09 3.00 2.13 5.13 529.40 1.20 530.60 535.73 569.82

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage

Total Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

140.19 389.21 1.20 390.41 0.50 4.51 0.12 5.13 469.94 475.83

Table: 4.3.7.5.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - V




End of 15th Year 106.72 690.01 Over internal and external dump area

4.3.7.6. Stage - VI (i.e., at the end of 20 th Year):

At the end of 20th year of the project, 46.36 M.Cu.m (81.60 MT) of coal will be excavated and 661.74 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 656.22 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 5.52 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 449.23 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 205.79 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. Out of the total top soil of 5.52 M.Cum. 4.62M.Cu.m. will be spread over external dump, 0.84 M.Cu.m will be dumped over internal dump and the balance 0.06 M.Cum will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.


Table: 4.3.7.6.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - VI Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

81.60 46.36 3.39 2.13 5.52 655.02 1.20 656.22 661.74 708.10

Placement of OB


Internal Dump

External Dump Spreading Over Dumps Temp.

Storage Total

Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

205.79 449.23 1.20 450.43 0.84 4.62 0.06 5.52 562.73 521.68



192

Table: 4.3.7.6.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - VI





4.3.7.7. Stage - VII (i.e., at the end of 25 th Year):

At the end of final year i.e., 25th year of the project, 56.59 M.Cu.m (99.60 MT) of coal will be excavated and 801.99 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 795.77 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 6.22 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. Out of total hard OB generated, 460.26 M.Cu.m will be dumped in external dump and 335.51 M.Cu.m will be dumped in the internal dump. Out of the total top soil of 6.22 M.Cum. 4.63M.Cu.m. will be spread over external dump, 1.40 M.Cu.m will be dumped over internal dump and the balance 0.19 M.Cum will be stored temporarily at top soil dump yard.

The plantation carried between 21st to 25th year is 157.77 Ha. The cumulative plantation at the end of 25th year is 903.68 Ha. The reclamation of the mine at the end of 25th year including the proposed plantation programme is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.7.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at end of 25th year are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.7.1 and 4.3.7.7.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.7.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - VII Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

99.60 56.59 4.09 2.13 6.22 794.57 1.20 795.77 801.99 858.58

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage

Total Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

335.51 459.06 1.20 460.26 1.40 4.63 0.19 6.22 621.21 492.57

Table: 4.3.7.7.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - VII





4.3.7.8. Stage - VIII (Final Year i.e., at the end of 29 th Year):

At the end of final year i.e., 29th year of the project, 63.63 M.Cu.m (111.98.00 MT) of coal will be excavated and 866.60 M.Cu.m of overburden will be removed. Out of which, 860.25 M.Cu.m. is hard OB and 6.35 M.Cu.m. is topsoil. The hard OB generated during this stage will be filled in the internal dump only. The top soil removed during this Stage and top soil temporarily stored will be spread over internal dump.

Out of total hard OB of 860.25 M.Cum. removed, 460.26 M.Cum will be dumped in external dump. The balance hard OB of 399.99 M.Cum. will be back filled in the de-coaled area of KOC - III Project by leaving void of 643.81M.Cum. in an area 462.25 Ha.



193

Out of 6.35 M.Cu.m topsoil to be excavated, 4.63 M.Cum. will be spread over finished external dump yard and the balance quantity of 1.72 M.Cu.m will be spread over internal dump yard area.


Table: 4.3.7.8.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - VIII Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

111.98 63.63 4.22 2.13 6.35 859.05 1.20 860.25 866.60 930.23

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage Total

Hard OB Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

399.99 459.06 1.20 460.26 1.72 4.63 0.00 6.35 643.81 462.25

Table: 4.3.7.8.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - VIII




End of 29th Year 65.60 969.28 Over internal dump area

4.3.7.9. Mine Closure

The depth of the void at the final stage of mining operations i.e. by the end of 29th year (excluding construction period) is varying from 30 m to 175 m. The volume of the void is estimated as 643.81 in an area of 462.25 Ha.

Presently it is proposed to leave the void as a water body. In future it may be examined to fill the void to ground level or even above ground level by filling OB generated from adjacent or near by mines if any there by reducing the land requirement for the new projects.

The reclamation of the mine at the mine closure is furnished as Figure No. 4.3.7.9.1 . The longitudinal and transverse sections of the quarry and dumps w.r.t. adjacent ground profile at the mine closure are also shown in the plan. The technical and biological reclamation status at the mine closure is furnished in Table Nos. 4.3.7.9.1 and 4.3.7.9.2 respectively.

Table: 4.3.7.9.1 Technical Reclamation Status at Stage - IX Coal




Total OB Quarry

External Dump

Total Hard OB

Reha-ndling

Total

111.98 63.63 4.22 2.13 6.35 859.05 1.20 860.25 866.60 930.23



194

Placement of OB


Internal Dump


Dumps Temp. Storage

Total Hard OB

Rehan-dling

Total Internal Dump

External Dump

M.Cu.m Area in Ha.

399.99 459.06 1.20 460.26 1.72 4.63 0.00 6.35 643.81 462.25

Table: 4.3.7.9.2 : Biological Reclamation Status at Stage - IX




Mine Closure 65.60 969.28 Over internal dump area

4.3.7.10. Stage-wise land use and land reclamation details

Stage-wise land use and land reclamation details are furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.10.1



195

Table: 4.3.7.10.1 Stage-wise land use and reclamati on area (Ha)

Land Use Category

Plantation Area in Ha. Water body

Public / other use Total

Area Initial 1st

Year 2nd - 3rd

Year 4th - 5th

Year 6th - 10th

Year 11th - 15th

Year 16th - 20th

Year 21th - 25th

Year 26th - 29th

Year Mine

Closure

Quarry area 724.05 - - - - - 42.82 23.04 142.44 53.50 261.80 462.25 0.0

External Dump Area 635.55 37.23 - - 70.48 164.38 243.01 63.9 32.86 15.33

627.19 * 08.36 0.0 Inspection road, bund, transmission line & for lighting and safety zone

127.53 - 0.45 52.42 - - - - - - 12.10 64.97 0.0 62.56

CHP and Coal Yard 57.55 - 1.77 - - - - - - - 1.77 * 29.12 26.66

Mine Service Facilities 7.18 - 2.99 - - - - - - - 2.99 0.0 4.19

Magazine 0.36 -

- - - - - - -

0.0 0.36

Diversion of Public road 3.46 - 1.38 - - - - - - - 1.38 0.0 2.08

Nallah Diversion including settling tanks 38.96 - - - - - - - - -

0.0 38.96

Belt Conveyor and railway siding 12.96 - - 9.18 - - - - - - 9.18 0.0 3.78

Total Area 37.23 6.59 132.08 164.38 243.01 106.72 55.90 157.77 65.60 0 499.73 138.59

Cumulative Plantation Area 1607.60 37.23 43.82 175.90 340.28 583.29 690.01 745.91 903.68 969.28 969.28




196

4.3.7.11. Stage wise cumulative plantation

The stage wise cumulative plantation is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.11.1

Table No. 4.3.7.11.1 Stage Wise Cumulative Plantati on

Sl. No.

Year

Stage Wise Plantation

Cumulative Total Green Belt External Dump Backfilled Area

Others (Undisturbed Area / etc)

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

Area (ha.)

No. of trees

1. Initial

-- 37.23 93075 -- -- -- -- 37.23 93075

2. 1st Year 6.14 15350 -- -- -- -- 0.45 1125 6.59 16475

3. 3rd Year 9.18 22950 70.48 176200 -- -- 52.42 131050 132.08 330200

4. 5th Year -- -- 164.38 410950 -- -- -- -- 164.38 410950

5. 10th Year -- -- 243.01 607525

-- -- -- 243.01 607525

6. 15th Year -- -- 63.9 159750 42.82 107050 -- -- 106.72 266800

7. 20th Year -- -- 32.86 82150 23.04 57600 -- -- 55.9 139750

8. 25th Year -- -- 15.33 38325 142.44 356100 -- -- 157.77 394425

9. 29th Year -- -- -- -- 53.50 133750 12.10 30250 65.6 164000

10. Closure 15.32 38300 627.19 1567975 261.80 654500 64.97 162425 969.28 2423200

4.3.7.12. Post- Mining Land use Pattern of Project Area

The post mining land use details of the project area is furnished in Table No. 4.3.7.12.1.

Table No. 4.3.7.12.1 Post - Mining Land use Pattern of Project Area

Sl. No. Description

Land Use Details (Ha.) Total Land Plantation Water

body Public /

other use 1 Quarry area 261.80 462.25 0.0 724.05



4 CHP and Coal Yard 1.77 * 29.12 26.66 57.55


6 Magazine 0.0 0.0 0.36 0.36


8 Nallah diversion including settling tanks 0.0 0.0 38.96 38.96


Grand Total 969.28 499.73 138.59 1607.60


4.3.8. Re-vegetation or Plantation Programme

All areas affected by mining activities during back filling operation of final void (OB dumps, safe barrier, drains, roads, etc.) will be re-vegetated to restore the site to natural condition.



197

4.3.8.1. Species Selection

Native species with economic value will be planted on the reclaimed area after topsoil carpeting, which also helps in controlling soil erosion caused by rain and wind. Extensive plantation will be taken up over the external dump area, back filled area, along the haul roads, approach roads and along the quarry boundary.

In the project, it is proposed to reclaim and plant with native species. Grass and bushes will be planted in areas prone to erosion. Other areas will be planted with local species. Before re-vegetation of the reclaimed area, the land will be prepared by spreading top soil which is rich in organic matter which has been stored during original site development. Vegetation will be self-sufficient after planting and require no fertilization or maintenance. The list of species recommended for afforestation / plantation programme in the KOC - III Project is furnished in Table No. 4.3.8.1.1.

Table 4.3.8.1.1 : The list of species recommended in the afforestation / plantation programme of the project

S.No Local name Botanical Name S.

No Local name Botanical Name

1. Nalla tumma Acacia nilotica 16. Juvvi Ficus mollis

2. Sundra Acacia ferruginea 17. Ravi Ficus religiosa

3. Godugu tumma Acacia planifrons 18. Gummadi- teku Gmelina arborea

4. Chinduga Albizia odoratissima 19. Nara yepi Hardwickia binata

5. Maredu Aegle marmelos 20. Nemali nara Holoptelea integrifolia

6. Bandari Adina cordifolia 21. Sima chinta Inga dulcis

7. Vepa Azadirachta indica 22. Betta genupu Mitragyna parvifolia

8. Seema tangedu Cassia siamea 23. Kanuga Pongamia pinnata

9. Jitregi Dalbergia latifolia 24. Chinta Tamarindus indica

10. Sissoo Dalbergia sissoo 25. Teku Tectona grandis

11. Gatti Veduru Dendrocalamus strictus 26. Tella Maddi Terminalia arjuna

12. Usiri Emblica officinalis 27. Tani Terminalia bellerica

13. Velaga Feronia elaphantum 28. Karakkai Terminalia chebula

14. Marri Ficus benghalensis 29. Nalla jeedi Semicarpus anacardium

15. Medi Ficus carica 30. Tapsi Sterculia urens

4.3.8.2. Plantation and SMC Methods

SCCL is being practising bio-engineering techniques for soil moisture conservation and afforestation in the OB dump areas.

4.3.8.3. Engineering Methods:

• Toe wall

• Garland drains

• Cribs

• Settling pond

• Heaping of top soil on top of the decks / terraces, top of dump.

• Re-grading of the slopes if required.

• Spreading of top soil on the slopes for better germination of seed sown and for early establishment of the plants.

• Deck drains and slope drains for safe passage of rain water.



198

4.3.8.4. Vegetative Methods:

• Contour planting of misc. seedlings of local species @ 2500 Nos. / Ha.

• Contour planting of soil binders like Agave suckers, grass slips.

• Contour seed sowing / dibbling with misc. legume seed like Babul, Sesbania, Subabul, Glyricidia etc.

• Broadcasting of Hamata seed (Styosanthus hamata) to cover the slopes as it

- Germinates with minimum moisture and establishes rapidly

- Produces large quantity of Bio-mass.

- Legume which fixes atmospheric nitrogen in the soil and nutritious fodder

- Flowers within three months,

- Long seed viability and rapid regeneration

4.3.9. Hazardous Waste Management

4.3.9.1 Details of Hazardous Waste Generation

During process of opencast coal mining extraction, the following hazardous wastes will be generated

• Used oil / waste oil and used oil and grease containers

• Used lead acid batteries

• Non ferrous scrap

4.3.9.2 Hazardous Waste Handling

The Hazardous waste generated in the opencast mine will be stored properly in a secured way at concerned mine store till their disposal. Used oil is collected in lid tight drums which are stored on paved platform covered with shed. Waste oils recovered from Oil & Grease trap are collected in drums and stored on a raised paved platform having drains to collect back spillages. Drains will be constructed for collection of oil spillages and carry over of oil from the storage premises. Authorization will be obtained from Telangana Pollution Control Board (TSPCB) for storing and disposal of the Hazardous waste. Neutralization pits will also be constructed near the storage platform of used lead acid batteries for treating any leakages from batteries. Hazardous waste consisting of used & waste oils and lead acid batteries will be disposed off to authorized recyclers and within a period of 90 days as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

4.3.9.3 Disposal of Hazardous Waste

The used lead acid batteries will be returned to manufacturer or dealer on buy back basis or registered recyclers approved by MoEF&CC. Used oil / waste oil and non ferrous scrap will be disposed off to the authorised reprocessing agencies / units approved by TSPCB. The used containers after detoxification will be disposed off to outside agencies / units approved by TSPCB.

4.3.9.4 Environmental Monitoring Programme for Haza rdous Waste

Generation, handling and disposal of hazardous wastes in the mine as well as at base workshop will be periodically monitored and following records will be maintained and returns filed in order to comply with the conditions imposed by TSPCB in the authorization.



199

• Format for maintaining records of hazardous and other waste in Form 3 as per the Hazardous and other Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

• Submission of condition wise compliance report of the conditions stipulated in schedule C of Hazardous waste authorization on half yearly basis to concerned Regional and Zonal Offices of TSPCB.

• Preparing 7 copies of the manifest in Form - 10 for transportation of hazardous and waste generation and submission of a copy to concerned TSPCB.

• Submission of annual returns in Form - 4 as per Hazardous and other Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016 on or before 30th June of every year.

• Submission of half yearly returns in Form - VIII & Form - IX as per the Batteries (Management & Handling) Rules, 2001 to TSPCB by 30th June (for the period October-March) and by 31st December (for the period April-September) every year.

4.4 MINE CLOSURE PLAN

4.4.1 Introduction

Mine Closure Plan (MCP) will have two components namely progressive or concurrent mine closure plan and final mine closure plan. Progressive MCP would include various land reclamation, activities to be done continuously and sequentially during the entire period of the mining operations, whereas the Final MCP activities would start towards the end of mine life and may continue even after the reserves are exhausted and / or mining is discontinued till the mining area is restored to an acceptable level to create a self sustained eco system.

Mine closure planning needs to be carried out before the commencement of mine operations and requires periodic reviewing and modification, if needed, during its life cycle to ensure safety and to cope up with social & environmental challenges. Various objectives of the mine closure planning are as follows:

• To allow sustainable and productive after-use of the site which is acceptable to the mine owner and the regulatory authorities.

• To eliminate environmental damage and thereby encourage environmental sustainability

• To protect the flora and fauna of the area.

• To protect public health and safety.

• To minimize adverse socio-economic impacts.

Various agencies affected due to mine closure need to be identified and they can be as follows:

• The Company : Management, Employees and Agencies.

• The Community : All stake holders such as, local business and service providers, landholders, neighbours and nearby residents, local government, NGOs and community groups.

• The State : The State & Central Government and its agencies. There is need of regular consultations between the agencies to evolve the role of the agencies and their involvement in the process.

• Name of Lessee : The lessee is a Public Sector Company with a share holding of 51% and 49% by GoTS and GoI respectively. The Singareni Collieries Company



200

Limited, P.O. Kothagudem Collieries - 507101. Dist. Bhadradri Kothagudem, State: Telangana State.

4.4.2 Reasons for Closure

The mine will be closed after exhaustion of economically recoverable coal in the leasehold area. The mine may be closed on account of other unforeseen reasons i.e., Force majeure or government directions etc for which information and notice shall be sent to concerned government authorities and departments.

4.4.3 Statutory Obligations

Environmental clearance has to be obtained for this project. The statutory obligations as specified by MoC / MoEF&CC / DGMS etc. will be complied with.

4.4.4 Closure Plan Preparation

Closure planning is a life-time-of-mine exercise that begins with the commencement of mining operations and continues till post closure. The dynamic nature of closure planning requires regular and critical review to reflect changing circumstances as a result of any operational change, new regulation or new technology and remain flexible enough to cope with unexpected events.

4.4.5 CLOSURE PLAN

4.4.5.1 Mined Out Land

As opencast mining will alter land use pattern in lease area, reclamation will be done with the objectives like minimize the adverse affects, bring the excavated land area to its pre-mining status as far as practicable and improve the landscape in general.

4.4.5.2 Rehabilitation process in mined-out land sh all focus on the following:–

• Restoring the land to its pre-mining land use or to a use, that is consistent with the surrounding land fabric.

• Maintaining the long-term stability of affected land to match with the community and commercial needs the development such as parklands, flora & fauna sanctuaries, pisciculture ponds and playgrounds with ecological, tourist and commercial values will be planned.

The following measures are proposed to be undertaken in the proposed project to minimize land degradation.

• The surface areas affected by mining activities shall be re-vegetated preferably with native species and with necessary soil treatment. The area upon closure can be utilized for commercial forestry / fodder cultivation.

• Plantation on the over burden dumps and along the boundary of the lease area so as to minimise the visual impact.

• Top soil excavated from the site will be dumped separately and preserved at predetermined place for spreading subsequently on external dumps and backfilled areas for plantation. Back filling of mine pits concurrently with mining operations (land reclamation).



201

4.4.5.3 Progressive / Concurrent Reclamation

Progressive / concurrent reclamation includes stage wise OB dumping, topsoil management and species selection for carrying afforestation, etc.

4.4.5.4 Final Closure (Final Void):

The details of final closure including land reclamation and final void are envisaged in Section 4.3.7.9 in this Chapter.

4.4.6 Acid Mine Drainage :

Acid Mine Drainage (AMD), or Acid Rock Drainage (ARD), refers to the outflow of acidic water from (usually abandoned / working) metal mines or coal mines. AMD occurs naturally within some environments as part of the rock weathering process but is exacerbated by large-scale earth disturbances characteristic of mining and other large construction activities, usually within rocks containing an abundance of sulphide minerals.

In Yellandu Area and Koyagudem, there is no AMD / ARD problem. This can be established by studying the water quality of mine discharge of ongoing KOC - I & KOC - II Projects over a last few years. The study reveals that the average PH value of mine discharge water is neutral. Hence, there is no AMD / ARD problem in the proposed area.

4.4.7 Monitoring of environmental parameters after mine closure

Monitoring of quality of environmental attributes, such as air, water, noise, land, soil will be continued during closure operations and 3 years after the closure at requisite locations as per the prescribed frequency, parameters and number of samples.

4.4.8 Disposal of Infrastructure.

The infrastructure proposed in mining plan shall be maintained up to the end of the life of the mine. Proper maintenance of infrastructure shall be carried out for their physical stability.

• All buildings and other concrete structures shall be razed down and the waste shall be dumped in low lying areas or voids of under ground mines and top soil shall be spread over for re-vegetation.

• Support & Transport infrastructures: All buried infrastructure like tanks, pipes, cables, will be removed. If the same are required to be maintained for future use, then it will be documented. The main mining site and secondary access roads will be kept in a condition to access for monitoring / inspection. The roads, bridges, culverts etc., which are not required to be maintained will be razed and restored for planting with local vegetation.

• Sanitary installation: After being emptied, decommissioned septic tanks will be removed or completely filled with gravel, sand, earth or inert material. Wastewater treatment ponds (domestic waste) will be emptied and backfilled or provided drainage so as not to create stagnant water ponds.

• Petroleum Products & Hazardous Waste: The rehabilitation of all petroleum products sites used for storage of fuels and lubricants and the measures taken to rehabilitate these sites will be made as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016. All surface or buried petroleum product tanks, pipes and storage vessels will be removed from the site. All hazardous waste will be removed from the mining site after activities are permanently terminated. Used oil will be sent to an authorized recycling / re-use site. Other hazardous waste will be properly disposed, preferably by sending to an authorized site for disposal, treatment, recycling or reuse.



202

• Socio-economic changes etc.: The options like undertaking commercial forestry, fodder cultivation, fuel wood growing will be reviewed in the mined-out land for having a gainful resource for the neighbouring local communities.

• Sewage Waste: Sewage sludge from treatment ponds will be used as fertilizer, and if not suitable for use as a fertilizer will be disposed in a sanitary landfill or other authorized site.

• Water Resource Management: The area where the mine dewatering ponds are established will be restored and levelled and the site re-vegetated; so as to establish the natural drainage of the area.

4.4.9 Disposal of Mining Machineries

The machinery used for mining activity will be shifted to other mines after closure of the mine.

• Equipment & Electrical Infrastructures (RCC Pillars, Electrical Cables, Transformers, etc) will be dismantled. Off-site equipment will be dismantled, but may remain in place if there is a future potential use of it.

• Surface Equipment & Heavy Machinery like mining equipment (hoists, pumps, conveyors, etc.), will be removed from the site by the proponent.

• Heavy machinery, motor vehicles, drills, etc. will be removed from the site after proper checking for any contamination.

• During rehabilitation, particular attention will be made towards equipment, heavy machinery to detect any hydrocarbon contamination and, if applicable, take remedial action.

• The detailed mine de-commissioning plan will be made 5 years before the actual closure as per the approved mining plan and mines closure plan.

4.4.10 Safety & Security

SCCL proposes to erect fencing around the project area and will ensure that access to the area is totally sealed off. Trained security personnel will be posted to guard the area as per requirement. Only authorised personnel will be allowed to carry out abandonment and post-project monitoring activities.

4.4.11 Economic Repercussions of Closure of Mine & Manpower Retrenchments

The applicant, the Singareni Collieries Company Limited, having operations 31 underground mines and 17 opencast mines located in 6 districts of Telangana State namely Komram Bheem (Asifabad), Mancherial, Peddapalli, Jaya Shankar Bhoopalpalli, Bhadradri Kothagudem and Khammam.

Thus, equipment and statutory supervisory staff will be transferred to other operating mines with an option of voluntary retirement scheme. Since, mining activity is going to be continued in Yellandu and in various coal fields of SCCL, re-deployment of manpower is not a problem. Further, there will not be a significant impact to the local residents employed in the mines or to the satellite occupations connected to the mining industry due to continuation of mining activities.

4.4.12 Time Schedule of Abandonment

After the extraction of total reserves, the mine will be closed. The time schedule for abandonment operations and the details of manpower and other resources required for mine closure will be furnished along with detailed Final Mine Closure Plan to be submitted five years before actual closure of the mine.



203

4.4.13 Abandonment Cost

At the time of preparation of Project Report, Mine closure cost needs to estimated based on the activities such as barbed wire fencing all around the working area, dismantling of structures / demolishing and cleaning of sites, Rehabilitation of mining machinery, plantation, physical / biological reclamation, landscaping, biological reclamation of left out OB dump, filling up of de-coaled void, post-environment monitoring for three years, supervision charges for three years, power cost, protective and rehabilitation measures including their maintenance and monitoring, miscellaneous charges etc. Environmental clearance is yet to be obtained from MoEF&CC. Thus, the statutory obligations likely to be imposed by MoC / MoEF&CC etc. are not yet known. Mine closure cost is estimated based on the typical mine closure cost as specified in the mine closure guidelines issued by the MoC vide letter no. 55011-01-2009- CPAM dated 7th January 2013 which are as follows:

• Base price for computing mine closure cost is Rs. 6.00 Lakhs per Ha of the total project area for an opencast mine, considering WPI as on August, 2009.

• Now, the base price of Rs. 8.167 Lakhs/Ha of the total project area is taken considering WPI of April, 2015 (source: RBI website).

Annual closure cost is to be estimated based on the life of the mine. An amount equal to the annual cost is to be deposited each year after commencement of any activity on the land for the mine, compounded @ 5% annually.

The total Mine closure cost estimated based on the typical mine closure cost for the project is Rs 131.29. However, by considering 5% incremental cost to be deposited additionally every year towards the mine closure, the total estimated closure cost will Rs. 282.16 Crores and amount to be charged per annum Rs. 25.20 per tonne and furnished in Table Nos. 4.4.13.1 & 4.4.13.2. .

Table No. 4.4.13.1 Mine Closure Cost

Sl. No. Description Quantity Units 1 Total Land required 1607.6 Ha

2 Mine closure cost per Ha. 8.167 Lakhs

3 Total amount payable (1 x 2) 131.29 Rs Crores

4 Project Life 29.000 Years

5 Annual Mine Closure Cost (131.29/29) 4.527 Crores

6 Total amount payable (Compounded @ 5% annually) 282.16 Crores



204

Table No. 4.4.13.2. Mine Closure Cost (Year wise)

Years Production

(MT)

Amount to be charged per annum

(Rs. Crores)

Compounding Interest Factor at

@ 5%


(Rs. Crores)


Rs/Tonne

1. 3.60 4.527 1.00 4.53 12.58

2. 3.60 4.527 1.05 4.75 13.20

3. 3.60 4.527 1.10 4.99 13.86

4. 3.60 4.527 1.16 5.24 14.56

5. 3.60 4.527 1.22 5.50 15.29

6. 3.60 4.527 1.28 5.78 16.05

7. 3.60 4.527 1.34 6.07 16.85

8. 3.60 4.527 1.41 6.37 17.70

9. 3.60 4.527 1.48 6.69 18.58

10. 3.60 4.527 1.55 7.02 19.51

11. 4.80 4.527 1.63 7.37 15.36

12. 4.80 4.527 1.71 7.74 16.13

13. 4.80 4.527 1.80 8.13 16.94

14. 4.80 4.527 1.89 8.54 17.79

15. 4.80 4.527 1.98 8.96 18.67

16. 4.80 4.527 2.08 9.41 19.61

17. 4.80 4.527 2.18 9.88 20.59

18. 4.80 4.527 2.29 10.38 21.62

19. 3.60 4.527 2.41 10.90 30.27

20. 3.60 4.527 2.53 11.44 31.78

21. 3.60 4.527 2.65 12.01 33.37

22. 3.60 4.527 2.79 12.61 35.04

23. 3.60 4.527 2.93 13.24 36.79

24. 3.60 4.527 3.07 13.91 38.63

25. 3.60 4.527 3.23 14.60 40.56

26. 3.60 4.527 3.39 15.33 42.59

27. 3.60 4.527 3.56 16.10 44.72

28. 3.00 4.527 3.73 16.90 56.34

29. 2.18 4.527 3.92 17.75 81.41

111.98 131.29 282.16 776.37

The total Mine closure cost estimated based on the typical Mine closure cost for the project is Rs 131.29 Crores and the annual closure cost to be deposited year wise @5% increment sum of 282.16 Crores.

4.5 Socio Economic Measures

The project is expected to yield a positive impact on the socio-economic environment. It helps sustain the development of this area including further development of infrastructure facilities.

It is evident from the past history of SCCL that it is putting on continuous efforts and instrumental in enhancing the living conditions of the mining and surrounding communities. Similarly the activities of the local population will bring in additional indirect employment opportunities and will also bring in the medical and communication facilities within their



205

reach. The proposed mining activities can also bring to them further facilities like secondary employment, increase in existing medical and communication facilities etc.

The following CSR Works were taken up in Yellandu A rea:

• Quarters are constructed on non coal bearing areas with such facilities as Hospitals, Schools, Post Office, Telegraph Office, Power Supply, Community Halls, Recreation Clubs, Play Grounds and protected water supply and Sewage Treatment plant and drainage line systems.

• LPG gas is supplied free of cost to the employees.

• Free medical treatment to workmen and their families is given and all children of workmen are covered under immunization programme.

• Incentives are being given to the employees to encourage them for undergoing family planning operations.

The details of CSR works taken up under Surrounding Habitat Assistance Programme (SHAPE) in Bhagyanagar Thanda, Polampally Thanda, Rompaid, Koyagudem, Lachagudem, Tekulapally and Kistaram villages are as given below

Name of the Work Amount spent in Rs. Lakhs

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-09 2009-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 Total

Road Infrastructure 878.50 50.50 49.72 63.30 98.67 3.90 0.00 4.87 49.00 89.34 1287.80

Drainage & Sanitation 20.00 8.00 27.52 19.00 7.70 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 92.22

Education 40.00 50.00 29.20 10.00 17.50 1.40 1.00 2.15 0.00 0.00 151.25

Drinking Water Supply 10.00 25.50 6.80 8.15 23.00 13.15 0.00 5.55 0.32 31.33 123.80

Others 6.00 10.00 4.11 6.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 3.78 0.00 0.00 33.89

Total 954.50 144.00 117.35 106.45 146.87 28.45 5.00 16.35 49.32 120.67 1688.96



206

Singareni Seva Samithi has conducted skill development trainings programs at Yellandu and surrounding villages and the details of the same is as given below.

Sl. No. Name of the Programme / Course

No. of participants attended

No. of persons self employed

1. Tailoring & Dress making course 440 22

2. Computer hardware /DTP 100 8

3. Fashion Technology course 60 48

4. Motor Driving – (As per RTA rule) 50 3

5. Beautician 80 10

6. Maggam Course 100 40

7. Army / Police 635 49

8. Motor Re-winding 40 15

9. 79 Medical Camps 2581 --

Total 4086 195



CHAPTER - 5 ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

(SITE & TECHNOLOGY)

5.1. ALTERNATE SITE LOCATIONS Coal mining is site specific in nature. Coal mining has to be carried out where the coal is reserves are available. Hence consideration of alternative site is not possible.

However, the dumping site can be planned in alternative locations. Different options were explored keeping in view of lead distance, lift, surrounding land use such as village area, forest, agriculture, water bodies and eventually proposed to dump OB in the existing dumps and void areas of Koyagudem OC - I and Koyagudem OC - II which are adjacent to the proposed KOC - III quarry area.

5.2. ALTERNATIVE MINING METHOD The present proposal is for opencast project to extract coal reserves of 111.98 MT in the dip side property of Pit - II & Pit - III of existing Koyagudem OC - II Project (KOC-II Project) from the present depth limit of 120 m to 175 m, under the name of “Koyagudem Opencast - III Project (KOC - III Project) for rated production capacity of 3.6 MTPA with a peak of 4.80 MTPA in ML area of 1607.60 Ha. By deploying Surface miner for coal and shove dumper combination for OB removal. Life of the project is 29 years. The reserves are most amenable for opencast mining.

Hence, there is no scope for consideration of underground method to extract these reserves, However, operating technology such as introduction of dragline, continuous mining technology, in-pit crusher and conveyer technology, High wall mining, etc., can be examined. Several design constraints, seams present, geological conditions, availability of resources already deployed for selection of technological option described below.

5.3. TECHNOLOGY OPTIONS Different technology options available for opencast mining are as follows:

• Continuous Mining Technology − Bucket Wheel Excavator (BWE) − Continuous Miner

• Discontinuous Mining Technology − Dragline Application − In pit-crushing & Conveying Technology − Surface Miner (Coal) - Shovel - Dumper Combination (OB)

• High wall mining.

5.3.1 Continuous Mining Technology Based on the available data on hardness of coal and OB, most of the strata will need to be prepared by undertaking drilling and blasting before excavation. Continuous mining technology has therefore been ruled out.

5.3.2 Discontinuous Mining Technology

It is thus proposed to mine the deposit by discontinuous mining technology. In this, following options have been considered to select the best suited technology with the prevailing geo-mining conditions in this project.

• Dragline Application



• In pit-crushing & Conveying Technology

• Surface Miner with Shovel - Dumper Combination Multiple faults preclude the application of dragline. The space restriction imposed by block on account of multiple faults preclude the application of crushing-conveying system.

Surface Miner technology and Shovel-Dumper combination will be adopted for excavation of coal and OB respectively, owing to the prevailing geo-mining conditions like single thick seam, comparatively flat gradient, having large area of exposure. Besides, this technology has the following advantages.

Coal can be extracted selectively in respect of quality from the coal seams with interrelated shale bands.

Facilitates optimum utilization of equipment through planned deployment.

The method of work comprises of - • Initial opening of Box cut. • Removal of topsoil and intermediate hard rock. • Removal of OB by drilling and blasting to expose the coal seam. • Excavation of coal by Surface Miner.

5.3.3 High Wall Mining Technology Seam dissected by multiple faults preclude the application of Highwall mining method also.

* * * * *



CHAPTER - 6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 SCOPE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME Environmental monitoring programme involves:

• Planning a survey and sampling program for systematic collection of data / information relevant to environmental assessment and project environmental management;

• Conduct of the survey and sampling program;

• Analysis of samples and data / information collected, and interpretation of data and information; and

• Preparation of reports to support environmental management.

Environmental monitoring will be carried out throughout project operation to detect changes in the key environmental quality parameters, which would attribute to the project. The results of the monitoring program will be used to evaluate the following:

• Extent and severity of the environmental impacts against the predicted impacts;

• Performance of the environmental protection measures or compliance with pertinent rules and regulations;

• Trends in impacts and

• Overall effectiveness of the project EMP.

Environmental monitoring will have clear objectives and the survey and sampling program custom-designed to focus on data / information actually required to meet the objectives. The monitoring program will include action or emergency plans so that appropriate action could be taken in the event of adverse monitoring results or trends. Environmental monitoring will also be constantly reviewed to ensure its effectiveness.

Environmental monitoring programme has been prepared for the proposed KOC - III Project for assessing the efficacy of implementation of Environment Management Plan and to take corrective measures in case of any degradation in the surrounding environment.

Different activities involved in the proposed opencast coal mining project, and their impact on various environmental attributes have been taken in to account while designing a detailed environmental monitoring programme for the project.

The following activities have been identified in the KOC - III Project, which will have significant environmental impacts:

• During operational phase, drilling, blasting operations for excavation of overburden will result in dust, noise and blast vibrations. Transportation of coal and OB, dumping of overburden outside the quarry area, coal handling arrangements at the surface are the other major activities contributing to air pollution, noise pollution and land degradation.

• Pumping of mine seepage water during the course of mining operations may have impact on surrounding ground water regime.

• Waste water from workshops generated due to vehicle washing and maintenance of HEMM contain oil & grease, silt.

• Surface mining operations will involve formation of external OB dumps and void area at the end of mining operations which will change the landscape of the area.



Keeping the above environmental impacts in view, an environmental management plan has been prepared for the project incorporating various mitigation measures for prevention / control of pollution. The monitoring methodology for studying the effectiveness of implementation of mitigation measures has been described hereunder.

6.2 METHODOLOGY OF MONITORING MECHANISM: Implementation of EMP and periodic monitoring will be carried out at (a) Project level and (b) Area level for KOC - III Project and allied activities like coal handling facilities, workshop, mining colony, etc. A comprehensive monitoring mechanism has been devised for monitoring of impacts due to proposed opencast project.

Project level environmental protection measures like dust suppression, treatment and recycling of waste water, control of noise and blast vibrations, maintenance of HEMM, house keeping in the mine premises, plantation, implementation of EMP and Environmental Clearance conditions will be monitored by the project authorities. On the other hand, implementation of area level protection measures like plantation and green belt development over the vacant areas, colony effluent treatment, environmental quality monitoring etc., will be done by different disciplines of the company like Civil, Forestry and Environment Departments etc. Co-ordination between various disciplines and periodic monitoring of various Environment protection measures will be done by a senior executive who reports directly to the Area General Manager. He will be assisted by an environmental officer who is well versed with various aspects of pollution prevention and control in mining areas.

An environment management committee will be constituted at the project level consisting of following members to monitor the implementation of EMP and other environmental protection measures.

(i) Project Officer (ii) Mine Manager (iii) Safety officer (iv) Project Survey Officer (v) Environmental Officer (vi) Area Forestry Officer (vii) Civil Engineer (viii) Hydro-geologist

In addition to the above, Corporate Environment department will periodically inspect the project for monitoring the implementation of EMP including land reclamation and environmental status of the project surroundings and give necessary guidelines to the project authorities in case of any deviation in the compliance of clearance conditions.

6.3 POST PROJECT MONITORING PLAN 6.3.1 Air Quality Monitoring Air quality monitoring is essential for evaluation of the effectiveness of abatement programmes and to develop appropriate control measures. SCCL will monitor ambient air quality in and around the proposed KOC - III Project as per the frequency stipulated by MoEF&CC and take appropriate air pollution control measures in order to ensure that the concentration of PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx are within the limits.

A preliminary field survey will be conducted to collect information on sources of air pollution, topography, population distribution, meteorological conditions etc., for establishing a network of stations in core and buffer zone of the project for ambient air quality monitoring.



Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF) has stipulated environmental standards for coalmines vide GSR-742 (E), dt. 25.09.2000. These standards will be followed for core zone i.e. within the project boundary.

Parameters: As per MoEF guidelines, the concentration of Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) will be monitored in downwind direction, at 500 m from the dust generating sources. SCCL will also monitor ambient air quality in the nearby villages to assess the impact of mining operations on surrounding habitation. Frequency of Monitoring: Ministry of Environment and Forests has stipulated load based frequency for monitoring of ambient air quality in coal mining areas as given below.

• Air quality monitoring will have to be carried out at a frequency of once in a fortnight (24 hourly sampling) at the identified locations near the dust generating sources.

• As a result of monthly monitoring, if it is found that the concentration of the pollutants is less than the 50% of the specified standards for three consecutive months, then the sampling frequency may be shifted to two days in a quarter year.

• In case the value has exceeded the specified standards, the air quality sampling shall be done twice in a week. If the results of four consecutive weeks indicate that the concentration of pollutants is within the specified standards, then fortnightly monitoring may be reverted to.

Methodology: Fine dust sampler with gaseous sampling attachment will be used for monitoring of air quality for parameters viz., Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5), SO2 and NOx with a sampling frequency of 24 hours duration. Sampling and analysis will be carried out as per IS-5182:1999 for measurement of air Pollution. PM10 and PM2.5 will be analyzed gravimetrically, SO2 will be analyzed by Improved West and Gaeke method and NOx will be analyzed as per Jacob & Hochheiser Modified (Na-Aresnite) Method.

Ambient Air Quality Standards: The air quality standards prescribed by MoEF for coal mines vide Ministry of Environment and Forests Notification No. GSR 742(E), Dt: 25.09.2000 are furnished in the Table No. 6.3.1.1.

New National Ambient Air Quality Standards vide G.S.R. 826 (E) dated 16th November 2009 was made in exercise of the powers conferred by section 6 and section 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986. These standards are applicable for stations monitored in the buffer zone. The National Ambient Air Quality Standards are furnished as Table No. 6.3.1.2.



Table No. 6.3.1.1: Coal Mines Standards vide GSR 742 (E), Dated 25.09.2000

Category Pollutant Time weighted Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of Measurement

New Coal Mines

SPM (> 10µm in size)

Annual Average* 360µg/m3 Respirable Particulate Matter Sampler 24 hours** 500 µg/m3

RPM (< 10µm in size)

Annual Average* 180µg/m3 Respirable Particulate Matter Sampler

24 hours** 250µg/m3

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

Annual Average* 80µg/m3 1. Improved West & Gaeke Method

24 hours** 120µg/m3 2. Ultraviolet Fluorescene Method

Oxide of Nitrogen as NO2

Annual Average* 80µg/m3 1. Jacob & Hochheiser Modified (Na-Aresnic)

24 hours** 120µg/m3 2. Gas phase Chemilumine Scence

Note: Annual Arithmetic mean for the measurements taken in a year has to be arrived out following the guidelines for frequency of sampling and annual arithmetic mean of 24 -hourly values shall be met 92% of the time in a year. However, 8% of the time it may exceed but not on two consecutive days.

In case of any residential or commercial or industrial place falling within or beyond 500 m. of any dust generating sources, the National Ambient Air Quality Standards, EPA Notification: GSR 176 (E), April 02, 1996, are made applicable.



Table No. 6.3.1.2: National Ambient Air Quality Standards vide GSR 826 (E), Dt.18.11.09

Sl. No. Pollutant

Time weighted average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of measurement Industrial,

Residential, Rural and Other Area

Ecologically Sensitive Area

(notified by Central Govt.)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) 1. Sulphur Dioxide

SO2, µg/m3 Annual * 50 20 - Improved West and Geake

- Ultraviolet Fluorescence 24 hours ** 80 80 2. Nitrogen Dioxide

NO2, µg/m3 Annual * 40 30 - Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Non Arsenite) - Chemiluminescence 24 hours ** 80 80

3. PM10 µg/m3 Annual * 60 60 - Gravimetric - TOEM - Beta attenuation 24 hours ** 100 100

4. PM2.5 µg/m3 Annual * 40 40 - Gravimetric - TOEM - Beta attenuation 24 hours ** 60 60

5. Ozone (O3) µg/m3 8 hours ** 100 100 - UV Photometric - Chemiluminescence - Chemical Method 1 hour ** 180 180

6. Lead (Pb) µg/m3 Annual * 0.5 0.5 - ASS / ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

- ED-XRF using Teflon filter 24 hours ** 1.0 1.0

7. Carbon Monoxide (CO) mg/m3

8 hours ** 2 2 - Non dispersive Infra RED

(NDIR) Spectroscopy 1 hour ** 4 4

8. Ammonia (NH3) µg/m3

Annual * 100 100 - Chemiluminescence - -Indophenol blue method 24 hours ** 400 400

9. Benzene (C6H6) µg/m3

Annual * 5 5 - Gas chromatography based on continuous analyzer

- Adsorption and Desorption followed by GC analysis.

10. Benzo (a) Pyrene (BaP) Particulate phase only ng/m3

Annual * 1 1 - Solvent extraction followed by HPLC / GC analysis

11. Arsenic (As) ng/m3

Annual * 6 6 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

12. Nickel (Ni) ng/m3 Annual * 20 20 - AAS/ICP method after sampling on EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper

*Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a week 24 hourly at uniform intervals. ** 24 hourly or 8 hourly or 1 hourly monitoring values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of the times in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of monitoring. Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to institute regular or continuous monitoring and further investigation.



6.3.2 Water Quality Monitoring Water quality monitoring involves periodical assessment of quality of mine discharge water, treated workshop effluents, CHP effluent, treated colony effluents, ground water and surface water.

The following parameters will be periodically monitored in effluents in a coal mining industry as per the Environmental Standards for coal mines, GSR-742 (E), dated 25.09.2000.

Parameters:

• pH

• Total Suspended solids

• Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD)

• Oil & Grease

All the parameters as given in Part - A of General Standards for Discharge of Environmental Pollutants, GSR 801 (E) EPA 1986 prescribed by CPCB will be analyzed for all the effluents , in addition to the above parameters, once in a year for assessing the overall quality of effluents.

Frequency of monitoring: Monitoring of waste water samples for four parameters should be done at a frequency of once in a fortnight.

Methodology: The sample collection, procedures for sample preservation and methods of analysis are followed as per Standard Methods of Water and Wastewater analysis, American Water Woks Association (AWWA), American Public Health Association (APHA).

Standards: The standards prescribed by MoEF for effluent water samples are as follows:

(i) pH - 5.5 to 9.0

(ii) Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) - 250 mg/l

(iii) Total Suspended Solids (TSS) - 100 mg/l - 200 mg/l (Land for irrigation)

(iv) Oil & Grease (O & G) - 10 mg/l

In addition to the above, the following standards will be followed for complete analysis of surface and ground water samples, once in a quarter year.

Surface Water: CPCB Guidelines for water quality monitoring - Monitoring of Indian National Aquatic Resources Series (MINARS / 27 / 2007-08).

Ground Water: CPCB Guidelines for water quality monitoring- MINARS / 27 / 2007-08.

Monitoring of Phreatic Surface Levels: Phreatic surface levels will be monitored through out the life of the project by a Hydro-geologist to study the impact of opencast mining operations on ground water regime. A net work of observation wells will be identified for monitoring of phreatic surface levels. The trend of ground water level fluctuations will be monitored by recording of phreatic surface levels during pre-monsoon and post-monsoon seasons.

6.3.3 Noise Level Monitoring Noise level monitoring will be done for achieving the following objectives:

• To compare sound levels with the values specified in noise regulations.



• To determine the need and extent of noise control of various noise generating sources

• Correlation of noise levels with community response to noise levels

Noise level monitoring will be done at the work zone to assess the occupational noise exposure levels. Noise levels will also be monitored at the noise generating sources like coal handling arrangements, HEMM maintenance workshop and also nearby villages for studying the impact due to higher noise levels for taking necessary control measures at the source.

Parameters: The noise level recordings will be measured in dB(A) Leq values, where dB(A) denotes the time weighted average of the level of sound in decibels on scale A , which is relatable to human hearing. Frequency of Monitoring: Monitoring frequency for noise levels will be once in a fortnight. MoEF has stipulated that noise levels have to be monitored between 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM for day time and 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM for night time.

Methodology and Instrumentation: Integrated Sound level meters will be used for monitoring of Leq noise levels in dB (A) scale at the work place and also in the surrounding villages.

Noise Standards: (i) MoEF has stipulated noise level standards for coalmines as follows:

Time duration: 6.00 A.M.- 10.00 P.M. 10.00 P.M. - 6.00 A.M

Noise Level: Leq 75 dB(A) Leq 70 dB(A)

MoEF has also stipulated ambient air quality standards in respect of noise in Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000. MoEF stipulated in GSR-742 (E), dt. 25.09.2000 that occupational exposure levels of noise as prescribed by DGMS should also be followed at work environment.

Table 6.3.3.1: Ambient Air Quality Standards in respect of Noise

Area Code Category of Area / Zone

Limits in dB(A) Leq * Day Time Night Time

(A) Industrial area 75 70 (B) Commercial area 65 55 (C) Residential area 55 45 (D) Silence Zone 50 40

DGMS stipulated, vide circular no 18 of 1975, the following noise level standards for attainment in work environment:

i. A warning limit of 85 dB(A) is set below which there will be little risk to an unprotected ear for an eight hour exposure.

ii. The danger limit value of 90 dB(A), above which hearing impairment and deafness may result from an unprotected ear.

iii. A worker should not be allowed to enter, without appropriate ear protection, an area in which the noise level is 115 dB(A) or more.

iv. Personal protective equipment shall be worn, if here are single isolated outbursts of noise which can go above 130 dB(A) “impulse” or 120 dB(A) “Fast”

v. No worker shall be allowed to enter an area where the noise level exceeds 140 dB(A)



6.3.4 Blast Vibrations Drilling and Blasting operations will be conducted in the KOC - III Project for removal of overburden. Scientific studies will be conducted for evolving a suitable blasting methodology for keeping the ground vibrations within safe levels. Continuous monitoring of controlled blasting operations and ground vibrations are very significant from the post-project monitoring point of view.

Blast Vibration Study Methodology & Instrumentation: Director General of Mines Safety (DGMS), Dhanbad, has stipulated vide Circular No. 7 of 1997 dated 29.08.1997, guidelines for monitoring of blast induced ground vibrations for preventing damage to surface structures. The transducer will be placed near the structure on the solid undisturbed ground and should be placed well in contact with the ground. For structural response, the transducers shall be placed horizontally over the wall, floors and ceiling.

The air overpressure and vibration measuring instruments are being used for monitoring of impacts due to blasting operations. The blasting personnel are trained in the operation of equipment so that observations can be made during regular blasting operations.

Parameters: The peak particle velocity (ppv) has so far been considered the best criteria for evaluating blast vibrations in terms of potential to cause damage. The peak particle velocity is measured in mm/sec and air overpressure is measured in dB(A).

Frequency of Monitoring: The ground vibrations and air overpressure will be monitored regularly during blasting operations for continuous supervision of blasting methodology for compliance.

Permissible Standards: DGMS has stipulated permissible limits for blast induced ground vibrations in mining areas. Depending on the type of structures and the dominant excitation, DGMS has stipulated that the ppv on the ground adjacent to the structure shall not exceed the values given below in the Table No.6.3.4.1.

Table No.6.3.4.1: The ppv at the foundation level of structures in mining areas in mm/s

Type of structure Dominant Excitation Frequency

< 8 Hz 8 - 25 Hz > 25 Hz

A. Buildings/Structures not belonging to the owner i Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick & cement) 5 10 15

ii Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 10 20 25

iii Objects of historical importance & sensitive structures 2 5 10

B. Buildings belonging to the owner with limited span of life

i Domestic houses / structures (kuchha brick & cement) 10 15 25

ii Industrial Buildings (RCC & Framed Structures) 15 25 50

6.3.5 Monitoring of Phase-wise Reclamation Programme Project-level Environment Management Committee (EMC) will periodically inspect the progress of reclamation activities at the mine concurrent with the mining operations. Project Officer will ensure that the reclamation programme as envisaged in the approved EMP is implemented in KOC - III Project. Corporate Environment Department will also monitor the progress of reclamation activities at the mine and compliance status of clearance conditions as stipulated by MoEF&CC in respect of land reclamation.

The sufficient equipment will be deployed in the project by out sourcing agency for carrying out reclamation activities. In addition to the HEMM deployed by out sourcing agency for coal, OB and reclamation, the following common HEMM is proposed in the project.



1.0 Cu.m. Diesel Backhoe : 1 10/12T Cranes : 2 Mobile service van : 1 Explosive Vans 10T : 2 Fire tender : 1 Total : 7

The following personnel involve in implementation of phase-wise reclamation programme in the project.

(1) Project Officer

(2) Mine Manager

(3) Safety Officer / Mine Level Environmental In-charge

(4) Area Level Environmental Officer & Forestry Officer

(5) Water Sprinkler Operator - 1

(6) Grader Operator - 1

(7) Dozer Operator - 1

6.3.6 Monitoring of Emergency Procedures The Mine Manager monitors the emergencies that may occur in opencast mining operations and prepares an emergency plan to deal with emergency situations during the operation of the mine. The emergencies that will be monitored are inundation of quarry, earthquakes, fires due to spontaneous heating and slope failures etc.

6.3.7 Occupational Health Surveillance in SCCL 6.3.7.1 Description of Occupational Health Surveillance: SCCL has established ten Periodical Medical Examination (PME) centres in the company for conducting Periodical Medical Examination of the employees. The Centres are situated at Kothagudem, Manuguru, Yellandu, Godavarikhani, Sector - III Colony (Godavarikhani), Bellampalli, Ramakrishnapur, Mandamarri, Srirampur and Bhupalpally. The 10 PME Centers are provided with computers for maintenance of PME data base. The software is developed for the maintenance of PME data of the work persons and is being used at the Corporate Office, Kothagudem.

Every PME centre is provided with the facility for chest radiographs, lung function tests, arrangement for classification of chest radiographs and also, wherever required, facilities for Audiometry. All the PME centers are having following facilities:

• Facilities for chest radiographs as per ILO guidelines. Each PME centre is provided with a set of ILO standard chest radiographs on Pneumoconiosis.

• All 10 PME centers are provided with Pure tone Audiometry equipment.

• All PME centers are provided with computerized Spiro metres of RMS make.

6.3.7.2 Classification of Chest Radiographs: All the Chest radiographs of the Initial and Periodical Medical examinations are being classified for detection, diagnosis and documentation of Pneumoconiosis in accordance with the ILO classification for Pneumoconiosis according to DGMS guidelines.

6.3.7.3 Training of Medical Officers. All the PME Doctors employed by company except gynaecologists, paediatricians, surgeons and ortho surgeons are trained to read PME X - Rays in accordance with ILO



classification of Pneumoconiosis. Out of a total of 217 Doctors on roll as on date, 123 Doctors are trained in reading the chest radiographs as per the ILO guide lines.

6.3.7.4 Occupational Disease Board: SCCL has one Occupational Diseases Board (Pneumoconiosis Board) in existence since 1965. Chief of Medical Services, Radiologist constituted the Occupational Diseases Board, Physician and Occupational Health Physician together.

6.3.7.5 Guidelines for Detection of Occupational Disease: SCCL is following the guidelines and the salient features are – • Every employee is examined once in 5 years under PME. If, on examination his

health status is found to be normal, he will be reviewed after 5 years. • If any employee is found to be having a health deviation, he will be referred to

concerned specialist for advice treatment (remedial measure) and follow up. • As far as the cases of Pneumoconiosis are concerned, qualified Radiologists /

Medical Officers trained in ILO classification of chest radiographs read all the X-Rays. • If the employee is found to have radiological findings consistent / suggestive of

pneumoconiosis, he will be kept under surveillance. • Such an employee will be reviewed every two years instead of every 5 years as per

the routine procedure. • If the Pneumoconiosis category comes to 2/2 as per ILO classification, such an

employee will be examined by Occupational Diseases Board. • Depending upon the functional capacity of the lung, left-over service, other laboratory

investigation reports and the willingness of the employee, necessary rehabilitative measures will be initiated viz.

• Making medical unfit for further service, Making unfit for present job. • Any of the above two decisions will be arrived at with award of compensation.

SCCL is also conducting health camps in villages located in the vicinity of Project to study the health status of the people and is providing free treatment in SCCL hospitals.

6.3.8 Monitoring of Mine Closure Plan The monitoring of the mine closure plan is an essential requirement for review of the efficacy of the mine closure plan and to take corrective actions. The monitoring consists of measuring the Air quality, Water Quality, preservation of water body, external dump plantation, reclamation of land for improving aesthetic and other land use values as prescribed in the mine closure plan. Area level environment management committee will monitor the implementation of mine closure plan.

6.4 REPORTING SCHEDULES OF MONITORED DATA To achieve the desired objectives of proper implementation of mitigation measures in KOC - III Project, the environmental management committee at the project level will monitor the following activities.

6.4.1 Slope Stability: Regular check for slope stability of mine working faces and dumps for taking necessary corrective steps.

6.4.2 Soil Erosion: Regular monitoring of soil erosion will be done at dumps and other areas. Garland drains, check dams, plantation along dump slopes will be provided and maintained.



6.4.3 Drains and Sumps: All drains including garland drains will be de-silted periodically during pre-monsoon season. Effectiveness of the drainage system will be regularly monitored.

6.4.4 Blasting Effects: Blasting operations will be monitored continuously so as to reduce / minimize fly rock, ground vibration and dust generation.

The monitored data on air quality, water quality, noise levels, blast vibrations and phreatic surface levels will be periodically examined by the Project Level Environment Management Committee for taking necessary corrective measures.

The post-project monitoring data will be incorporated in consent renewal applications, in yearly environmental statements to be submitted to TSPCB and half-yearly compliance reports submitted to MoEF&CC. The work zone air quality data, noise levels, blast vibration data will also be submitted to DGMS at periodical intervals.

6.5 BUDGET PROVISION FOR EMP IMPLEMENTATION AND MONITORING The feasibility report of KOC - III Project includes a financial assessment of the cost of development of the mine and its operation. Sufficient fund allocation has also been made towards environmental management and monitoring by way of direct capital. A number of other environmental control and management measures are also included in indirect cost under various other capital heads.

In order to implement the environmental protection measures, an amount of Rs. 480 lakhs excluding rehabilitation and resettlement is provided towards capital cost. In addition to this, an amount of Rs. 286.00 Lakhs has been provided in the project as indirect capital towards environment related works. A recurring cost of Rs.200.50 Lakhs per annum will also be spent on environmental management, which works out to Rs.5.57 per tonne of coal production. This expenditure is in-built in the cost of production.

The fund provision made towards direct cost, indirect cost and revenue costs for implementation and monitoring of Environment Management Plan in the KOC - III Project is given in Table Nos. 6.5.1, 6.5.2 and 6.5.3 respectively along with year - wise phasing of expenditure.



Table No. 6.5.1: Capital Fund Provision for Environmental Safeguards (Direct)

(Figures in Rs. Lakhs) Sl. No. Particulars Total

Capital PC 1 2 3

1 Environment Baseline Data Generation including Land Use Studies

15.00 15.00

2 Public Hearing, CFE, CFO fee and fee for other statutory clearances

15.00 15.00

3 Effluent Treatment Plant with Oil and Grease Trap at Base Workshop

50.00 50.00

4 Construction of settling tanks 15.00 15.00 5 Effluent Treatment Plant at Pit Head CHP 10.00 10.00 6 Construction of Rain Water Harvesting

Structures 20.00 10.00 10.00

7 Green Belt Development around quarry, service buildings, over reclaimed area and OB Dumps

130.00 65.00 65.00

8 Construction of engineering structures on OB dump slopes & Bio-Reclamation works

30.00 15.00 15.00

9 Construction of Toe Walls, Rock Fill Dams 80.00 40.00 40.00 10 Construction of Piezometric wells 15.00 15.00 11 Installation of Continuous Online Ambient

Air Quality Monitoring Station 50.00 50.00

12 Silt removing in surrounding village tanks 50.00 50.00

Total 480.00 45.00 85.00 230.00 120.00

PC = Pre Construction

Table No.6.5.2: Capital Fund Provision for Environmental Safeguards (Indirect)

Sl. No. Item Cost Rs. Lakhs 1 Dust Suppression Systems 64.00 2 Mist Generators for dust suppression 72.00 3 Cover over belt conveyors 150.00

Total 286.00

Table: 6.5.3: Revenue Provision for Environmental Safeguards per Annum

Sl. No. Description Cost /annum

(Rs) Cost Per

Tonne (Rs) 1. Wages 8140901 2.26 2. Power 30000 0.01 3. General Administration 1221135 0.34 4. Post project environment monitoring & green belt 2000000 0.55 5. Interest on working capital 347457 0.10 6. Interest on loan capital 5246936 1.46 7. Depreciation 3064000 0.85

Total 20050429 5.57

*****



CHAPTER - 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.1 REHABILITATION AND RESETTLEMENT PLAN Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are falling within the 500 m of proposed quarry surface. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package for these villages with a cost of Rs. 143.55 crores. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are 125, 100 and 150 respectively. In the Project Affected Families (PAFs), Rural Artisans/ small traders are 41 and RoFR persons are 470 as per initial survey.



7.2 FEASIBLE & TIME BOUND PLAN FOR R&R OF PROJECT AFFECTED PEOPLE 1. Feasibility Report of KOC - III Project, Yellandu Area has been approved by

Company’s Board of Directors vide Minute No.532:5:10 of its meeting held on 16.10.2015.

2. The Project requires 1607.60 Ha. of land including 1158.93 Ha. of Forest Land. The forest clearance was already obtained for 464.77 Ha. and is to be obtained for the balance 694.16 Ha of forest land. Further, 448.67 Ha. of non forest land is to be acquired. The Project affects Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda.

3. As per initial survey, Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in the proposed project are 375 and Project Affected Families (PAFs) are 511 including 470 persons (ROFR). The Rehabilitation & Resettlement will be provided to the PAFs (Project Affected Families) as per the provisions of The Right to Fair Compensation and Transparency in Land Acquisition, Rehabilitation and Resettlement Act, 2013 (LARR Act 2013).

4. The PAFs are entitled for the Rehabilitation & Resettlement benefits as per the Act and Rules notified by State Govt and also as amended from time to time. All the major sons & daughters are treated as separate Family for the purpose of R&R benefits. In the approved FR of the Project, an amount of Rs. Rs. 143.55 Crores is allocated for providing R&R. The details of the same is furnished hereunder.

Villages No. of Structures

PDFs/ *PAFs (ST)

Schools/ Temples

Cost per family (Rs.

Lakhs)

Structure cost (@ Rs 4.00 Lakhs

per structure)

Estimated value of school buildings Rs.

Lakhs

Grand total (Rs.

Lakhs Dantala Tanda 70 125 2 31.38 280 62.50 4265.00 Ippal Tanda 40 100 1 31.38 160 31.25 3329.25 Babuji Tanda 90 150 2 31.38 360 62.50 5129.50 Rural Artisans/ small traders *41 16.86 691.26

ROFR (Persons) *470 Annuity of minimum wages

for 5 yrs 940.00

(Annuity) Total 200 375+*511 14355.01

5. The R&R benefits applicable to the PAFs will be decided by the Administrator as per the new LARR Act 2013.



7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT & MANAGEMENT Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to work under conditions which are adequately safe and healthy. At the same time, the environmental conditions should be such as not to impair his working efficiency. This is possible only when there is adequate safety in both opencast and underground mines.

Significance of Risk Management (Safety Management System (SMS)) Minimize adverse effects of the risk, to which the workers are exposed in execution of different activities. Risk management involves the entire staff in the realization of safety improvement programme with responsibility and accountability sharing proportionately with the decision making authority.

The Directorate General of Mines Safety issued following Technical Circular to implement SMS:

a) DGMS. Tech. Cir.13 of 2002 - Safety Management System - A guideline for Implementation.

b) DGMS. Tech. Cir.8 of 2009 - System Study and Safety Audit for the purpose of eliminating the Risk of Accidents & Dangerous Occurrences.

c) DGMS (Tech) (S&T) Circular 2 of 2011 - Provision for Audit and Review of SMS.

Safety Management System (SMS)

• Identify the hazard.

• Dissect each activity to as smallest node as possible,

• Assess risk by considering the exposure, probability and consequence

• Prioritise and implement control measures

• Find out the residual risk, if any and procedures for handling of situations

• Continual improvement by adopting new methods and procedures

Hence, Safety Management System is one of the most essential aspects to operate the mine in safe way.

Risk Assessment Process Risk Assessment is to be performed on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment session is to identify hazards, determine risk rating and controls, and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions.

The following workflow diagram illustrates the areas involved in performing a risk assessment session.



Identifying the Hazards The process of identifying hazards is possibly the most important part of the whole risk assessment process.

The KOC - III Project is a new mine proposed to operate in the Yellandu Area where one opencast mine is already in operation under the name of KOC - II Project. The proposed project is adjacent to KOC - II Project.

Hazard Identification can be done in many ways but the objective is to ensure that all of the possible Hazards are identified.

KOC - III Project is a new mine proposed with same method of mining / technology (i.e Opencast with Surface Miner and Shovel Dumper combination technology), the Hazards were identified basing on the previous experience of the KOC - II Project with the following criteria.

• Design parameters of the proposed mine

• Work process evaluation

• Accidents or occurrences

• Consultation with employees.

• Safety statistics

• Significant incident, near miss or accident reports

• Inspection in the mine

The following are the possible hazards identified for the proposed project basing on the Tasks / Activities / Work places involved.

1 Inundation No major streams are flowing across the proposed project area; there will not be any danger due to sudden inrush of water from streams in to quarry. During heavy rains there is a possibility of inrush of rain water from catchment area of surrounding tanks.

2 Fires Fire in coal stock yard may be expected due to spontaneous heating of coal. As the proposed project is mining of virgin coal seam there will not be any fire on coal bench.

Assemble Identify Determine

Review

Review

Rank Determine

Initiate



3 Slope stability i. In Pit Slope Stability (OB benches)

The ultimate working depth of the proposed quarry is between 30 m to 250 m. There may be chances for slope failure, where the depth is more.

ii. Overburden dump slope stability The external overburden dumps (dump and voids of KOC-I and KOC-II (Pit-II & III) were planned to a maximum height of 120 m above ground level with 30 mtrs height decks. The height of external dump of the existing KOC - I & KOC - II is 50 m. No major dump sliding was noticed in SCCL opencast mines where height is 120 m. The voids of de-coaled area will be raised to 120 m above ground level at mine closure stage.

4 Sliding Sliding of material may possible, whenever the height of OB or coal bench exceeds the digging height of the machine, while excavating Near Fault Plane, while handling fiery material etc.

5 HEMM Movement Accidents may occur due to failure of vehicle stability, run over by vehicles / HEMM, sliding of dumpers / tippers / dozers at dump edge, simultaneous operations at loading and un loading points, Crossing 3 way / 4 way junctions, un authorised riding on HEMM, spillage of boulders from loaded tippers / dumpers etc

6 Drilling There will not be any drilling and blasting in coal as coal is proposed to be excavated by Surface Miner. However there is drilling and blasting will be carried for removing OB. Accidents may occur due to toppling, while transporting the drill machine with mast in raised position, Mast contact with overhead power transmission line, while changing drill barrels / rods etc

7 Blasting Operation While transporting, loading and blasting, there are chances for premature blasting of explosive result into accidents.

8 Electricity Accidents / Incidents may occur due to switching on power when persons are at work, dragging of cable by hoisted body of dumper / drill where the Transmission lines / cables cross the haul roads.

9 Lighting There are chances for accidents due to insufficient lighting at work places.

10 Health Hazards Health hazards due to inhalation of air borne dust, while working in dust atmosphere and noxious gases while working near fiery coal in coal yards. Noise levels can create stress, increase workplace accident rates.

11 Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste Hazardous waste generated such as used oil, waste oil, empty oil drums, batteries, non-ferrous scrap etc due to mining activities. Explosives, HSD oil, Hydraulic oils will be handled, stored, disposed, transported as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules.



The following table illustrates in detail about the control measures and action to be taken for each hazard for elimination or reduction of risk involved.

Identified Hazards Mechanism Control Action

(1) (2) (3) (4) 1. Inundation No tanks exist over

quarry area and one nalla passes besides dump area..

The existing drainage network shall be diverted to realign the original tank.

Shift In charge to inspect the surface drainage system at weekly. Periodicity to arrest any possibility of water entry to the quarry.

Catchment Area water during Rains

All around the dumps drains are to be prepared to collect the rain water from the catchments of the dumps. In case of any siltation or damage, the drain may cause water entry into the quarry.

De-siltation will be done every year before onset of monsoon and when ever required during monsoon.

Sufficient height bund shall be maintained all along the edge of the quarry to prevent inadvertent entry of water

A berm with dimensions of not less than two metres height and 2 metres width at the top shall be made in trapezium shape all along the edge of each deck to prevent erosion of dumps and gully formation.

The terrace shall be kept free of obstructions (OB heaps), sloped in bye and maintained with uniform gradient for free flow of water in order to avoid accumulation of water leading to gully formation and dump slides.

Plantation shall be done over and around OB dumps to ensure stability of slopes and prevention of dust

Periodical inspection of the drains by competent person is arranged after every rain with a minimum interval of one week.

Sufficient capacity pumps shall be maintained by making proper fund allocation for pumping.

Manager, Asst Manager, Under Manager should inspect the protective works.




generation by wind action.

Water danger plan will be prepared and maintained.

2. Drowning of persons in main Sump

Foot valve repairing by pump operators/fitters

Safety jackets, life line to be used.

Repairing mechanism to be done under the supervision of foreman/charge hand

3. Fires Spontaneous heating in coal stock yard

Water pipeline with sufficient pressure will be laid all along the periphery of the coal stock yard to quench the fire.

Coal will be lifted on first dumped first dispatched basis.

A suitable provision has to be made for this purpose and a separate Fire Fighting Organization with trained personnel shall be maintained for fighting these fires.

Spontaneous heating in the crushed coal by Surface miner

Sufficient water spraying arrangement will be provided by using Water sprinklers / through pipe lines.

Separate Fire Fighting crew shall be trained for fighting the fires.

4. Slope Stability Failure of Pit Slope when the depth is more and intercepted by number of faults

The overall pit slope varies from 400 to 42o. This has been done to ensure safe pit slope for the prevalent strata conditions.

For Slope stability, special care will be taken while forming the batter in the east side of the quarry fault zone by pre-split blasting.

This may, however, be confirmed through slope stability studies

The movement of the slope shall be observed by installing subsidence movement pillars. Surveyor should ensure frequently.

Dump Slope Failure The overall dump slope for spoil has been kept at 280. The dump slope stability be confirmed through studies.

To leave safe margin between the dump and quarry.

To protect the dump from getting water charged.

The movement of the slope shall be observed by installing subsidence movement pillars.

A minimum width equal to the height of the dump shall be maintained between the toe of the dump and the line of the excavation.

No water shall be allowed to accumulate / stock over any dump top particularly near the edge of the dumps

Surveyor should ensure frequently.




5. Sliding Sliding of OB or coal due to more height of the bench than the digging height of the machine.

a) The height of the benches shall be planned in such a way that they match the digging height of the shovels.

b) Not to deploy the shovels where the bench height is more than its digging height.

c) No bench shall be allowed to merge with another bench, resulting in increase of bench height.

d) Overall pit slope shall not exceed 420

a) Drilling should be done in such a way that the bench height will not be more than the digging height of the shovel.

b) The excess height of the blasted material should be reduced to match the digging height of the shovel

Further where ever the soft layers at the bottom of the bench the same may be reduced by dozing to match the digging height of the shovel.

c) Progress of any bench towards a top bench should be stopped at a distance of equal to the height of bench.

d) Surveyor should ensure frequently

Sliding of OB / Coal while excavation near fault plane.

a) No bench shall be worked parallel to fault planes.

b) Cleaning of top and hade portions of the fault planes must be ensured, when ever the shovel works near fault plane.

a) i. A plan indicating all the faults position running over the different benches should be maintained and same may be indicated in the parting plan supplied to operation staff and the marking of the same in the field should be ensured always.

ii.Benches shall be planned always at right angles or oblique to the fault plane but definitely not parallel to the fault plane.

b) While working near fault plane, see that, the reach of bucket is more than the height of fault plane

Sliding of dump slopes / edges

a) Not to allow excess dump heights or merging of any two dump decks. The height of each deck is limited to 30 m and overall dump height

i) Top of the dumps up to the edges shall be thoroughly compacted to prevent any possible ingress of rain water and also to provide a gentle slope towards toe drains.




shall not exceed 120 m for KOC-III Project.

b) Not to allow any Dumpers / Tippers to move over the un consolidated the dump edge / slope

i) Individual dump deck height shall be maintained around 30 mtrs. Merging of any two dump decks in any case is not allowed.

ii) No movement of Dumpers / Tippers is allowed over the edge of un consolidated dump / dump having excess height.

iii) How ever HEMM can be allowed up to a distance of 3.00 mtrs. from the edge of consolidated dump with the provision of a berm at the edge of the dump as required by law.

Fall of hot material or ash on men and machinery while excavating fiery material.

a) No hot / fiery material shall be handled with any machine as it is.

a) Thorough quenching of hot / fiery material shall be done before it is handled.

6. HEMM movement

i. Failure of vehicle stability resulting toppling.

i) Ensure placement and movement of HEMM only on the stable and level ground.

ii) To provide IDEAL conditions at Loading, while Hauling and at unloading points for HEMM

a) Level and compact the blasted material before allowing any HEMM to ply over it.

b) Not to allow any HEMM movement with in a distance of 5 m from the edge of blasted / loose bench.

a) Provide stable and level ground at loading point for placement of HEMM.

b) Berms shall be provided on both sides of the elevated haul roads as required by law.

c) Ensure super elevation at curves of haul roads.

d) Arrange level and stable platforms with suitable size of berms as required by law at unloading point with the help of dozer.

e) Always ensure a minimum height of 1½ feet safety girder at the crusher unloading point.

f) Unloading of material shall be done over the stable dumps at a




g) distance of minimum 3.00 mtrs. from the edge.

Ensure tyre height berm at the edge of the dump

iii) Run the HEMM with in permissible speed limits.

iv) Using good quality tyres

a) Ensure by surprise checks whether the HEMM is being operated within the speed limits as specified by the Manager.

b) Arrange speed locking over HEMM where ever it is possible.

a) Replace worn out tyres in time with good quality tyres.

b) Not to use re treated tyres in front sides in any case.

Run over by vehicles / HEMM

i) Persons/ conveyance vehicles to maintain a safe distance on haul roads and 50 mtrs at loading and unloading points from working HEMM.

ii) Prevent unauthorised drivers.

a) To develop awareness among employees to maintain a minimum distance of 30 mtrs. on haul roads and 50 mtrs. at loading and un loading points from moving and working HEMM.

a) Insist all Operators / drivers to wear identity cards while they are on duty.

b) Verify the validity of driver’s licensee of operators and drivers before authorisations and identity cards are issued.

c) Verify the HEMM operations as per the allotment by surprise checks and also check up the details of drivers / operators and confirm.

iii) Persons to maintain a safe distance from moving vehicles.

iv) Prevent boarding / alighting the moving

a) To ensure no person shall be allowed to enter with in a distance of 30 mtrs of moving vehicles.

b) To stop any vehicle / HEMM persons must use whistle / red flags / red light before going near to the machines for any reason.

a) Develop awareness among the employees




vehicles. not to board / alight from moving vehicles/ HEMM.

v) Persons shall not be allowed to take rest under / by the side of parked vehicles / HEMM. Prevent sleeping of persons in mine premises.

a) Develop awareness among all the employees not to take rest under / by the side of parked vehicles / HEMM.

b) Educate all the operators / drivers to verify the surroundings including underneath the machine / vehicle for possible presence of any person before starting the same.

c) Create awareness among all the employees not to sleep while on duty in mine premises

Sliding of dumpers / tippers / dozers at dump edge.

i) Restrict the deck height to 30 mtrs. only.

ii) No HEMM shall be allowed to work over the edge of any unconsolidated dump.

a) To ensure that the height of each deck doesn’t exceed 30 m. under any circumstances

a) Always ensure sufficient size of berm at the edge of the dump as required by law.

b) Not to allow any HEMM over the edge of any unconsolidated dump.

c) To deploy a spotter for guiding the tippers / dumpers at unloading point on elevated platform.

Simultaneous operations at loading and un loading points. For this purpose the following are considered as (separate) individual operations.

i) Drilling ii) Charging & Blasting iii) Dozing iv) Grading v) Loading vi) Un loading

i) Not to allow more than one operations at the face at a time.

a) To maintain a minimum distance of 50 mtrs. between the places of i) Drilling & Loading ii) Charging & Loading.

b) To maintain a minimum distance of 15 mtrs between drilling and charging operations.

c) Except as above, no two operations shall be allowed to under go at a time at one place.

d) To maintain a minimum distance of 15 mtrs. between loading tippers / dumpers and dozer at unloading point.

Crossing 3 way / 4 way junctions.

i) Not to allow traffic in more than one direction at a time at junctions.

a) To engage a signal men at all the junctions.

b) To ensure traffic controlling by surprise checks.




Un authorised riding on HEMM.

i) Not to allow un authorised persons to ride on HEMM

ii) To provide sufficient no. of suitable and comfortable conveyance vehicles to all the workmen, available at their reach when ever they want to move.

a) Educate all the employees about the danger involved in riding on HEMM

b) Check the un authorised riding on HEMM by surprise inspections.

c) Ensure even authorised person also travel by sitting in the cabin having pillion.

a) Ensure whether sufficient no. of suitable and comfortable conveyance vehicles are made available.

b) Ensure vehicle availability at the reach of the persons whenever they are required to move.

Spillage of boulders from loaded tippers / dumpers

i) Avoid over loading of tippers / dumpers.

ii) To control speed of the vehicles.

iii) To avoid sharp curves.

a) Educate all the operators not to over load the dumpers / tippers.

b) Ensure the loading is up to the brim level of the tippers / dumpers.

a) Ensure strict implementation of code of traffic rules.

a) Haul roads shall be formed without sharp curves. Where ever mild curves are inevitable suitable super elevation shall be provided

Stoppage of HEMM / vehicles on active haul roads due to break-down.

i) Break down equipment from active haul roads must be attended immediately and repair / remove at the earliest possible.

ii) To provide protection against break down equipment an active haul roads.

a) To keep emergency steering mechanism in order. So that operator himself can remove the equipment.

b) Immediate information to Engineers / Technicians about the break down machine on active haul roads.

c) Engineers / Technicians must repair / remove the equipment at the earliest possible.

d) Till the equipment is repaired or removed protection against hitting by running equipment shall be provided on both




sides by dumping OB heaps.

e) To arrange red flags and lights on both traffic sides of the breakdown equipment

7. Drilling Toppling of drill machine. Mast contact with overhead power transmission line

While transporting drill machine, its mast must be lowered, even with in the drilling area on inclined plane (High gradients) to avoid toppling of drill machine and in contact with over head power transmission line.

For positioning on inclined planes (High gradients), wedges must be used under jack pads for levelling of the drill machine.

Transportation of drill should be done under the supervision of competent person.

While changing drill barrels / rods

Ensure proper holding of drill barrels, while loading / unloading (Attachment / Detaching) on the drill mast.

Drill operator should ensure.

While drilling Prior to marking of drill holes as per the designed pattern, care shall be taken up to ensure proper blasting

All the holes drilled should be pegged to avoid leg in.

Drill operator should ensure.

8. Blasting While transportation Transport the explosives and accessories in vehicle approved under explosive rules.

Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be followed

Transportation of explosive should be done under the supervision of competent person.

While charging i) Blasting design and initiation pattern such that the maximum charge per delay is within the stipulated range.

ii) Wherever possible, the progress of detonating holes, through delay intervals, should progress away from the structures to be protected.

1. Blasting in charge should design the drilling pattern.

2. The blast parameters will be established during actual mining operations, after conducting field trial blasting considering the local geo-mining conditions.




iii) Stray current from nearby power systems

3. Proper earthing of SMS vehicle while charging the holes.

While blasting i) Avoid blasting during cloudy days and when the wind is blowing towards structures.

ii) All loose debris will be cleared off from the blasting site

iii) A free face will always be maintained.

iv) In multi row blasting, greater relief will be provided between rows using suitable delay intervals.

v) Proper use of different type of relay / delay detonator for proper sequencing of the blast will be used.

vi) If required, all the holes will be suitably muffled before blasting to control the fly rock.

vii) Standard Operating Procedures (SOP) should be followed

Blasting in charge should ensure.

9. Electricity Switching on power when persons are at work

Dragging of cable by hoisted body of dumper, where the Transmission lines / cables cross the haul roads.

Shut down procedure shall be strictly implemented. Identification of cables and switches shall be displayed. Transmission lines / cables shall only be laid on 12 meter height towers, as per by Indian Electricity Rules 1956

Supervisors having valid electrical supervisory certificate only shall be deployed on the jobs.

Planning shall be done in initial stages for laying of 12 m height towers.

10. Lighting Insufficient lighting at work places

Working places shall be well illuminated as per the standards fixed by DGMS Circular No.1 of 1976 All persons shall wear radium jackets in during dark hours. All persons shall possess Cap Lamps in dark hours. All persons shall have whistles.

Engineer and electrical supervisor shall ensure the lighting as per the DGMS circular.



11. Health Hazards Occupational safety and health is very closely related to productivity and good employer –

employee relationship. This subject is dealt with strictly as per circulars and orders of

DGMS including the Mine Rules and Coal Mines Regulations, 1957. Some of the

measures proposed for occupational safety and health have been listed below:

1. Effective dust removal system in the crusher house 2. Provision of wet drilling 3. Provision of rest shelters for mine workers with amenities like drinking water, fans,

toilets etc. 4. Provision of personal protection devices to the workers. 5. Rotation of workers, if necessary, exposed to noise to reduce exposure time 6. Closed control room in crusher house with proper ventilation. 7. Dust suppression of haul road and dumps 8. First - Aid facilities in the mining area 9. Provision of communication network between pit working areas and manager. 10. Provision of alarm system at working areas 11. Training of personnel including contract workmen in Mines Vocational Training

Centres to inculcate safety consciousness through modules, video clippings, slogans and posters and introduction of safety awards

12. Safe design of height, width and slope of working benches of OB & coal, overall pit slope kept less than 42°.

13. Safe design for formation of OB dumps, over all dump slopes kept at 28 degrees. 14. Safe design of haul roads. 15. Provision of fire fighting equipment 16. Safe storage of explosives and other inflammable substances. 17. Regular / periodical monitoring of mine environment to ensure the efficacy of various

protective measures. 18. Initial and Periodical medical examination for the employees.

1. Storage, Handling and Disposal of Hazardous Waste Hazardous waste generated such as used oil, waste oil, empty oil drums, batteries, non-ferrous scrap etc. Explosives, HSD oil, Hydraulic oils shall be handled, stored, disposed, transported as per Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary Movement) Rules and CPCB guidelines.

1. The waste generated shall be disposed as per HWM rules within 90 days from date of generation to authorized recycler.

2. The handling, transport and storage of explosives shall be as per Indian Explosive Act.

3. Transportation and storage of explosive shall be as per the approved code of practice.

4. Flammable, ignitable, reactive and non-compatible wastes shall be stored separately and never stored in the same storage shed.

5. Adequate storage capacity (i.e. 50 % of the annual capacity of the hazardous waste incinerator) shall be provided in the premises.



6. Storage area shall be provided with the flameproof electrical fittings and strictly adhered to.

7. Adequate fire fighting systems shall be provided for the storage area, along with the areas in the facility.

8. There should be at least 15 meter distance between the storage sheds.

9. Loading and unloading of wastes in storage sheds shall only be done under the supervision of the well trained and experienced staff.

10. Fire break of at least 4 meter between two blocks of stacked drums shall be provided in the storage shed. One block of drum should not exceed 300 MT of waste.

11. Minimum of 1 meter clear space shall be left between two adjacent rows of pallets in pair for inspection.

12. The storage and handling shall have at least two routes to escape in the event of any fire in the area.

13. In order to have appropriate measures to prevent percolation of spills, leaks etc. to the soil and ground water, the storage area should be provided with concrete floor.

14. Measures shall be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The storage area shall be designed in such a way that the floor level is at least 150 mm above the maximum flood level.

15. The storage area floor should be provided with secondary containment such as proper slopes as well as collection pit so as to collect leakages / spills etc.

16. All the storage yards should be provided with proper peripheral drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting.

17. The stacking of drums in the storage area should be restricted to three high on pallets (wooden frames). Necessary precautionary measures should be taken so as to avoid stack collapse. However, for waste having flash point less than 65.5°C, the drums shall not be stacked more than one height.

18. Drums containing wastes stored in the storage area shall be labelled properly indicating mainly type, quantity, characteristics, source and date of storing etc.

19. The storage areas shall be inspected daily for detecting any signs of leaks or deterioration if any. Leaking or deteriorated containers should be removed and ensured that such contents are transferred to a sound container.

20. In case of spills / leaks / dry adsorbents / cotton should be used for cleaning instead of water.

21. Proper slope with collection pits shall be provided in the storage area so as to collect the spills / leakages.

22. Proper records with type of waste received, characteristics as well as the location of the wastes that have been stored in the facility need to be maintained.

The Risk Management Plan (RMP) prepared for the project under the provisions of DGMS Circular and Recommendations of 9th National Safety Conference will be implemented to tackle risks associated with each and every operation(s).

The RMP will be modified periodically to the changed conditions / circumstances by the project authorities.



7.4 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN Disaster Management Plan (DMP), a general plan of action for use in the event of inundation, fire, high wall failure, dump failure or any other dangerous occurrence or in the time of emergency. The DMP will have three stages:-

1. Information Stage

2. Assessment Stage

3. Action Stage

7.4.1. Information Stage: Any person employed in a mine observes / discovers any dangerous incident; he shall immediately inform to the Manway Clerk (Attendance Clerk) or the nearest official(s) available who shall inform to the Manway Clerk and Manager or Senior Officials in his absence.

The Manway Clerk shall immediately inform the Manager or Senior Mine Official in his absence, inform the rescue station and collect information regarding place of accident / occurrence, number of persons involved and nature of help required. He should record the above information with name of the person who informed and the exact time and pass on the same to the manager. He should not leave the place for any purpose what so ever.

The Manager shall inform the Project Officer, General Manager and Nodal Officer to initiate DMP and also rush to the spot / mine if he is at out of project premises. Personally assess the gravity of situation by contacting the frontline supervisors / witness available or through wireless set.

Nodal Officer shall rush to the mine and inform: Chief GM (Safety), All Directors, SO to C&MD, DGMS Authorities, District Magistrate and Collector, Supdt. of Police, Mine / Area Level Representative and recognized Union Delegates, Local Dispensary, Chief Medical Officer and All Area Departmental Heads.

7.4.2. Assessment Stage: The role and functions of following persons will be envisaged in the detailed DMP available during operation.

1. Role of Mining Sirdar, Overman and Foreman

2. Role of Manager, Project Officer and Area General Manager

3. Role of in-charge at operations or at place accident.

4. Function of Core Committees

5. Function of Support Committees

6. Functions of Surface Control Room

Supporting Committees:

The composition, functions, infrastructure required for core and supporting committees, etc. will be envisaged in the detailed DMP available during operation.

7. Public Relations Committee

8. Catering Committee

9. Medical Committee

10. Men and Material Management Committee

11. Transport Committee

12. Survey Committee



13. Casualty Committee

14. Security Committee

15. Cash Committee

16. Accommodation Committee.

7.4.3. Action Stage: Action stage deals with the functions of Disaster Management Committee (DMC) and duties of following personnel.

1. Director, DMP

2. Area General Manager

3. CGM (Safety)

4. CGM/GM (E&M)

5. GM (Personnel)

The Disaster Management Plan for proposed KOC - III Project is enclosed as Figure No. 7.3.1.

7.5 ISSUES RAISED IN THE PUBLIC CONSULTATION ALONG WITH ACTION PLAN AND COMMITMENT OF THE PROJECT PROPONENT

Environmental issues raised during public consultation will be addressed in Final EIA / EMP after conducting public hearing for the proposed project. A copy of the proceedings of the public hearing, the points raised by general public and commitments made in tabular form will also be incorporated as Annexure in Final EIA / EMP.

Presently, no litigations / court cases are filed / pending regarding the proposed project.



CHAPTER - 8

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 IMPROVEMENT IN PHYSICAL INFRASTRUCTURE

This project is located in the Bhadradri Kothagudem district of Telangana State, where communications and other facilities are well established. The following physical infrastructure facilities will be further improved due to the proposed project.

• Road Transport facilities

• Communications

• Housing facilities

• Water supply and sanitation

• Power

• Medical, Educational and social benefits will be made available to the nearby civilian population in addition to the workmen employed in the project.

8.2 IMPROVEMENT IN SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE

Coal mining and agriculture is the basic sector of employment for the local people in this area. The present proposal is for new opencast project with life of 29 years. Due to opening of this project, direct employment will be generated in the company for working various operations in the mine. The total manpower that will be deployed by the company in this mine is 220.

Apart from the direct employment, indirect employment may also be generated for about 1635 persons in the form of coal transportation, picking of shale / stone from the conveyor belts, supply of raw material like fly ash bricks, general conveyance of persons to the mine from their location by means of hired vehicles, housekeeping, out sourcing OB removal and coal extraction etc.

The following changes in socio-economic status are expected to take place with this project.

• The project will have a strong positive employment and income effect, both direct as well as indirect. Migrant - non-migrant ratio will shift towards migrant side because a number of people will migrate towards the central region of study circle in the years to come. This will happen because of better indirect employment opportunities due to this project.

• The project is going to have positive impact on consumption behaviour by way of raising average consumption and income through multiplier effect.

• The project is going to bring about changes in the pattern of demand from food to non-food items and sufficient income is generated.

• People perceive that the project will help in the development of social infrastructures / such as. − Education facilities − Banking facilities − Post Offices and Communication facilities − Medical Facilities − Recreation Facilities − Business establishments & Community Facilities



− Plantation & Parks

Trade and Commerce

The area is mainly known for its rich depositions of coal. Besides coal, agricultural products are the major resources for trading. The major crops found in this district cereals are rice, maize, Jowar. Pulses are Green gram, Black gram, Red gram and Bengal gram. Commercial crops are Sugarcane, cotton, chillies, sunflower and Groundnut. Important horticulture crops are Mango, Sweet Orange, Guava etc.

8.3 OTHER TANGIBLE BENEFITS

The proposed KOC - III Project is likely to have other tangible benefits as given below.

• Indirect employment opportunities to local people in contractual works like housing construction, transportation, sanitation, for supply of goods and services to the project and other community services.

• Additional housing demand for rental accommodation will increase.

• Market and business establishment facilities will also increase.

• Cultural, recreation and aesthetic facilities will also improve.

• Improvement in communication, transport, education, community development and medical facilities.

• Overall change in employment and income opportunity.

• The State Government will also benefit directly from the proposed project, through increased revenue from royalties, excise duty and etc.

* * * * *



CHAPTER - 9

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1 INTRODUCTION Environment Management Plan (EMP) aims at the protection of environment by adoption of inbuilt pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. The EMP aims at controlling pollution at the source to the possible extent with the available and affordable technology followed.

The EMP presented in this chapter discusses the administrative aspects of ensuring that the mitigation measures are implemented and monitoring of its effectiveness. The major impacts referred at Chapter - 4 are on the air quality and land use.

9.2 EMP IMPLEMENTATION, INSPECTION AND MONITORING Environmental monitoring is critical to understanding whether the quality of our environment is getting better or worse. Information gathered through environmental monitoring is important to many decision makers, outside and inside the organisation.

INSPECTIONS Site inspections to verify compliance with the EMP, Environmental Clearance conditions, conditions imposed in Forest clearance, Ground water clearance, Consent for Establishment and other environmental performance requirements will be undertaken and documented for the construction and operational phases. Site inspection checklists will be developed for the construction and operational phases. Where inspections determine that the existing measures are not effective, corrective and preventative measures will be implemented.

MONITORING Environmental monitoring programs will be developed for the construction and operational phases of the project. These monitoring programs will address the conditions imposed in clearances, commitments given in the EMP and cover areas such as Air, Water, Land, Flora and Fauna, Noise and Socio-Economics.

The monitoring programs will set out the monitoring objectives, parameters, criteria, location, frequency, procedure, recording, reporting and corrective action. Monitoring activities will be conducted by a person who is suitably trained and qualified. Monitoring will be carried out in accordance with relevant guidelines.

Monitoring equipment will be maintained and calibrated in accordance with manufacturers’ instructions to ensure reliability of equipment and data. The results of the monitoring programs will be interpreted and reviewed regularly. Results will be reported to relevant authorities within agreed timeframes as determined in approval conditions.

It has been evaluated that the study area has not been affected adversely with the proposed activity and likely to get new economic fillip, not only for the study area but also for the region as a whole.

Environmental management for the proposed mining activity is being discussed in two phases. It is evident from the earlier discussions that the majority of the environmental impact pertains to the operational phase. Even though reversible in nature - all the impacts will be visible only during operational phase. It is planned to take corrective measures to ensure that these effects are kept to bare minimum. The EMP will therefore, be initiated during planning stage itself.

Second stage of the EMP will be taken up during the operational phase. Those will ensure that impacts during operation of the facility are kept to the barest minimum.



Implementation of EMP and periodic monitoring is proposed to be carried out at (a) Project Level and (b) Area Level for a group of mines including allied activities like central coal handling plant, central mining colony, workshop, sewage treatment plant which will be common to the mining area.

9.3 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE (EMC) The EMC will look after all the environment - related activities in the Area. Further, an EMC would be constituted at the project level which is responsible for implementation of Environmental clearance conditions, approved EMP, regular environmental quality monitoring, proper running of effluent treatment plant and liaison with regulatory bodies like TSPCB and MoEF&CC. The committee is headed by Project Officer / Manager and is assisted by supporting staff and workmen.

Project level environmental protection measures like OB dump management, dust suppression, treatment and re-use of waste water, plantation, and noise control in mine premises and also housekeeping will be looked after by the project level management.

On the other hand, for implementation of area level protection measures in respect of mine water and mining colony effluent treatment, dust suppression at mine, plantation and green belt development over the vacant areas, environmental quality monitoring etc., will be taken up by different disciplines of the company like Civil, Hydrogeology, Forestry and Environment department etc. Co-ordination between various disciplines, periodic monitoring of various environment protection measures will be done by a senior executive who reports directly to the area General Manager. He will be assisted by Environmental Officer who is oriented towards and versed with various aspects of environmental pollution and control in mining areas.

Functions of Environmental Management Committee:

• To integrate environmental factors into business decisions.

• To monitor compliance of environmental regulations.

• Continual improvement in environmental performance.

• To follow proper documentation and monitoring procedures, for developing better environmental management systems at the mine.

• To ensure systematic and routine housekeeping to reduce generation of pollutants inside the mine.

• To develop and maintain green belt at mine premises, township and vacant land within project premises.

• To keep up with regulatory requirements and arrange for the necessary certificates or consents viz., air and water.

• To conduct yearly environmental monitoring and submit the statement to TSPCB.

• To monitor concurrent reclamation works in the project.

• Evaluating compliance with environmental regulations.

• Promptly identifying problems.

Corporate Environment Department will periodically monitor the project for ensuring the compliance of Environmental legislation and implementation of MoEF&CC approved EMP including environmental clearance conditions scrupulously.



9.4 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY 9.4.1. SCCL Environmental Policy The Environmental policy and its objectives have been approved by SCCL Board of Directors on 11.11.2011 and copy of Board minute is enclosed as Annexure - VI.

Policy: “To be a role model in protection of environment for sustainable development, SCCL is committed to implement the best global practices in all its operations through prevention / mitigation of pollution, proper disposal / recycling of wastes and bringing awareness among all the stakeholders for continual improvement in environmental performance”

Objectives: • To take account of environment concerns in planning and decision-making.

• Compliance of conditions imposed in Environmental Clearance, Forestry Clearance, CFE, CFO and other statutory clearances issued by regulatory agencies.

• To prevent pollution of surrounding habitation by continuous monitoring and measurement of Environmental parameters.

• Identification of significant impacts and preparation of environment management systems for implementation at mines / units.

• To reclaim the mined out areas concurrent to mining operations and take suitable measures for conservation of adjacent forests, wildlife and bio-diversity.

• To reduce waste generation and promote recycling of materials, wherever possible.

• Optimum utilization of resources i.e. Electricity, Oil and Water.

• To take up developmental works in surrounding villages as a part of corporate social responsibility.

• To provide appropriate training and disseminate information to enable all the employees to accept individual responsibility for environment protection, implement best practices and work in partnership to create a culture of continual improvement.

9.4.2. Guidelines for implementation of environmental policy of SCCL To ensure effective implementation of environmental policy and its objectives, necessary guidelines and targets will be framed from time to time. Initially, certain guidelines have been framed in different facets of environmental management for bringing uniformity in planning, execution and monitoring systems thereby ensuring environmentally sustainable coal mining operations.

The Environmental Policy, objectives and guidelines were circulated to all the mines (OC/UG), departments and other units for implementation. Also, necessary arrangements were made for display of the same at the conspicuous places for bringing awareness among the employees of SCCL.



Sources / Activities Recommended Control Measures A. Planning of New / Expansion Projects

1. Planning i. Due care is taken in addressing all the environmental issues while formulating a project proposal.

ii. It shall be ensured at the planning stage itself that forest lands, fertile agricultural land, habitations, water bodies are avoided for location of dump sites.

iii. Conservation of ecologically sensitive areas, if any, located near the project area shall be given due consideration.

iv. EIA/EMP shall be prepared with proper environmental safeguards along with sufficient fund provision.

B. Air Pollution Control

1. Drilling i. Wet drilling mechanism shall be adopted.

2. Blasting i. Blasting in opencast mines shall be conducted during favourable weather conditions using NONELs with proper design of blast hole geometry & optimum quantity of explosives.

ii. Use of delay detonators shall be adopted in underground mines in order to reduce ground vibrations.

iii. Blast site shall be wetted before and after blasting.

3. HEMM i. Regular maintenance of all diesel operated HEMMs shall be done as per the manufacturer’s schedule for effective control of exhaust emissions.

4. Haul Roads i. All service roads shall be metalled and well maintained.

ii. All haul roads and service roads shall be regularly sprayed with water.

iii. Plantation shall be done alongside the haul and service roads.

5. Over Burden i. Completed dumps shall be subjected to technical and biological reclamation.

ii. Plantation shall be done on OB dumps to ensure stability of slopes and prevention of dust generation.

6. Coal Handling i. Crushers and belt conveyors shall be enclosed and mist spray arrangement installed at all receiving points, transfer points, ground level bunkers and loading points.

ii. Plantation shall be done around the Coal Handling Plant (CHP).

7. Coal Transport i. Wherever feasible, transportation outside the ML area will be by rail / conveyor system.

ii. The width of transportation road shall be designed in such a way that no vehicle shall ply on the unpaved road.

iii. Coal transport trucks shall be optimally loaded and covered with tarpaulin for preventing spillage.



Sources / Activities Recommended Control Measures C. Water Pollution Control

1. Surface i. Garland drains shall be made around quarry and OB dumps to collect runoff water and siltation points of sufficient size shall be provided for collection of silt.

ii. OB dump run off to be de-silted through settling tanks before discharge into natural streams. Contour drains to be constructed along the slopes of OB dumps.

iii. Toe walls to be constructed around the OB dump with boulders collected from OB material.

iv. A berm with dimensions of not less than two metres height and 2 metres width at the top shall be made in trapezium shape all along the edge of each deck to prevent erosion of dumps and gully formation.

v. The terrace shall be kept free of obstructions (OB heaps), sloped in bye and maintained with uniform gradient for free flow of water in order to avoid accumulation of water leading to gully formation and dump slides.

vi. The coal washery should adopt proven internationally accepted technology of continuous operating and with zero effluent discharge system.

2. Mine Water i. Mine water shall be treated in filter beds for domestic consumption. Excess mine water shall be treated in settling ponds before discharging in to natural streams.

3. Workshop and CHP i. Effluent discharged from workshops shall be treated in an Effluent Treatment Plant containing an oil / grease trap and sedimentation tank. The treated water is to be stored and reused in the workshop itself.

ii. ETP shall be constructed for treating CHP effluents and adoption of closed water circuit in CHP shall be adopted to ensure zero discharge.

4. Domestic Effluent i. In office buildings / housing complexes septic tanks and soak pits to be provided.

ii. In large townships, complete sewerage system including sewage treatment facilities shall be adopted.

iii. Community and service building shall be provided with adequate sewage treatment facilities.

5. Hazardous and Bio-medical wastes

i. Hazardous wastes like used oil with barrels, waste oil with barrels, used transformer oil with barrels, scrapped batteries, iron scrap, copper cables, scrapped cap lamp accumulators, empty oil and grease drums shall be handled and disposed off in accordance with the procedure laid down in HWM Rules.

ii. Used oil, spent oil, batteries and copper cables shall be disposed off to the recyclers having valid registration from CPCB/TSPCB for recycling or recovery, whereas the empty oil and grease barrels shall be detoxified prior to



Sources / Activities Recommended Control Measures their disposal to outside agencies.

iii. Bio-medical wastes shall be handled and disposed off as per the latest guidelines issued by MoEF&CC.

D. Noise Pollution Control

1. Drilling i. Controlled blasting methods with proper spacing, burden and stemming shall be adopted to get optimum results.

ii. Blast holes should be judiciously charged to control noise and blast vibrations

2. HEMM i. Providing sound proof cabins for the workers deployed on machines producing higher levels of noise like dozers, shovels, dumpers, drills and feeder breakers.

ii. The engine exhausts of HEMM to be fitted with mufflers.

iii. HEMM to be properly maintained and operators to be provided with ear mufflers / ear plug.

iv. Reducing the exposure time of workers to the higher noise levels shall be practiced.

3. CHP i. Belt drive or roller drive systems shall be used instead of gear train system which results in considerable noise reduction.

4. Exhaust Fan in UG mines

i. The main mechanical ventilator shall be installed in acoustically designed enclosed chambers with evasee.

ii. Thick green belt shall be developed around the fan house for attenuation of noise.

E. Energy / Water conservation measures

1. Electricity i. CFLs and energy efficient appliances shall be used at mines, allied units and colonies.

ii. Efforts shall be made for utilization of renewal sources of energy like solar and wind power.

2. Oil i. Periodical maintenance of vehicles including fine tuning of engines shall be done to improve their fuel efficiency.

ii. Leakage and spillage of oils during transport and usage shall be avoided.

3. Water i. Wastage of water resulting from leakages through distribution pipelines and overflow from overhead tanks shall be arrested.

ii. Summer storage tanks shall be constructed in all the mining areas for rain water harvesting and augmentation of ground water recharge.

F. Land Management

1. Top soil i. Top soil shall be stacked at earmarked place and shall be used only in reclamation of OB dumps.

ii. Top soil shall invariably be removed from the site allocated for external dumping of OB material, to conserve



Sources / Activities Recommended Control Measures precious natural resource and also to ensure better stability of dumps.

2. Reclamation i. Reclamation of mined out areas including external OB dumps and back filled areas shall be taken up concurrent with progress of mining operations as per the EMP.

ii. Native species shall be selected for dump plantation in order to achieve better survival rate.

iii. The voids left over after cessation of mining operations shall be converted in to water bodies.

3. Subsidence Management

i. The cracks / pot holes formed on surface as a result of subsidence due to UG mining shall be filled with OB material and compacted.

ii. Garland drains shall be provided around the subsidence areas to avoid inrush of water in to Underground workings.

4. Green Belt Development

i. Extensive plantation shall be taken up in colonies, vacant lands, degraded forest lands and surface area of UG mines.

ii. Gap plantation shall be taken up wherever the survival rate is poor.

iii. Avenue plantation shall be taken up alongside the roads.

G. Environmental Monitoring

1. Environmental Monitoring for pollution mitigation

i. Monitoring of ambient air quality, ground & surface water quality, effluent discharge quality, noise & blast vibrations, phreatic surface and piezometric surface, subsidence, HEMM exhaust emissions shall be carried out as per the stipulated norms and corrective measures shall be taken for mitigation of pollution.

2. Satellite surveillance i. Satellite surveillance of all opencast mines shall be carried out once in three years for change detection analysis in land use / land cover in core and buffer zone of the project.

H. Environmental Awareness

1. Environmental Awareness

i. Environmental awareness programmes shall be conducted in all mining areas to bring awareness among the employees regarding the environmental policy, its objectives and measures to be taken to safeguard the environment.

ii. Awareness programmes shall be conducted on energy, oil and water conservation.

iii. Awareness shall be created in the employees and general public on the ill-effects of plastics usage and educate them to use alternatives.



9.4.3. Standard Operating Procedure to Bring in to Focus Deviations / Violations of Environmental or Forest Norms / Conditions

An Environment Management Committee (EMC) is constituted at the project level consisting of following members to monitor the implementation of EMP and other environmental protection measures.

i. Project Officer

ii. Staff Officer to General Manager

iii. Area Finance / Accounts Officer

iv. Area Environmental Officer

v. Area Forestry Officer

vi. Area Civil Engineer

vii. Regional Hydro-geologist

viii. Area Survey Officer

ix. Area Estates Officer

x. Project Engineer

Functions of Project level EMC: • Monitoring of environmental safeguards

• Compliance of conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance, Forest Clearance (if Forestland involved in the project), Wildlife Clearance (if applicable), Consent for Establishment and Operation issued under the Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1981 and the Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act 1974, the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, Ground Water Clearance, No objection Certificates (NoCs) from any other department if required

• Review of the compliance of above conditions during periodical review meetings.

• Reporting of non-compliances and action plan for rectification to the Area General Manger and General Manager (Environment).

Project officer • Responsible for ensuring that construction and operational activities are conducted in

accordance with the MoEF&CC approved EMP and related Environmental laws.

• Ensure that all personnel and contractors understand their responsibilities and authorities relating to environmental issues.

• Ensure that transportation of coal particularly, by road causes minimum pollution to the public enroute

• Provide necessary inputs for effective reporting on Environmental Performance / Compliance

• Demonstrate visible and pro-active commitment to the environment at all levels.

Staff Officer to General Manager • Ensure compliance with environmental legislation.

• Responsible for the environmental performance during the construction and operation phases and to comply with SCCL Environmental Policy.

• Required to develop and implement a project specific EMP to the satisfaction of SCCL, and report on the implementation of the EMP.



• Required to ensure that sufficient human, material and financial resources, including technical resources and support, are provided for the effective implementation of the EMP, CFE / CFO and other clearances.

• Demonstrate visible and pro-active commitment to the environment at all levels.

Area Finance / Accounts Officer • Responsible for maintaining the expenditure on environment related activities in the

Area.

• Ensure that the Project wise allocation of funds on environmental related activities is spent on the same and not diverted for any other purpose.

Area Environmental Officer • Inspect the mining areas like quarry, haul roads, over burden dumps, garland drains,

settling ponds, coal handling plant, transport routes, workshop and effluent treatment plant with a view to perceive the effectiveness of mitigative measures under implementation as mentioned in the EMP, CFE and other clearances and to apprise the Project Officer, SO to GM and GM of the Area / GM (Environment).

• Responsible for co-ordination on environmental related activities in the Area / Project.

• To co-ordinate with Area Survey Officer in preparation and maintaining land use plan for the Project / Area.

• To co-ordinate with Area / Project Engineer in maintaining details of hazardous wastes generated at Project / Area level.

• Responsible for monitoring and reporting obligations.

• Required to provide the necessary inputs to the Project staff with a view to meeting their environmental responsibilities.

• Provide environmental expertise and assistance as required.

Area Forestry Officer • Responsible for preparation and implementation of afforestation plan for the Area /

Project with particular reference to over burden dumps, transport routes and Mine-Colony interface.

• Responsible for maintenance of nursery with local species.

• Responsible for monitoring and reporting obligations on afforestation.

• Required to provide the necessary inputs to the project staff for protection and maintenance of plants.


Area Civil Engineer • To co-ordinate the preparation and maintenance of garland drains & settling tanks

and construction of rain water harvesting structures, Sewage Treatment Plant (STP) and Effluent Treatment Plant (ETP)

• Provide necessary inputs to make transport routes dust free.

• To co-ordinate proper utilisation of mine discharge water for various purposes at the project and supply of excess water to the nearby irrigation tanks.

• Responsible for monitoring and reporting obligations on water discharge.



Regional Hydro-Geologist • Responsible for identifying and monitoring the ground water level in the open wells in

the vicinity of the project for four times a year in Pre-Monsoon (May), Monsoon (August), Post-Monsoon (November) and Winter (January) seasons.

• Responsible for establishment and monitoring of Piezometers.

• Responsible for reporting obligations on the above preferably, in a graphical presentation.

• Establishing rain water harvesting structures to augment the rain water.


Area Survey Officer • Responsible for preparation and maintaining a plan showing the boundaries of the

mines, surface features and mining leases in the area.

• Responsible for preparation and maintaining a plan showing the pollution monitoring facilities in the area such as Sewage Treatment Plant, Environmental Monitoring Stations, Piezometers, Open wells, and Transport routes.

Area Estates Officer • Responsible for maintaining the details of project wise forest and non-forest land,

mining leases with validity, Forest clearances, Govt. / Private land.

• Responsible for reporting obligations on the above including status of land acquisition.

• To co-ordinate with Area Environmental Officer regarding preparation of application for Forest Clearances, Mining leases and their renewal.

• Responsible for compliance of Forest Clearance conditions.

Project Engineer • Responsible for maintaining the effluent treatment plant and monitor collection,

storage, transport, disposal and treatment of hazardous wastes.

• Responsible for maintenance of HEMM and other equipment as per the manufacturers’ standards.

• Responsible for reporting obligations on the above.

• Ensure that all personnel including contract workmen understand their responsibilities relating to maintenance of HEMM and other equipment.

Project Survey Officer • Responsible for preparation of proposal for afforestation in the succeeding year in

consultation with Area Forestry Officer / Area Environmental Officer

• Responsible for preparation and maintaining a plan showing the different activities in the mine, surface features and mining lease of the project

• Responsible for preparation and maintenance of plan showing the areas of afforestation, surface drainage, piezometers, transport routes in bye and out bye of the project.

• Responsible for land usage in accordance with approved EIA/EMP.

Corporate Level General Manager (Environment) and the team of Officers from Corporate Environment Department will periodically inspect the projects for monitoring the implementation of



EMP, EC conditions, CFE & CFO conditions and status of environment in and around the project and give necessary guidelines to the project authorities. Corporate Environment Department will report the compliance from time to time to the Directors concerned.

9.4.4. Hierarchical system of the company to deal with environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with EC conditions

Project Officer / Agent, in-charge of the Opencast Project is responsible for implementation of the approved EMP and various conditions of EC, FC and CFE / CFO. Area Environmental Officer assists the Project Officer / Agent in ensuring the compliance of conditions. Area General Manager is responsible for compliance of Environmental laws in the mines / units under his jurisdiction.

General Manager (Environment) monitors the compliance of environmental norms in all the areas of SCCL. Chief General Manager (Corporate Planning & Projects) will be reviewing the environmental issues for ensuring compliance of norms / conditions. Director (Planning & Projects) and Director (Operations), who are the members of the SCCL Board review the compliance of environmental legislation at Company level.

9.4.5. System of reporting non-compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors and / or Shareholders or Stakeholders

EMC will monitor the implementation of environmental norms / conditions and reports any deviations to the concerned Project Officer. The Project Officer will take suitable corrective measures with the guidance of Area Environmental Officer. The non-compliances, if any, which require the intervention of higher authorities will be brought to the notice of Area General Manager. The Area General Managers will inform the deviations / non-compliances to Corporate Environment Department and concerned Functional Director.

Corporate Environment Department is headed by General Manager (Environment) who works directly under Chief GM (CP&P) / GM (CP&P) who in turn reports to Director (Planning & Projects). Regular review meetings will be conducted by Director (Planning & Projects) for reviewing the compliance of EC / FC / CFE / CFO conditions. In addition to the above, General Manager (Environment) will periodically apprise non-compliance of EC conditions to Chief GM (CP&P) / GM (CP&P). And Chief CGM (CP&P) / GM (CP&P) will apprise these issues to Director (Planning & Projects) and Director (Operations), the members of the SCCL Board, who in turn will apprise the Chairman & Managing Director and Board of the company.



251

CHAPTER - 10

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is to evaluate the potential environmental effects and is a planning tool for assessing the environmental concerns of a project at an early stage of project planning and design, so that it can assure the project is environmentally feasible.

The present proposal is to extract coal reserves of 111.98 MT in the dip side property of Pit - II & Pit - III of existing Koyagudem OC - II Project (KOC-II Project) from the present depth limit of 120 m to 175 m, under the name of “Koyagudem Opencast - III Project (KOC - III Project) for rated production capacity of 3.60 MTPA with a peak of 4.80 MTPA in ML area of 1607.60 Ha.

The proposal is to optimize the excavation of reserves and to minimize the gap between coal demand and supply by extending the existing opencast projects considering their dip side reserves up to an optimum depth line and also to meet the coal demand in the region.

Detailed baseline data as per CPCB guidelines has been collected within 10 Km radius of the block area. The baseline data has been collected for studying the pre-project environmental status during March 2017 - May 2017 for one season i.e., Summer season.

10.2 DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

Nature of the Project:

The proposed project is a mechanized opencast coal mining project, Surface Miner for coal and Shovel-Dumper combination for OB, both by out-sourcing agencies for exploitation of G-13 & G-17 coal reserves.

Size of the Project:

The proposed KOC - III Project is designed for extraction of 111.98 MT of total coal reserves during total life of the project by removing 866.60 M.Cu.m of OB (6.35 M.Cum is top soil and 860.25 M.Cum is hard OB, at an average stripping ratio of 7.71 Cu.m/T up to the depth of 175 m. This project is planned for 3.6 MTPA with peak production of 4.80 MTPA during a life of 29 years (excluding one year of construction period). The total project area is 1607.60 Ha, which includes forestland to an extent of 1158.93 Ha. The grade of coal is ‘G13' (93.61 MT) and G17 (18.37 MT).

The proposed project falls in “Category – A” as per the EIA Notification vide S.O. 1533, dated 14.09.2006 of Ministry of Environment & Forests (MoEF) and its subsequent amendments.

Location of the Project

Koyagudem OC - III (KOC-III) project falls in Lingala Koyagudem Coal belt of Godavari Valley Coalfield and located in Tekulapalli Mandal, Bhadradri Kothagudem District of Telangana state. The location details of the proposed Project are furnished hereunder:

Name of the Project : KOC - III Project Village : Koyagudem Tehsil : Tekulapalli District : Bhadradri Kothagudem State : Telangana



252

Latitudes : 17035’56”N and 17039’15”N Longitudes : 80028’13”E and 80030’54”E

Survey of India Toposheet No. : 65 C/6 and C/10 Nearest town : Yellandu Nearest City / District head quarters : Bhadradri Kothagudem (33 Km) State Capital : Hyderabad (270 Km) Nearest Airport : Gannavaram, Vijayawada (175 Kms). Nearest Railway Station : Betampudi Railway Station (16 Kms) Nearest Highway : Kothagudem – Yellandu Highway (12 km.)

Land Requirement of the Project:

The total land required for the project is 1607.60 Ha, which includes1158.93 Ha. of forest land. Out of 1158.93 Ha. of forest land, 464.77 Ha. of forestland has already been diverted for mining purpose and is presently under SCCL possession. Balance forest land of 694.16 Ha. is to be diverted for mining purpose. In addition, 448.67 Ha. of non-forest land has to be acquired for the project. Activity-wise and ownership-wise land requirement details are furnished hereunder

Sl. No

Activity

Land Use

Total Forest Land Non-forest land Already Diverted

To be diverted

Total To be acquired

1. Quarry area 70.72 308.58 379.30 344.75 724.05

2. External Dump Area 338.56 296.99 635.55 0.00 635.55 3. Inspection road, bund,

transmission line & for lighting and safety zone

15.86 43.81 59.67 67.86 127.53

4. CHP and Coal Yard 39.63 2.33 41.96 15.59 57.55

5. Mine Service Facilities 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.18 7.18

6. Magazine 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.36 0.36

7. Diversion of Public road 0.00 0.00 0.00 3.46 3.46 8. Nallah Diversion including

settling tanks 0.00 36.30 36.30 2.66 38.96

9. Belt Conveyor and railway siding

0.00 6.15 6.15 6.81 12.96

Total 464.77 694.16 1158.93 448.67 1607.60

Description of Opencast Mining Operations

Coal extraction in the proposed KOC-III Project will be done by deploying Surface Miner and OB will be excavated by using shovels & dumpers combination. Important inputs required for coal extraction are explosives, plant and machinery, diesel, lubricants, electricity, small quantities of cement and steel.

Opencast mining involves following operations: 1. Removal of topsoil for quarry area and external dump area, storing it separately in

earmarked dumpsite and its utilization for spreading on dumps after attaining the final profile in order to take up plantation.

2. Removal of overlying earthen strata (overburden) through drilling & blasting operations and dumping it at the earmarked site.

3. Cutting of exposed coal strata by Surface Miner, transportation of coal by dumpers to pithead CHP.



253

4. Coal will be dispatched by providing a pre-weigh bin for truck loading system at pit head and also another pre-weigh bin at south eastern side of quarry for railway wagon loading system where a new railway siding including CHP is proposed.

5. Back filling / internal dumping of overburden within the quarry area after sufficient de-coaled area is available.

6. Take up phase-wise plantation over the external dump area and back filled area of the quarry after stabilization and subsequent spreading of top soil.

All the mining operations will be carried out as per the statutory provisions of Mines Act for the safety, health and welfare of the employees working in the mine. The conditions stipulated by Ministry of Environment, Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and Telangana State Pollution Control Board (TSPCB) while according Environmental Clearance will be implemented in the project.

10.3 DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

Detailed studies have been conducted during the Summer Season, 2017 in respect of air, water, land and soil in core zone and buffer zone. The baseline data conforms to the requirements of EIA Notification, 2006 (as amended vide S.O. 1533, on 14.09.2006).

10.3.1 Physical Resources

Physiography

Core Zone

The core area is undulatory, covered by brown sandy and black cotton soil. The elevation varies from 140 m in the South to 180 m in the North side with a gradient of 12.8m/km with a general slope towards North, East and Southeast. A hillock, Bairenigutta is located on the NW side of the quarry area which is proposed to be excavated.

Buffer Zone

The buffer area is gently undulating terrain with a NW-SE trending hill range on the western side. The general topographic elevation of the plains varies from 160 m above MSL in the northern part to 100 m in the southeastern periphery of the buffer area. The isolated hills are Peddagutta (410 m) and Chinnabusi (405 m) in N-E, Madrasigutta (345 m) and Paralagutta (384 m) are in the N-W and few unnamed hillocks are located in southwestern and central part of the buffer area.

Drainage

Core Zone

Drainage is moderately developed in the core area. Northern part of the area drained to Parkela vagu, an ephemeral stream of Murredu vagu. The 1st to 3rd order streams which feed the Lachigudem tank are in northeast of the project. In southern part of the project no significant drainage is developed. No tanks are present in the project area but some tanks spread in the central and southeastern part of the buffer zone.

Buffer Zone

The Buffer area is drained by north-easterly flowing Murredu vagu and easterly flowing Nalla vagu. Nalla vagu joins with Murredu vagu in the south east near Bommanapalli village. The Murredu vagu confluences with Kinnerasani river (a tributary of river Godavari), which is flowing outside the buffer area. Some part is in the catchment of Kinnerasani River in the north side of the buffer area. Kinnerasani reservoir is located at about 16 Km. distance from the project in the northeast direction. The regional drainage is of dendritic type with a density of 2.51 km/sq.km.



254

A seasonal nallah flowing between KOC - I dump and Pit - II of KOC - II from north to south is to be diverted to facilitate merging of proposed external dump yard and the internal dump yard in order to minimize the requirement of land for external dumping of OB. The length of proposed diversion is around 3.64 km.

Another seasonal nallah, situated in north side of Pit - II was already diverted for working of Pit - II.

Meteorology (Climate)

The area experiences typical tropical climate of a distinct hot summer from March to June with occasional dust storms, a good monsoon between July to October and a pleasant winter from November to February.

The nearest rain gauge station in the study area is at Tekulapally mandal. The variations in the annual rainfall are conspicuous. During the span of last 10 years (2004-2014), rainfall varied widely from 580.2 mm (2009) to 1843 mm (2010) with a mean of 1116.2 mm. The monsoon rainfall contributes 77.6% while non-monsoon rainfall contributes 22.4% of rainfall.

The daily rainfall data of the region show that maximum monthly rainfall recorded was 609 mm (September, 2005), while the maximum daily rainfall was 134.2 mm (30th August 2010). The most severe storm of 266 mm had occurred between 20th to 31st July 2008 over a period of 12 days. The perusal of rainfall data indicates that, moderate draught conditions are prevailed during 2009 and 2014

10.3.2 Air Environment

Different air pollution parameters like particulate matter of less than 10µm size (PM10), particulate matter of less than 2.5µm (PM2.5), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) and Nitrogen Oxides have been identified as critical parameters relating to project activities for representing baseline status of ambient air quality within the study area in accordance with the Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by MoEF&CC. To assess the base line ambient air quality, ten ambient air quality monitoring locations were identified in core zone and buffer zone (10 Km. radius study area) of the project.

Air Quality Status in Core Zone:

Ambient air quality data monitored in the core zone shows that PM10 concentration varied from 61 µg/m3 (Proposed Koyagudem OC-III Project) to 198 µg/m3 (Koyagudem OC-II) with a mean of 177.4 µg/m3. PM2.5 concentration varied from 29.5 µg/m3 (Proposed KOC - III) to 84.2 µg/m3 (Koyagudem OC - II) with a mean of 73.3 µg/m3. The SO2 and NOx concentration varies from 11.2 µg/m3 to 14.8 µg/m3 and 17.1 µg/m3 to 23.3 µg/m3 respectively. All the parameters are found to be within prescribed limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards and the Coal Mines Standards prescribed by MoEF&CC.

Air Quality status in Buffer Zone:

The concentration of PM10 varied from 56 µg/m3 (Bodu Village) to 82 µg/m3 (Kistaram Village) with a mean of 72.7 µg/m3. The PM2.5 concentration varied from 27.8 µg/m3 (Sampath Nagar) to 42.7 µg/m3 (Kistaram Village) with a mean of 36.4 µg/m3. T The SO2

and NOx concentration varies from 10.6 µg/m3 to 14.4 µg/m3 and 16.6 µg/m3 to 22.40 µg/m3 respectively. All the values are found to be within prescribed limits as per National Ambient Air Quality Standards prescribed by MoEF&CC.

10.3.3 Mineralogical Composition

The mineralogical composition for the Particulate Matter of size less than 10µ was analyzed at all air quality monitoring locations within the 10 Km radius of the study area.



255

The samples were analyzed for Chromium, Nickel, Arsenic, Cadmium, Mercury, Lead, etc and their concentrations are found to be below the detectable limits.

10.3.4 Water Environment

The impact of the proposed project on the water environment is assessed by studying the ground and surface water quality within the study area. A total of 10 water samples i.e., 4 samples from surface water, 1 mine discharge water, 5 samples from groundwater were analyzed for various physico-chemical and bacteriological parameters. The ground water quality results were compared with IS:10500,2012 standards, surface water quality with ISO: 2296, 1982 & CPCB water quality criteria standards and effluent quality with GSR 801 (E), 1993 standards.

Surface Water: pH values were found to be in the range between 7.6 to 7.9. Nitrates, TSS, Chlorides concentrations were well within the tolerance limits.

Total coli forms and fecal coli forms were present in all the surface water samples collected in the study area. E. coli was present in SW - 2 and SW - 3. The presence of coli forms indicates that the contamination might be due to the ru noff water with bacteria in soil or sewage. Faecal coli forms and E. Coli presence might be due to animal droppings or human fecal contamination.

In accordance with CPCB water quality criteria, parameters studied were pH, DO, BOD and total coli forms. It may be observed that all the surface water samples have DO values ranging from 5.8 mg/L to 6.4 mg/L and BOD was found to be above the 3 mg/L at three locations and fall under the CPCB water quality criteria, Class-E (Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal).

The surface water sample collected at one location, fall under the CPCB water quality criteria, Class-C (Drinking Water Source with conventional treatment and after Disinfection).

From the analytical results, it can be observed that the surface water collected from all the locations require suitable treatment to make it suitable for drinking.

Ground Water:

The ground water quality indicated that the parameters are meeting the requirements of CPCB ground water quality criteria except total hardness is more than the acceptable limits at GW2, GW3, GW4, GW5 and GW6 which may be due presence of bicarbonates of calcium and magnesium and alkalinity is also more than the acceptable limits at GW2, GW3, GW4 and GW5. Therefore, wherever hardness and alkalinity concentration has exceeded the limits, water shall be boiled for removing harness and to make the water potable.

Mine Discharge Water: The quality of mine discharge water of adjacent KOC - II Project was analyzed and the parameters are within the stipulated limits as per the standards prescribed for discharge of industrial effluents.

10.3.5 Impact on Groundwater Regime

The impact of mining on local ground water regime depends on the mine parameters like depth and rate of expansion, ground water recharge and hydraulic parameters of the aquifers intercepted in the quarry.

In this area, the attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored periodically on long term basis. It varies from 2.65 m to 8.90 m below ground level (bgl) during pre-monsoon period (May-2014) and 1.00 m to 7.80 m bgl during post-monsoon period (November-2014).

The maximum depth of the KOC - III Project is about 175 m. Based on the Aquifer Performance Test conducted in the area, the probable inflow of groundwater into the Project is assessed to be a maximum of about 1545 m3 /day.



256

The mine discharge water will be stored in settling ponds for removal of suspended solids. About 1388 m3/day water is required for various mine requirements like dust suppression (1260 m3/day), work shop (95 m3/day), plantation (9 m3/day) and domestic consumption (24 m3/day) at the project. After meeting the mine requirements the remaining mine water will be discharged into nearby streams/tanks after necessary treatment, which may act as constant source of recharge to the groundwater regime and improves the water levels around the mine

Radius of influence Ro = 2833 m from centre of the project or 1604 m from the surface edge during the final stage of the project.

After cessation of mining, due to increased permeability in the backfilled area, the infiltration of rain water increases and the water levels recoup in a short time. At mine closure stage, the total void will be left as water body.

In view of the above, it can be inferred that there will be no further impact on water regime in this area. In the event of any adverse impact due to mining on the surrounding area, SCCL will take suitable water conservation measures around the project to maintain the ground water regime.

10.3.6 Phreatic Surface Head around OC Mine

In this area, the attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored in the observation wells located at a distance of 1 km to 9.5 km from the existing coal mine. The phreatic surface varies from 2.65 m to 8.90m bgl during pre-monsoon season and from 1.00 m to 7.80 m bgl during post-monsoon season. The piezometric heads also being monitored in these wells constructed around the project which vary from 1.00 m to 23.05 m bgl.

From the analysis of phreatic and piezometric data in the buffer zone of the existing mine scenario, it is observed that, there is no considerable impact of mining on groundwater regime in this area.

10.3.7 Noise Levels

A detailed noise survey was carried in and around the mine site to study the hourly equivalent noise levels. Equivalent noise levels were measured on hourly basis during 24 hours by using a High Precision Sound Level Meter at six locations within the study area of the project. It is observed that the noise levels measured during day time and night time in the core as well as in the buffer zone of the proposed project are within the stipulated standards.

10.3.8 Land Environment

For Land Use Land Cover study of Core zone, The IRS R2 Satellite Liss IV was used for demarcation of crop sub-classification for the core zone.

For Land Use Land Cover study for buffer zone, The IRS R2 Satellite Liss III & Liss IV data the buffer zone in Kharif (21st December 2014)and Rabi 20th April 2015 seasons were used for demarcation of crop sub-classification.

The project area of various land use land cover classes under respective classes are, Agriculture area 6.29 Sq. Km. (39.19%), Forest area 2.98 Sq. Km. (18.55%), Waste land 2.45 Sq. Km (15.26%) and others 4.34 Sq.Km (27.00%).

The various land use land cover classes of buffer zone under respective classes are, Agriculture Land 200.25 sq.km (37.66%), Forest area 293.06 Sq.Km (55.10%), Waste land of 9.50 sq.km (1.78%) and others of 28.99 sq.km (5.45%).



257

10.3.9 Soil Quality

The physico-chemical properties of soil, which are important for plant growth and agricultural productivity, pH, EC, Organic Carbon, Nutrients and other trace metals are analyzed for four soil samples in the study area.

The texture of the soil varies clay, loamy sand, sandy clay loam and sandy loam. Soil of all the villages of the study area are neutral to slightly alkaline in nature having pH in the range of 7.3 to 7.8.

The macro nutrients Nitrogen (N), Phosphorus (P), Potassium (K) were analyzed in the study area. The Nitrogen value ranged from 89 to 238 kgha-1 reflecting that the values are observed to be in good to better category. Phosphorus value ranged from 1.58 to 3.0 kg ha-1 and falls under 'very less category. The Potassium value ranged from 244 to 392 kg ha-1 indicating that values are observed from average to more than sufficient category.

10.3.10 Biological Environment

The study was aimed at enumeration of the available plant resources including endangered species and obtaining a broad representation of the existing floristic variations in the proposed activity (core zone) and in the fringe areas of proposed activity i.e., buffer zone. The core and buffer areas of the proposed project site was surveyed through criss-cross walking and collected plant specimens for the study of floristic diversity and inventorized the floral resources. All the species encountered were identified and recorded.

The available vegetation in the core and buffer area is basically scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type as per Champion and Seth Classification’s revised forest types of India. 154 plant species belonging to 133 genera and 59 families were recorded in the study area (core and buffer zone). A total of 39 species recorded in core zone, 39 species in buffer zone and a total of 76 plant species belonging to core zone and buffer zone.

The forest areas in buffer area of KOC - III Project also come under scanty vegetation with dry deciduous forest and scrub jungle type.

There are no National parks, Sanctuaries, Bio Sphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve and Elephant Reserves in the core zone of project. However, the periphery of Kinnerasani Wildlife Sanctuary is at a distance of 2.50 Km. from the project boundary. The project is not falling in the Eco-Sensitive zone of Kinnerasani Wildlife Sanctuary.

From the Flora-Fauna survey, it can be seen that, the core zone of the proposed KOC - III Project does not have any endemic and endangered species of Flora or Fauna

10.3.11 Socio-Economic Environment

The project site is surrounded by 7 villages within 10 km radius of study area. The socio economic aspects, demographic structure, economic and livelihood pattern of the 16 villages was analyzed based on the primary data collection.

Primary data is collected by adopting a simple random sampling method. The socio economic analysis was carried out in 16 and 208 sample households based on the primary data generated through field survey.

As the area is well developed and mining is being carried in this area from quite long time, infrastructure, quality of life, other social factors are found good.

10.4 ALTERNATIVES

Coal mines are site specific in nature and location of the proposed area is restricted to the geology and coal deposition of the area. Safety, economic and technical constraints determine the mining method to be employed in a particular project. Considering the gradient of seams, depth of seams and after evaluating different options, Surface Miner



258

for Coal and Shovel Dumper combination for OB have been finalized as suitable mining methodology for the proposed KOC-III Opencast Project.

10.5 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

The section summarizes the pollution potential of the proposed project, possible impacts on the surrounding environment during pre-operational and operational phases and the environment management plan proposed for prevention and control of pollution.

10.5.1 Impact due to Air Pollution and its Management

Considerable amount of air pollution will be caused at various stages of mining operations such as excavation, drilling, blasting, loading and transportation of material. Suspended Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5) are the main pollutants will emanate during mining operations. Most of the dust will be generated from drilling, blasting, excavation, crushing and transportation operations. This dust becomes air borne and gets carried away to surrounding areas. The impact on air is mainly localized in nature as the dust particles are not carried to longer distances and the effect is felt within the core zone of the project involving active mining operations.

While complete elimination of dust due to mining operations may not be possible, the following measures will be taken to mitigate the fugitive dust from different operations:

• Coal seam exposed for cutting will be mad wet before cutting by Surface Miner to avoid dust generation.

• To avoid the dust generation from the drilling operations, wet-drilling will be adopted .

• There will not be any blasting in coal as it is proposed to deploy Continuous Miner for excavation of coal. However, Use of appropriate explosives for blasting and avoiding overcharging of blast holes in OB will be followed while blasting.

• The volume of dust rising from dumps by the action of wind will be controlled significantly by planting grasses on slopes and native plants on dumps soon after their formation / attaining final profile.

• Haul roads will be the major source of dust in the opencast mines. To overcome the problems of dust generation from mine haul roads, the following steps will be taken.

- Black topping of permanent roads like routes to coal handling plant, permanent internal roads, railway siding etc.,

- OB & Coal transport vehicles shall pass through sensor operated water sprinkling network.

- Continuous water spray arrangements along haul roads, routes to coal handling plant, permanent internal roads, railway siding etc

- Regular water spraying on haul roads and permanent transport routes at required frequencies. It is proposed to procure of ten 28 KL water sprinklers for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works.

- A time gap of minimum 5 minutes will be maintained between dumper to dumper during transportation of coal and OB in order to allow settlement heavier dust particulates.

- Mechanical sweeping or grading of the haul roads with help of motor grader is proposed. Six motor graders of 145 HP capacity is proposed for this project.

- Avenue plantation along roads.



259

• Taking up plantation around the quarry and OB dumps in three rows, which will serve as a barrier to prevent the dispersion of dust and with a fund provision of Rs.130.00 Lakhs.

• Effective dust suppression measures will be taken up at pit head coal handling plant (CHP). The crusher house will be enclosed to the extent possible and dust suppression arrangement will be provided at suitable locations in the CHP. All conveyors, screens, crusher etc. will be provided with covers to avoid fugitive dust during operation. Mobile mist generating machines will be deployed for dust suppression at CHP at a cost of Rs. 64.00 Lakhs. Some of the measures proposed to be adopted at CHP in order to control dust emission include:

i) Height of fall to be minimized at all coal transfer points,

ii) Internal lining of chutes and bins will be done to take care of abrasion & dust and

iii) Continuous water spraying arrangements will be made for dust suppression.

• The exhaust emissions from HEMM containing CO, SO2 & NOx will be controlled by strictly adhering to the scheduled maintenance that includes periodical tuning of engines.

• The additional control measures on dump like thick plantation, stabilization and additional green belt along the boundary is recommended to control the dust concentrations.

• Coal transportation dumpers will be passed through tyre washing system before coming on to the public roads in order to reduce the deposition of dust on the roads resulting in air born dust.

Proposal for Dust Suppression at Various Points

• At Mine: 10 water sprinklers of 28 KL is proposed for spraying water on coal transport haul roads and for reclamation works.

• At Crusher: Static water sprinkling arrangements will be provided all around the crusher so as to suppress dust generation.

• At Transfer Points: Height of fall will be kept minimum and it is proposed to provide continuous water sprinkling arrangements.

• At loading and unloading bunkers: Effective mist spray or water spraying arrangement to suppress dust generation and with a fund provision of Rs 72 Lakhs .

• From CHP to consumer: Coal will be transported by road with tarpaulin covered trucks and rail system of transportation. The maximum quantity of coal raised from the proposed project will be supplied to Thermal Power Plant located at a distance of 40 km. and minimum quantity through basket linkage to minor industries.

10.5.2 Impact due to Water Pollution and its Management

The main source of water pollution is mine discharge and surface run-off containing suspended solids. The mine discharge water will be passed through settling ponds for removal of suspended solids.

About 1388 KLD water is required for various requirements of the mine like dust suppression (1260 KLD), HEMM washing at work shop (95 KLD), plantation (9 KLD) and domestic consumption (24 KLD). After meeting the mine requirements, the excess water will be let out into nearby nallah after necessary treatment The following control measures will be adopted for controlling water pollution

• Garland drains of proper size and length will be made and maintained along the quarry and external dump to prevent the surface run-off water from entering into quarry, adjoining forest and to dispose properly to the natural drains / tanks after



260

channelizing through settling ponds. One diesel backhoe shovel is provided for preparation of garland drains, settling ponds, etc.

• The excess water which will be let out will be utilized for irrigation by nearby villagers.

• Check dams / rock fill dams and toe walls will be constructed wherever necessary to reduce siltation.

• Water accumulated due to rain as well as seepage will be led to the main sump of the pit and will be subsequently pumped to the surface.

• The mine water will be utilized for dust suppression, washing, drinking, fire fighting, plantation etc.

• Workshop effluents will be treated suitably in sedimentation tanks followed by Oil & Grease traps.

• One Sewage Treatment Plant of 1.00 MLD capacity is already existing in Tekulapalli Colony for treating domestic sewage. There is no proposal for construction of a new colony for this project as the required manpower will be drawn from the existing manpower of the other mines of the area.

• The Sewage generated from mine office and other surface buildings will be small quantities and treated in septic tanks followed by soak pits.

• The attitude of phreatic surface is being monitored periodically in this area on long term basis. It varies from 2.65 m to 8.90 m below ground level (bgl) during pre-monsoon period (May-2014) and 1.00 m to 7.80 m bgl during post-monsoon period (November-2014)

• From the pumping test data and Piezometric surface data, it is inferred that the impact of this project on the ground water regime will not be beyond 1604 m distance from the edge of the mine. However, the mine water discharged into the local drainage network / tanks act as constant source of recharge, which improves the ground water in the region.

• In view of the above, it can be inferred that there will not be any significant impact on ground water regime in this area. In the event of any adverse impact due to mining on the surrounding area, SCCL will take necessary measures to address the issue

10.5.3 Impact due to Noise Pollution and its Management

The main sources of noise in the mines will be HEMM, drilling, blasting, dumpers and movement of coal transport trucks. Sound levels near HEMM would be above 90 dB (A). However, the HEMM cabins are sound proof and the employees working in the vicinity of HEMM will be provided with earplugs / muffs.

The following control measures are proposed to be taken for noise reduction which includes:

• Controlled blasting techniques using milli-second delay detonators & relays will be adopted in this project for minimizing noise and blast vibrations.

• Secondary blasting is one of the major sources. Avoiding the secondary blasting with proper blast design, spacing and burden. Using of rock breakers proposed for sizing if required.

• Consuming minimum quantity of detonating fuse by using alternatively EXCEL non-electric initiation system.

• Carrying out blasting during favourable atmospheric conditions and less human activity timings.



261

• Creation of green belts of dense foliage in three rows between mine areas and around the land limit line and residential colonies, if any, which will act as noise attenuator in phased manner.

• Proper maintenance of machinery (including transport vehicles) including fine tuning of engines to reduce noise.

• Avenue plantation along the coal transportation roads.

• Practice of keeping some coal in the bunkers so that, the coal directly does not hit on the sides of the bunkers and also minimizing the height of fall.

• Providing adequate silencers to the dumpers and other vehicles.

10.5.4 Impact due to Ground Vibrations

Blasting in mining areas may give rise to ground vibrations which may cause damage to nearby structures. Fly rock is another problem that deserves attention. In order to control noise and blast vibrations, suitable control measures are being adopted in the adjoining KOC - II. The ground vibrations are being continuously recorded in the existing project by using seismograph instruments (Minimate / NOMIS) and the recorded ppv and noise levels are within stipulated limits.

Based on the ground vibration studies made earlier in the existing KOC - II Project, similar precautions will be taken while carrying out blasting operations in proposed KOC - III Project for controlling the ground vibrations. DGMS circular No.7 dated. 29.8.1997 stipulates permissible standards for blast induced ground vibrations.

The following precautions are proposed to be taken up at the proposed project site as the same have been found adequate in controlling noise and blast vibrations in adjacent project.

• Controlled blasting technique will be adopted in this project for reducing blast vibrations substantially.

• Optimum delay sequence and stem to column ratio will be maintained to minimise the fly rock distance and ground vibration intensity.

• Basing on the distance of the nearest sensitive areas from the epicentre of the blast, charge weight will be altered to meet the stipulated standards.

• Avoid concentration of explosive by using deck charging.

10.5.5 Impact on Land and its Management

Any mining activity may alter the land use pattern in the lease area. In order to minimise the adverse effects, land reclamation shall be carried in concurrent with mining operations. At the end of the mining operations, quarry area and dumps left will be made acceptable to the society and surrounding environment.

A detailed programme on Solid Waste Management and Land Reclamation has been given EMP for addressing land degradation. The following measures are proposed to be undertaken in the project. .

• Plantation on the over burden dumps with native, regenerative and self sustaining species.

• Plantation along the boundary of the lease area so as to minimise the visual impact.

• Top soil excavated from the site will be stored separately at earmarked place for spreading subsequently on external dumps and backfilled areas for plantation.

• Back filling of the mine pits concurrently with the mining operations (land reclamation).



262

10.5.6 Solid Waste & Its Management

The opencast mining operations involve change in landscape and topography. Also a large amount of overburden has to be excavated during coal mining operations, external overburden dumps are formed and void will be created in the de-coaled area of the quarry. Hence, a suitable dumping strategy has been formulated for proper handling of overburden and ensuring better land management.

Dumping Strategy

All the options have been studied for optimizing utilization of land for OB dumping. The following precautions will be taken in the proposed project for proper dump management.

The following design criteria have been considered for waste dumps

• Separate spoil dumps for topsoil and hard overburden

• Maximum height of top soil dump is 10 meters.

• Hard overburden will be dumped in 30 m high decks up to a maximum height of 120 m and for internal dump it is planned with a maximum height of 90 m above GL.

• 30 m. berm width for safe transport.

• Dump slope for each deck to be at natural repose of 37½0 and overall slope at 26.50.

• Track dozers will be deployed for shaping the dumps and dozing of overburden.

• Top soil will be spread over dump slopes and non-active dump area for reclamation

Overburden Dump Management

Out of the total 860.25 M.Cum hard OB removed from the proposed KOC-III project, 460.26 M.Cum of OB will be dumped in the external dump yard and balance 399.99 M.Cum hard OB will be dumped in the internally in the de-coaled quarry area of KOC - III.

Out of 6.35 M.Cu.m topsoil to be excavated, 4.63 M.Cum. will be spread over stabilized external dump yard and the balance quantity of 1.72 M.Cu.m will be spread over internal dump yard area prior to taking up plantation.

The depth of the void at the final stage of mining operations i.e. by the end of 29th year will vary from 30 m to 175 m. The volume of the void is estimated as 643.81 M.Cum in an area of 462.25 Ha. The dumping strategy of OB is detailed hereunder Sl. No Location of Dump yard Hard OB

(M.Cum) Top Soil (M.Cum)

Total (M.Cum

Percentage of total OB

Area (Ha.)

Height (m agl)

1. External dump yard 460.26 4.63 464.89 53.65% 635.55 120

2. Internal dump yard 399.99 1.72 401.71 46.35% 415.18 90 Total 860.25 6.35 866.60 100.00

Land Reclamation: Phase-wise reclamation programme has been envisaged in the project. The mined out areas will be reclaimed and planted concurrently with the progress of mining operations. At the mine closure stage, out of 1607.60 Ha. of total land required for the project, plantation will be developed in an area of 969.28 Ha., void area of 499.73 Ha. (462.25+8.36+29.12) will be used as a water body and the balance 138.59 Ha. of land will be utilized for public / other uses, as detailed hereunder.



263

Sl. No. Description

Land Use Details (Ha.) Total Land Plantation Water

body Public /

other use 1 Quarry area 261.80 462.25 0.0 724.05



4 CHP and Coal Yard 1.77 * 29.12 26.66 57.55


6 Magazine 0.0 0.0 0.36 0.36


8 Nallah diversion including settling tanks 0.0 0.0 38.96 38.96


Grand Total 969.28 499.73 138.59 1607.60


10.5.7 Impact on Socio Economic Environment

SCCL has been carrying out mining operations in Godavari Valley Coal Fields (GVCF) for last 128 years. There is a positive impact on the quality of life, employment avenues and socio-economic development of the region. The local people get direct, indirect employment opportunities because of coal mining activities and infrastructure facilities being developed in these areas.

The project involves rehabilitation and resettlement of people living in the villages falling within 500 m of project area. SCCL will implement the R&R package formulated by District Administration as per the State Government Guidelines.

No significant changes have been observed in the traditional way of life and occupation of the local people in coal mining areas. The local people are rather benefited due to the provision of more infrastructure facilities provided by the management. There are avenues for indirect employment facilities in the mine as well as other ancillary activities for the local people.

SCCL is organizing Corporate Social Responsible (CSR) activities through well structured mechanism through:

SCCL is organizing Corporate Social Responsible (CSR) activities through well structured mechanism through:

1. Singareni Seva Samithi (SSS),

2. Sarrounding Habitat Assistance Programme (SHAPE),

3. Singareni Employees Wives Association (SEWA)

4. Local Communities.

5. Environmental safeguards beyond mandate.

Activities of Singareni Sewa Samithi (SSS):

• Singareni Seva Samithi has conducted skill development / trainings programs at Yellandu and surrounding villages and the details of the same is as given below.



264

Sl. No. Name of the Programme / Course No. of participants

attended No. of persons self

employed 1. Tailoring & Dress making course 440 22

2. Computer hardware /DTP 100 8

3. Fashion Technology course 60 48

4. Motor Driving – (As per RTA rule) 50 3

5. Beautician 80 10

6. Maggam Course 100 40

7. Army / Police 635 49

8. Motor Re-winding 40 15

9. 79 Medical Camps 2581 --

Total 4086 195

Surrounding Habitat Assistance Programme (SHAPE):

Surrounding Habitat Assistance Programme is designed to develop infrastructure facilities to the surround people of 8 km from the SCCL townships and / or 10 Km from the mine entry. About 3% of average net profits of the company made during last three years were allocated for CSR at company level. The details of CSR works taken up by SCCL so far under SHAPE scheme in Bhagyanagar Thanda, Polampally Thanda, Rompaid, Koyagudem, Lachagudem, Tekulapally and Kistaram villages are as given below:

Name of the Work Amount spent in Rs. Lakhs

2003-04 2004-05 2005-06 2006-09 2009-12 2012-13 2013-14 2014-15 2015-16 2016-17 Total

Road Infrastructure 878.50 50.50 49.72 63.30 98.67 3.90 0.00 4.87 49.00 89.34 1287.80

Drainage & Sanitation 20.00 8.00 27.52 19.00 7.70 10.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 92.22

Education 40.00 50.00 29.20 10.00 17.50 1.40 1.00 2.15 0.00 0.00 151.25

Drinking Water Supply 10.00 25.50 6.80 8.15 23.00 13.15 0.00 5.55 0.32 31.33 123.80

Others 6.00 10.00 4.11 6.00 0.00 0.00 4.00 3.78 0.00 0.00 33.89

Total 954.50 144.00 117.35 106.45 146.87 28.45 5.00 16.35 49.32 120.67 1688.96

10.6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN

Environment Management Plan (EMP) aims at the preservation of ecological system by considering in-built pollution abatement facilities at the proposed site. Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall environment management plan at the project area are designed so as to improve the supportive capacity of the surrounding environment. The EMP involves identification of pollutants, sources of pollution, utilization of suitable technology for mitigation of pollution, preparation of suitable management plan and provision of necessary resources including financial provision for its effective implementation.

10.6.1 Fund Provision for Environment Protection and Management

In order to implement the environmental protection measures, an amount of Rs. 480 lakhs excluding rehabilitation and resettlement is provided towards capital cost. In addition to this, an amount of Rs. 286.00 Lakhs has been provided in the project as indirect capital towards environment related works. A recurring cost of Rs.200.50 Lakhs per annum will also be spent on environmental management, which is in-built in the cost of production.



265

10.6.2 Mine Closure Plan

Mining being a time bound activity and must be closed after extraction of the minerals deposit. Closing of mining operations involves numerous issues like reclamation and environmental protection, community issues, socio-economic consideration, planning for alternate use of available facilities, cost estimation and asset disposal. The total Mine closure cost estimated based on the typical mine closure cost for the project is Rs 131.29. However, by considering 5% incremental cost to be deposited additionally every year towards the mine closure, the total estimated closure cost will Rs. 282.16 Crores.

10.6.3 Monitoring

The monitoring of the mine closure plan is an essential requirement for review of the efficacy of the mine closure plan and to take corrective actions. Monitoring of quality of environmental attributes, such as air, water, land, soil will be continued during closure operations and 3 years after the closure at requisite locations as per the prescribed frequency, parameters and number of samples.

10.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

Environmental monitoring programme has been prepared for the proposed project for assessing the efficacy of implementation of Environment Management Plan and to take corrective measures in case of any degradation in the surrounding environment. An environment management committee will be formulated at the project level to monitor the implementation of environmental protection measures in the project.

Air quality, water quality, noise levels, ground water levels will be periodically monitored in compliance to the conditions stipulated by TSPCB and MoEF&CC and necessary mitigation measures will be taken as and when necessary.

10.8 ADDITIONAL STUDIES

i) Rehabilitation and Resettlement Study:

Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are falling within 500 m. of proposed quarry area. Hence, it is proposed to provide Rehabilitation and Resettlement package for these villages with a cost of Rs. 143.55 crores. The number of Project Displaced Families (PDFs) in Dantala Tanda, Ippala Tanda and Babugi Tanda are 125, 100 and 150 respectively. In the Project Affected Families (PAFs), Rural Artisans/ small traders are 41 and persons covered under RoFR are 470 as per initial survey.

SCCL has been formulating suitable Rehabilitation Package to the PAFs & PDFs. The same would be finalized after a detailed socio-economic survey conducted by the Administrator appointed by State Govt in consultation with the District Administration. SCCL has no separate policy and is ready to implement the R&R package formulated by the Government.

ii) Risk assessment and Disaster Management Plan

Mining and allied activities are associated with several potential hazards to both the employees and the public at large. A worker in a mine should be able to work under conditions which are adequately safe and healthy.

Risk Assessment is to be performed on a regular basis. The goal for each risk assessment is to identify hazards, determine risk rating and controls and to review the implementation of risk controls from previous risk assessment sessions.

KOC - III Project is a new mine proposed with same method of mining / technology (i.e Opencast with Surface Miner and Shovel Dumper combination technology) being adopted in adjoining KOC - II Project the Hazards are identified basing on the previous experience with the following criteria.



265 A

• Design parameters of the proposed mine

• Work process evaluation

• Accidents or occurrences

• Consultation with employees.

• Safety statistics

• Significant incident, near miss or accident reports

• Inspection in the mine

Accordingly, a detailed risk assessment and disaster management plan has been prepared for the proposed project basing the Technical Circulars issued by Directorate General of Mines Safety for implementing safety management systems in coal mines.

10.9 PROJECT BENEFITS

The proposed KOC - III Project is essential for maintaining coal supplies from the area and fulfill the committed supply to various users. The proposed project will also result in following benefits:

• Indirect employment opportunities to local people and improvement in communication, education, community development and medical facilities.

• The project will help in socio-economic development of the area and also the state

• The project helps in development of infrastructure facilities in and around project area.

10.10 CONCLUSION

The industrial and economic growth of India depends to a large extent on coal, which is the prime source of energy. Our requirement of coal has significantly increased and the major requirement will come from the power sector. The other major requirement of coal comes from other industries like Cement, Sponge iron etc.

As a strategy of SCCL for maintaining / increasing the coal production, the present proposal is made for extraction coal reserves from Koyagudem OC-III Project through opencast mining.

From the detailed analysis of the environmental impacts and the mitigation measures proposed in the EMP, it is anticipated that no significant deterioration in the eco-system is likely to occur due to the proposed opencast mine. On the other hand, the project is likely to have several benefits like improvement in indirect employment generation and economic growth of the area, by way of improvements in the infrastructure facilities and better socio-economic conditions.



CHAPTER - 11

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANT

11.1. EIA Consultant Organization (SCCL)

The Singareni Collieries Company Limited (SCCL) has been exploiting coal for more than 125 years in the 350 Km stretch of Pranahita Godavari Valley Coal Field spread in six districts of Telangana State viz. Komram Bheem (Asifabad), Mancherial, Peddapalli, Jaya Shankar Bhoopalpalli, Bhadradri Kothagudem and Khammam with man power of 56,493 as on 28.02.2017 and is the largest public sector under taking in the state. It is the only government coal mining company in South India catering the needs of coal based industries in the region. SCCL is currently operating 17 open cast projects and 30 underground mines and has achieved coal production of 61.34 MT in the year 2016-17 and target for the year 2017-18 is 66.06 MT. SCCL is also having full pledged infrastructure facilities and multi-disciplinary experts for exploration, survey, mine planning, design and environmental impact assessment studies. SCCL is also accredited as EIA Consultant Organization with QCI / NABET for Mining of Minerals Sector for both Underground and Opencast projects since 2011.

11.2. Pioneer in Technology up gradation

While historically technology has been a critical factor in SCCL's ability to reduce Environmental Impacts and Occupational hazards, the need to constantly increase productivity and cut costs has demanded that the company goes in for phased mechanization and adapts state-of-the-art technologies.

SCCL pioneered mechanization of coal mines in India by adopting coal drilling machines as far back as in 1937. In 1950 Shuttle Cars, Gathering Arm Loaders, Conveyors and Coal Plough equipment were introduced. Later in a path breaking move to replace arduous manual labour, Road Headers, Load Haul Dumpers and Side Dump Loaders were gradually brought in.

A combination of modern machines in Open Cast Mining like Walking Draglines, Shovels and High Capacity Dumpers were introduced in 1975. In-pit Crushing and Conveyor technology for Over Burden removal and coal extraction was commissioned for the first time in Ramagundam Open Cast Mine with German assistance in 1994.

In 2002, Surface Miner Technology which not only facilitates cost reduction but also contributes to eco friendly mining was introduced for the first time. Longwall technology in Under Ground Mining in 1983 and also Blasting Gallery (BG) Technology in 1989 were other notable introductions. Today, with 1 Longwall Panel, 3 Continuous Miners, 4 Road Headers, 1 BG Panel, 34 Load Haul Dumpers (LHD), 156 Side Discharge Loaders (SDLs) working in the company. Because of mechanisation safety, health, environment and productivity have been improved.

Other innovations in Underground mines are 30 man-riding systems (Chairlift and Chair Car) that have improved transportation inside the mines

11.3. Core Activities of SCCL

The core activity of the SCCL is producing coal from under ground and opencast mines. The associated activities include:

Coal Exploration & Evaluation

Mine Planning, Design and Construction

Mine Survey

Environmental Impact Assessment / Environmental Management Plans

Human Resource Development & Training Facilities



Contract Management

Industrial Engineering

Analytical Services

Hydrological Studies

Coal Mining (OC Mining, UG Mining, High Wall Mining and Shaft Sinking)

Mines Rescue Services

Information Technology

Medical Services

Research and Development

11.4. Corporate Planning Division

SCCL is having one of the best planning divisions for conceptualisation of coal mining projects with more than 100 years of experience in the field of coal mining and allied activities with following good infrastructure facilities and multi disciplinary experts:

1. Exploration Department

a. Geologists : 48

b. Drilling Engineers : 17

c. Hydro geologists : 04

d. Geophysicists : 10

e. Surveyors : 03

2. Corporate Survey Department

a. Surveyors : 06

3. Estates Department

a. Estate officers : 06

4. Project Planning Department

a. Mining Engineers : 21

b. Recognised Qualified Persons (RQP) under Rule 22 (C) of Mineral Concession Rules, 1960 (Mining Engineers) : 03

c. Surveyors : 05

d. Economists : 01

e. Finance officers : 01

f. Industrial Engineers : 01

g. Electrical & Mechanical Engineers : 02

h. Civil Engineers : 01

5. Corporate Environment Department

a. Environmental Engineers : 06

b. EIA Cordinators (Category A&B) : 02

c. Approved FAEs - Category - A : 13

d. Approved FAEs - Category - B : 10

e. Empanelled Experts in Land Use : 01

f. MoU with EPTRI for using approved laboratory for BLD studies

6. Forestry Department

a. Forestry Officers : 03

7. Research and Development Department


8. Mine Mechanization Cell


b. Electrical & Mechanical Engineers : 01



11.5. SCCL Quality Policy

Project Planning and Environment Departments are certified as per ISO 9001:2008.

Quality Policy:

“Project Planning Department is committed to Formulate Projects with Quality inputs and complete information to optimally exploit the available coal reserves with conservation by adopting apt cost-effective technology and eco-friendly practice. Strive for continuous up gradation of technical knowledge and skill to understand and incorporate state of art technologies and innovative mining concepts to achieve customer satisfaction and continual improvement.”

11.6. SCCL Environmental Policy

Policy: “To be a role model in protection of environment for sustainable development, SCCL is committed to implement the best global practices in all its operations through prevention / mitigation of pollution, proper disposal / recycling of wastes and bringing awareness among all the stakeholders for continual improvement in environmental performance”

Objectives:

• To take account of environment concerns in planning and decision-making.

• Compliance of conditions imposed in Environmental Clearance, Forestry Clearance, CFE, CFO and other statutory clearances issued by regulatory agencies.

• To prevent pollution of surrounding habitation by continuous monitoring and measurement of environmental parameters.

• Identification of significant impacts and preparation of environment management systems for implementation at mines / units.

• To reclaim the mined out areas concurrent to mining operations and take suitable measures for conservation of adjacent forests, wildlife and bio-diversity.

• To reduce waste generation and promote recycling of materials, wherever possible.

• Optimum utilization of resources i.e. Electricity, Oil and Water.

• To take up developmental works in surrounding villages as a part of corporate social responsibility.

• To provide appropriate training and disseminate information to enable all the employees to accept individual responsibility for environment protection, implement best practices and work in partnership to create a culture of continual improvement.

11.7. Experience in Implementation of Environmental Safeguards

SCCL is environmentally conscious, responsible and proactive. SCCL’s prime objective is to ensure that coal mines are operated in a manner that protects citizen and the environment during mining, to ensure that the land is restored to beneficial use following mining and to mitigate the effects of past mining by aggressively pursuing reclamation of mines. SCCL’s initiatives in protection of environment start from the exploration stage itself where preferences are given for mining coal in non-forest areas there by reducing pressure on natural eco-systems. Next, in the operation stages, SCCL has been taking necessary control measures for control of various pollutants.

SCCL is successful in implementing the unique biological engineering techniques for the reclamation of overburden dumps. The objective of biological techniques is to transform the waste and degraded land created due to mining operations into a sustaining ecological landform which will also prevent soil erosion, siltation of water bodies, water pollution, dust pollution and re-create the aesthetic beauty of the environment.



11.8. Awards Received by SCCL for its Environmental Performance:

• Golden Peacock Innovative Product / Service - 2015

• Good Green Governance Award 2006

• Greentech Environment Excellence Award 2005 - 06

• National Award for the Fly Ash Utilization 2004 - 05

• Golden Peacock Environment Management Award - 2005

• TERI Corporate Environmental Excellence Award 2004

• TERI Corporate Social Responsibility Award 2004 - 05

• Indira Priyadarshani Vriksha Mitra Award - 2004.

11.9. Consultancy Services

So far SCCL rendered its services to giant companies like TATA, L&T, NTPC, NMDC, CIL, APGPCL, APGENCO, TSGENCO, APMDC, Hindu Projects etc. and vying for consultancy projects from many coal blocks allocates across the country for preparation of Feasibility Reports, Mining Plans, EIA / EMPs, etc.

11.10. Experience in Preparing EIA / EMPs

SCCL is preparing EIA / EMPs since the year 1985. So far SCCL has obtained Environmental Clearances for 36 underground coal mines and 37 opencast coal mines (including expansion), two power plants (one 20 MW and one 2x600 MW) and two sand mining projects. Out of 77 clearances, SCCL has prepared EIA / EMPs for 36 coal mining projects internally. EIA/EMPs of 6 coal mining projects are under preparation.

11.11. Accreditation as EIA Consultant Organization:

In compliance to the MoEF&CC guidelines, SCCL is accredited as an EIA Consultant Organisation in the sector “Mining of Minerals including Opencast / Underground Mining” for a period of three years from 1st October 2014 to 30th September 2017 vide certificate No. NABET/EIA/1417/RA006 and minutes of accreditation committee meeting dated 12.11.2014. The accreditation details of the organisation are also posted on QCI / NABET website.

The laboratory services of Environment Protection Training and Research Institute (EPTRI), Hyderabad, a CPCB recognised and NABL accredited lab have been utilized for collection of Baseline data.

11.12. Experts Involved in preparation EIA / EMP.

The following approved experts of SCCL by QCI/NABET have involved in preparation of EIA/EMP for KOC - III Project.



Sl. No.

Functional Area Name of Expert Designation Qualification

1. EIA Coordinator K.Raghu Kumar SE(SMMC) AMIE(Mining), PGDES, FMMC

P. Ravi Kiran (B - Category) Dy. Manager BE (Min), M.Tech. (Mine Env.), FMMC, PGDCA

2. Supporting EIA Coordinator M. Ram Gopal Reddy SE (SMMC) BE (Mining), PGDES

3. Air Pollution K.Raghu Kumar SE(SMMC) AMIE(Mining), PGDES, FMMC

N.V.R. Prahlad (Proposed FAE) Colliery Manager, PK OC , Manuguru BE (Min), FMMC

4. Air Quality Modeling B.Venkateswara Rao Dy.Supdt (Analytical), Corp. Env. M.Sc. (Chemistry), PGDES

P. Ravi Kiran, (Category B) Dy.Manager, Corp. Env. Dept., BE (Min), M.Tech. (Mine Env.), FMMC, PGDCA

5. Water Pollution B.Venkateswara Rao Dy.Supdt (Analytical), Corp. Env. M.Sc. (Chemistry), PGDES


6. Ecology & Biodiversity Dr. V V Ramana Consultant Corporate Env. M.Sc (Botany), M/Phil, Ph.D

K Vinay Chand (Team Member) Sr. Geologist, Exploration , Corporate M.Sc. (Geology)

7. Noise & Vibration M. Ram Gopal Reddy SE (SMMC) BE (Mining), PGDES

S. Thyageswar, (Category B) Addl. Manager, , Corp. Env. Dept BE(Min.), FMMC, PGDES

8. Socio Economics Ch. Gangadhar Sr. Personnel Officer M.A (Sociology), PGDPA,PGDPM & LLB.

T. Satyanarayana, (Category B) Additional. Mgr (Env.), KGM Area AMIE(Mining), FMMC, MA (SOC), PGDES

9. Hydrology & Ground Water N. Srinivasa Rao Dy.GM (HG), Expl. Dept. Corp M.Sc. (App. Geology), M.Phil., PGDES

10. Geology D. Satya Prasad DGM, Proj. Planning, Corp. M.Sc. (Geology)

K. Vinay Chand (Category B) Sr. Geologist, Exploration , Corporate M.Sc. (Geology)

11. Soil Conservation A.B. Hari Narayana Dy. Manager (Forestry), Corp. M.Sc. (Agriculture)

12. Hazardous Waste Management R. Rajni Kanth Supdt. (Analytical), CWS M.Sc. (Chemistry), PGDES, PGDBM

M. Vasanth Kumar, (Category B) General Manager (Env.) BE(Min.), FMMC


13. Risk Assessment & Hazards Management

Bh. Venkateswara Rao Dy.GM, CMC, Corp. BE(Min.), M.Tech (Env. Sc.&Engg), FMMC

M. Vasanth Kumar (Category B) General Manager (Env.) BE(Min.), FMMC

S. Thyageswar, (Category B) Addl. Manager BE(Min.), FMMC, PGDES

14. Industrial Solid Waste M. Vasanth Kumar, (Category B) General Manager (Env.) BE(Min.), FMMC


15. Land Use G. Uday Mahesh Tecdatum Info Services, Hyderabad M.Sc (Geography)



A certificate, signed by Head of the EPTRI laboratory, showing the list of experts involved in the collection of environmental baseline data is furnished as Annexure - V.

Other than above team, multi-disciplinary experts from Project Planning Department, Survey, Estates, R&D, Forestry, Exploration and Environmental Officer, Yellandu Area and Area Officers and Project Officers of Yellandu are involved in the study in giving their technical inputs.

11.13. Undertaking of Consultant

The complete EIA / EMP report has been carried out by the SCCL team taking help of EPTRI, Tech Datum Info Services, Project Authorities, Experts from other Planning Division, Government Authorities like DFO, MRO, etc.

In this EIA report, the prescribed ToR’s have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct.

EIA Coordinator General Manager (Environment)

(M/s Singareni Collieries Company Limited) (M/s Singareni Collieries Company Limited)

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - I

env7

Typewriter

272

env7

Typewriter

273

env7

Typewriter

274

env7

Typewriter

275

env7

Typewriter

276

env7

Typewriter

277

env7

Typewriter

278

env7

Typewriter

279

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - II

env7

Typewriter

280

env7

Typewriter

281

env7

Typewriter

282

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - III

env7

Typewriter

283

env7

Typewriter

284

env7

Typewriter

285

env7

Typewriter

Annexure - IV

env7

Typewriter

286

env7

Typewriter

287

ANNEXURE - V

env7

Typewriter

288

env3

Typewriter

Annexure - VI

env3

Typewriter

289

ANNEXURE - VII

env3

Typewriter

290

env3

Typewriter

291

draft environmental impact assessment ...tspcb.cgg.gov.in/publichearings/sccl koc-iii coal...

Documents